Form 10-K
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
(Mark One)
|
|
|
þ |
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2009
OR
|
|
|
o |
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from [ ] to [ ]
Commission file number: 001-34211
GRAND CANYON EDUCATION, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
DELAWARE
|
|
20-3356009 |
(State or other jurisdiction of
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer |
incorporation or organization)
|
|
Identification No.) |
3300 W. CAMELBACK ROAD, PHOENIX, ARIZONA 85017
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)
Registrants telephone number, including area code:
(602) 639-7500
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
(Title of Each Class)
|
|
(Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered) |
|
|
|
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
|
|
The NASDAQ Global Market |
Common stock, $.01 par value |
|
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
(Title of class)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule
405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section
13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed
by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or
for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its
corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months
(or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yes o No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation
S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrants knowledge, in
definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K
or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated
filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of large
accelerated filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer o
|
|
Accelerated filer þ
|
|
Non-accelerated filer o
|
|
Smaller reporting company o |
|
|
|
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) |
|
|
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of
the Securities Exchange Act).
Yes o No þ
The total number of shares of common stock outstanding as of January 29, 2010, was 45,658,016.
As of June 30, 2009, the last business day of the registrants most recently completed second
fiscal quarter, the registrants common stock was listed on the NASDAQ Global Market. As of June
30, 2009, the aggregate market value of the registrants common stock held by nonaffiliates was
approximately $401.4 million.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Certain portions of the registrants Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2010 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders (which is expected to be
filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of the registrants 2009 fiscal year)
are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report.
GRAND CANYON EDUCATION, INC.
FORM 10-K
INDEX
2
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including Item 1, Business; Item 1A, Risk Factors; and Item
7, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, contains
certain forward-looking statements, which include information relating to future events, future
financial performance, strategies, expectations, competitive environment, regulation, and
availability of resources. These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements
regarding: proposed new programs; expectations that regulatory developments or other matters will
not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or liquidity;
statements concerning projections, predictions, expectations, estimates, or forecasts as to our
business, financial and operational results, and future economic performance; and statements of
managements goals and objectives and other similar expressions concerning matters that are not
historical facts. Words such as may, should, could, would, predicts, potential,
continue, expects, anticipates, future, intends, plans, believes, estimates and
similar expressions, as well as statements in future tense, identify forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of future performance or results,
and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such performance or
results will be achieved. Forward-looking statements are based on information available at the time
those statements are made or managements good faith belief as of that time with respect to future
events, and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or results
to differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by the forward-looking statements.
Important factors that could cause such differences include, but are not limited to:
|
|
|
our failure to comply with the extensive regulatory framework applicable to our
industry, including Title IV of the Higher Education Act and the regulations thereunder,
state laws and regulatory requirements, and accrediting commission requirements; |
|
|
|
|
the results of the ongoing investigation by the Department of Educations Office
of Inspector General and the pending qui tam action regarding the manner in which we
have compensated our enrollment personnel, and possible remedial actions or other
liability resulting therefrom; |
|
|
|
|
the ability of our students to obtain federal Title IV funds, state financial
aid, and private financing; |
|
|
|
|
risks associated with changes in applicable federal and state laws and
regulations and accrediting commission standards; |
|
|
|
|
risks associated with a change in control under applicable regulatory or
accrediting standards, and our inability to obtain appropriate approvals for such an
event in a timely manner, or at all; |
|
|
|
|
our ability to hire and train new, and develop and train existing, enrollment
counselors; |
|
|
|
|
the pace of growth of our enrollment; |
|
|
|
|
our ability to convert prospective students to enrolled students and to retain
active students; |
|
|
|
|
our success in updating and expanding the content of existing programs and
developing new programs in a cost-effective manner or on a timely basis; |
|
|
|
|
industry competition, including competition for qualified executives and other
personnel; |
|
|
|
|
risks associated with the competitive environment for marketing our programs; |
|
|
|
|
failure on our part to keep up with advances in technology that could enhance the
online experience for our students; |
|
|
|
|
the extent to which obligations under our loan agreement, including the need to
comply with restrictive and financial covenants and to pay principal and interest
payments, limits our ability to conduct our operations or seek new business
opportunities; |
|
|
|
|
our ability to manage future growth effectively; |
|
|
|
|
general adverse economic conditions or other developments that affect job
prospects in our core disciplines; and |
|
|
|
|
other factors discussed under the headings Risk Factors, Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Business,
and Regulation. |
Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the statements are made. You should not
put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. We assume no obligation to update
forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions, or changes in other
factors affecting forward-looking information, except to the extent required by applicable
securities laws. If we do update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be
drawn that we will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking
statements.
3
Part I
Item 1. Business
Overview
We are a regionally accredited provider of online postsecondary education services focused on
offering graduate and undergraduate degree programs in our core disciplines of education, business,
and healthcare. In addition to our online programs, we offer ground programs at our traditional
campus in Phoenix, Arizona and onsite at the facilities of employers. We are committed to providing
an academically rigorous educational experience with a focus on career-oriented programs that meet
the objectives of our students. We utilize an integrated, innovative approach to marketing,
recruiting, and retaining students, which has enabled us to increase enrollment from approximately
3,000 students at the end of 2003 to approximately 37,700 students at December 31, 2009,
representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 52.5%. At December 31, 2009, 91.7% of
our students were enrolled in our online programs, and of those students, 44.5% are pursuing
masters or doctoral degrees.
We primarily focus on recruiting and educating working adults, whom we define as students age
25 or older who are pursuing a degree while employed. As of December 31, 2009, approximately 91.3%
of our online students were age 25 or older. We believe that working adults are attracted to the
convenience and flexibility of our online programs because they can study and interact with faculty
and classmates during times that suit their schedules. We also believe that working adults
represent an attractive student population because they are better able to finance their education,
more readily recognize the benefits of a postsecondary degree, and have higher persistence and
completion rates than students generally.
We have experienced significant growth in enrollment, net revenue, and operating income over
the last several years. Our enrollment at December 31, 2009 was approximately 37,700, representing
an increase of approximately 53.1% over our enrollment at December 31, 2008. Our net revenue and
operating income for the year ended December 31, 2009 were $261.9 million and $46.6 million,
respectively, representing increases of 62.4% and 264%, respectively, over the year ended December
31, 2008. Our net revenue and operating income for the year ended December 31, 2008 were $161.3
million and $12.8 million, respectively, representing increases of 62.4% and 194.5%, respectively,
over the year ended December 31, 2007. We seek to achieve continued growth in a manner that
reinforces our reputation for providing academically rigorous, career-oriented educational programs
that advance the careers of our students. As part of our efforts to ensure that our students
graduate with the knowledge, competencies, and skills that will enable them to succeed following
graduation, we have established an Office of Assessment to monitor student and faculty performance
and improve student satisfaction.
We have been regionally accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools and its predecessor since 1968, and we were reaccredited in
2007 for the maximum term of ten years. We are regulated by the Department of Education as a result
of our participation in the federal student financial aid programs authorized by Title IV of the
Higher Education Act (hereafter, Title IV), and, at the state level, we are licensed to operate and
offer our programs by the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education. In addition, we
have specialized accreditations for certain programs from the Association of Collegiate Business
Schools and Programs, the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education, and the Commission on
Accreditation of Athletic Training Education. We believe that our institution-wide state
authorization and regional accreditation, together with these specialized accreditations, reflect
the quality of our programs, enhance their marketability, and improve the employability of our
graduates.
We believe that our online capabilities, combined with our 60-year heritage as a traditional
campus-based university, differentiate us in the for-profit postsecondary market and enhance the
reputation of our degree programs among students and employers. Our online students benefit from
our flexible, interactive online platform, which we believe offers a highly effective delivery
medium for our programs, yet are enrolled in a university with a traditional campus, faculty,
facilities, and athletic programs. We require our online faculty to undergo training in the
delivery of online programs before teaching their initial course, while our full-time ground
faculty help maintain the consistency and quality of our online programs by supervising and
conducting peer reviews of our online faculty, and participating as subject matter experts in the
development of our online curricula. Our campus also offers our ground students, faculty and staff
an opportunity to participate in a traditional college experience.
4
History
Grand Canyon College was founded in Prescott, Arizona in 1949 as a traditional, private,
non-profit college and moved to its existing campus in Phoenix, Arizona in 1951. Established as a
Baptist-affiliated institution with a strong emphasis on religious studies, the school initially
focused on offering bachelors degree programs in education. Over the years, the school expanded
its curricula to include programs in the sciences, nursing, business, music, and arts. The college
obtained regional accreditation in 1968 from the Commission on Institutions of Higher Education,
North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, the predecessor to the Higher Learning
Commission, and began offering nursing programs and masters degree programs in education and
business in the 1980s. In 1989, it achieved university status and became Grand Canyon University.
The university introduced its first distance learning programs in 1997, and launched its first
online programs in 2003 in business and education. In early 2000, it discontinued its Baptist
affiliation and became a non-denominational Christian university.
In late 2003, the schools Board of Trustees initiated a process to evaluate alternatives as a
result of the schools poor financial condition and, in February 2004, several of our current
stockholders acquired the assets of the school and converted its operations to a for-profit
institution.
Since February 2004, we have enhanced our senior management team, expanded our online platform
and programs, initiated an infrastructure and technology improvement plan and launched a marketing
and branding effort to further differentiate us in the markets in which we operate and support our
continued growth. We have also made investments to enhance our student and technology support
services. We believe these investments, combined with our management expertise, provide a platform
that will support continued enrollment and revenue growth. We have also maintained our
non-denominational Christian identity, with many of our undergraduate programs including Christian
study requirements.
Our Approach to Academic Quality
Some of the key elements that we focus on to promote a high level of academic quality include:
|
|
|
Academically rigorous, career oriented curricula. We create academically rigorous
curricula that are designed to enable all students to gain the foundational knowledge,
professional competencies, and demonstrable skills required to be successful in their
chosen fields. Our curriculum is designed and delivered by faculty that are committed to
delivering a high quality, rigorous education. We design our curricula to address
specific career-oriented objectives that we believe working adult students in the
disciplines we serve are seeking. Through this combination, we believe that we produce
graduates that can compete and become leaders in their chosen fields. |
|
|
|
|
Qualified faculty. We demonstrate our commitment to high quality education by
hiring qualified faculty with relevant practical experience. Substantially all of our
current faculty members hold at least a masters degree in their respective field and
28% of our faculty members hold a doctoral degree. Many of our faculty members are able
to integrate relevant, practical experiences from their professional careers into the
courses they teach. We invest in the professional development of our faculty members by
providing training in traditional and online teaching techniques, hosting events and
discussion forums that foster sharing of best practices, and continually assessing
teaching effectiveness through peer reviews and student evaluations. |
|
|
|
|
Standardized course design. We employ a standardized curriculum development
process to ensure a consistent learning experience with frequent faculty-student
interaction in our courses. We thereafter continuously review our programs in an effort
to ensure that they remain consistent, up-to-date, and effective in producing the
desired learning outcomes. We also regularly review student surveys to identify
opportunities for course modifications and upgrades. |
|
|
|
|
Effective student services. We establish teams comprised of enrollment, academic
and finance personnel that act as the primary support contact point for each of our
students, beginning at the application stage and continuing through graduation. In
recent years, we have also concentrated on improving the technology used to support
student learning, including enhancing our online learning platform and further
improving student services through the implementation of online interfaces. As a result,
many of our support services, including academic, administrative, library, and career
services, are accessible online, generally allowing users to access these services at a
time and in a manner that is generally convenient to them. |
5
|
|
|
Continual academic oversight. We have centralized the assessment functions for
all of our programs through our Office of Assessment, which continuously evaluates the
desired learning outcomes for each of our programs. We continuously assess outcomes data
to determine whether our students graduate with the knowledge, competencies, and skills
that are necessary to succeed in the workplace. The Office of Assessment also initiates
and manages periodic examinations of our curricula by internal and external reviewers to
evaluate and verify program quality and workplace applicability. Based on these
processes and student feedback, we determine whether to modify or discontinue programs
that do not meet our standards or market needs, or to create new programs. The Office of
Assessment also oversees assessment of mission-based competencies. |
We also offer the following features in an effort to enrich the academic experience of current
and prospective students:
|
|
|
Flexibility in program delivery. We also seek to meet market demands by providing
students with the flexibility to take courses exclusively online or to combine online
coursework with various campus and onsite options. For example, based on market demand,
particularly in connection with our nursing programs, we have established satellite
locations at multiple hospitals that allow nursing students to take clinical courses
onsite while completing other course work online. We have established similar onsite
arrangements with other major employers, including schools and school districts through
which students can pursue student teaching opportunities. This flexibility raises our
profile among employers, encourages students to take and complete courses and eliminates
inconveniences that tend to lessen student persistence. |
|
|
|
|
Small class size. At December 31, 2009, 90% of our online classes had 25 or fewer
students. These class sizes provide each student with the opportunity to interact
directly with course faculty and to receive individualized feedback and attention while
also affording our faculty with the opportunity to engage proactively with a manageable
number of students. We believe this interaction enhances the academic quality of our
programs by promoting opportunities for students to participate actively and thus build
the requisite knowledge, competencies, and skills. |
Accreditation and Program Approvals
We believe that the quality of our academic programs is evidenced by the college- and
program-specific accreditations and approvals that we have pursued and obtained. Grand Canyon
University has been continually accredited by the Higher Learning Commission and its predecessor
since 1968, obtaining its most recent ten-year reaccreditation in 2007. We are licensed in Arizona
by the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education. In addition, we have obtained the
following specialized accreditations and approvals for our core program offerings:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Specialized Accreditations and Program |
|
|
College |
|
Approvals |
|
Current Period |
College of Education
|
|
The Arizona State
Board of Education
approves our College of Education to
offer Institutional Recommendations for
the certification of elementary,
secondary, and special education teachers
and school administrators.
|
|
2008 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
Ken Blanchard College of Business
|
|
The Association of
Collegiate Business
Schools and Programs accredits our
Executive Master of Business
Administration degree program, Master of
Business Administration degree program,
and our Bachelor of Science degree
programs in Accounting, Business
Administration, Marketing and
Entrepreneurship.
|
|
2007 2017 |
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Specialized Accreditations and Program |
|
|
College |
|
Approvals |
|
Current Period |
College of Nursing and Health
Sciences
|
|
The Commission on
Collegiate Nursing Education accredits
our Bachelor of
Science in Nursing and Master of Science
in Nursing degree programs.
|
|
2006 2016 (B.S.)
2006 2011 (M.S.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Arizona State
Board of Nursing
approves our Bachelor of Science in
Nursing and Master of Science in Nursing
degree programs.
|
|
2006 2016 (B.S.)
2006 2011 (M.S.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Commission on
Accreditation of
Athletic Training Education accredits our
Athletic Training Program.
|
|
2008 2013 |
Our regional accreditation with the Higher Learning Commission, and our specialized
accreditations and approvals for our core programs, reflect the quality of, and standards we set
for, our programs, enhance their marketability, and improve the employability of our graduates.
Curricula
We offer the degrees of Doctorate of Education, Master of Arts, Master of Education, Master of
Business Administration, Master of Science, Bachelor of Arts, and Bachelor of Science and a variety
of programs leading to each of these degrees. Many of our degree programs also offer the
opportunity to obtain one or more emphases. We require students to take a minimum of three
designated courses to achieve a given emphasis. We also offer certificate programs, which consist
of a series of courses focused on a particular area of study, for students who seek to enhance
their skills and knowledge.
We offer our academic programs through our four distinct colleges:
|
|
|
the College of Education, which has a 60-year history as one of Arizonas leading
teachers colleges and consistently graduates teachers who meet or exceed state averages
on the Arizona Educator Proficiency Assessment exams; |
|
|
|
|
the Ken Blanchard College of Business, which has a well-known brand among our
target student population, an advisory board that includes nationally recognized
business leaders, and a reputation for offering career-oriented degree programs,
including an Executive MBA and programs in leadership, business, and entrepreneurship; |
|
|
|
|
the College of Nursing and Health Sciences, which has a strong reputation within
the Arizona healthcare community and is the second largest nursing program in Arizona;
and |
|
|
|
|
the College of Liberal Arts, which develops and provides many of the general
education course requirements in our other colleges and also serves as one of the
vehicles through which we offer programs in additional targeted disciplines. |
We license the right to utilize the name of Ken Blanchard in connection with our business
school and Executive MBA Programs.
7
Under the overall leadership of our senior academic affairs personnel and the deans of the
individual colleges, each of the colleges organizes its academic programs through various
departments and schools. At December 31, 2009, we offered 94 academic degree program and emphasis
combinations, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
College of Education |
|
Ken Blanchard College of Business |
Degree Program |
|
Emphasis |
|
Degree Program |
|
Emphasis |
Doctor of Education |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Organizational Leadership Organizational
Development |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Organizational Leadership Higher Education
Leadership |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Organizational Leadership Effective Schools |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Organizational Leadership Behavioral Health |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Organizational Leadership Instructional
Leadership |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Master of Arts
|
|
Teaching Professional Learning Communities
Teaching Teaching Leadership
|
|
Ken Blanchard Executive
MBA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Master of Education
|
|
Education Administration Institutional
Recommendation (IR)
|
|
Master of Business
Administration
|
|
Accounting
General |
|
|
Education Administration Organizational
Leadership Non-IR
|
|
|
|
Finance
Health Systems Management |
|
|
Elementary Education IR
|
|
|
|
Marketing |
|
|
Elementary Education Non-IR
|
|
|
|
Leadership |
|
|
Curriculum and Instruction: Reading Elementary
Curriculum and Instruction: Reading Secondary
|
|
|
|
Strategic Human Resources
Management |
|
|
Curriculum and Instruction: Technology |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Secondary Education IR |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Secondary Education Non-IR
|
|
Master of Science
|
|
Leadership |
|
|
Special Education for Certified Special Educators
Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages
|
|
|
|
Leadership Disaster
Preparedness & Executive Fire Leadership |
|
|
Special Education IR |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Special Education Non-IR
|
|
Bachelor of Science
|
|
Accounting |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Business Administration |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Applied Management |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finance and Economics |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entrepreneurial Studies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marketing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Public Safety Administration |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Public Safety and Emergency
Management |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bachelor of Science
|
|
Elementary/Special Education |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Elementary Education Early Childhood Education |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Elementary Education English |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Elementary Education Math |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Elementary Education Science |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Secondary Education Biology* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Secondary Education Business Education |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Secondary Education Chemistry* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Secondary Education Mathematics |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Secondary Education Social Studies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Secondary Education Physical Education* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Secondary Education English |
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
College of Nursing and Health Sciences |
|
College of Liberal Arts |
Degree Program |
|
Emphasis |
|
Degree Program |
|
Emphasis |
Master of Science
|
|
Nursing Family Nurse Practitioner* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nursing Leadership in Healthcare
Systems
|
|
Bachelor of Science
|
|
Justice Studies |
|
|
Nursing Clinical Nurse Specialist
(Education Focus)*
|
|
|
|
Psychology
Sociology |
|
|
Nursing Clinical Nurse Specialist* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nursing Nursing Education
|
|
Bachelor of Arts
|
|
Communications |
|
|
Professional Counseling
|
|
|
|
English Literature |
|
|
Addiction Counseling
|
|
|
|
Interdisciplinary Studies |
|
|
Marriage and Family Therapy
|
|
|
|
Christian Studies |
|
|
Health Care Administration
|
|
|
|
History |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bachelor of Science
|
|
Nursing*
|
|
Master of Science
|
|
Criminal Justice |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Psychology |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bachelor of Science
|
|
Biology Pre-Medicine* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Biology Pre-Pharmacy*
|
|
Master of Arts
|
|
Christian Studies |
|
|
Biology Pre-Physician Assistant* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Health Science: Professional Development
and Advanced Patient Care |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Respiratory Care |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Medical Imaging Sciences |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Athletic Training* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Addiction Counseling |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise Science Athletic Coaching |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise Science Health Education |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise Science Physical Education |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise Science Pre-Physical Therapy |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Undergraduate Minors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Athletic Coaching*
|
|
Christian Studies |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Sciences*
|
|
Communication |
|
|
|
|
Business
|
|
English Literature |
|
|
|
|
Health Education*
|
|
Justice Studies |
|
|
|
|
History
|
|
Psychology |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sociology |
|
|
|
* |
|
Indicates program was offered on ground only |
We have established relationships with health care systems, school districts, emergency
services providers, and other employers through which we offer programs onsite to provide
flexibility and convenience to students and their employers. For example, for our nursing programs,
we offer clinical courses onsite at hospitals and other healthcare centers with which we have
relationships, and also arrange to allow these students to complete their clinical work onsite. We
refer to students attending a program with us through such relationships as professional studies
students.
We currently offer our programs through three 16-week semesters in a calendar year, with up to
four starts available per semester for our online students, two starts available for our
professional studies ground students and one start available per semester for our traditional
ground students. During each semester, classes may last for five, eight, or 16 weeks. Depending
on the program, students generally enroll in one to three courses per semester. We generally
require online students to complete two courses during a 16-week semester, with each student
concentrating on one course during each eight-week period. While there is no explicit requirement,
we communicate to our online students our expectation that they access their online student
classroom at least four times each week in order to maintain an active dialogue with their
professors and classmates. Our online programs provide a digital record of student interactions for
the course instructor to assess students levels of engagement and demonstration of required
competencies.
New Program Development
We typically identify a potential new degree program or emphasis area through market demand or
from proposals developed by faculty, staff, students, alumni, or partners, and then perform an
analysis of the development cost and the long-term demand for the program. If, following this
analysis, we decide to proceed with the program, our Curriculum Design and Development Team
designates a subject matter expert who works with other faculty and our curriculum development
personnel to design a program that is consistent with our academically rigorous, career-oriented
program standards. The program is then reviewed by the dean of the applicable college, the Program
Standards and Evaluation Committee, Academic Affairs Committee, our Provost and Chief Academic
Officer, and finally, our President. Upon approval, the subject matter expert develops a course
syllabus and our Marketing Department creates a marketing plan to publicize the new program. Our
average program development process is six months from proposal to course introduction. The
development process is typically longer if we are expanding into a new field or offering a new
level of degree.
9
Assessment
Our Office of Assessment serves as our central resource for assessing and continually
improving our curricula, student satisfaction and learning outcomes. Among other things, the
assessment team reviews student course satisfaction surveys; analyzes archived student assignments
to assess whether a given program is developing students foundational knowledge, professional
competencies, and skills to achieve the expected learning outcomes; and provides feedback as to
program effectiveness. Based on this data and the conclusions of the assessment team, we modify
programs as necessary to meet our student satisfaction and educational development standards and
make recommendations as to adding or modifying programs.
Faculty
Our faculty includes full-time, ground-based faculty who teach under a nine-month or
twelve-month teaching contract, as well as adjunct ground-based faculty and online faculty who we
employ to teach on a course-by-course basis for a specified fee. As of December 31, 2009, we
employed 522 ground-based faculty members, of which 57 were full-time and 465 were part-time
adjuncts. Including our ground-based faculty members, who are available to teach online courses,
we maintain a pool of over 1,600 online faculty members, all of whom had completed our required
training. Substantially all of our current faculty members hold at least a masters degree in their
respective field and 28% of our faculty members hold a doctoral degree. On occasion, we engage a
limited number of faculty members who may not hold a graduate degree, but who evidence significant
professional experience and achievement in their respective subject areas.
We believe that the quality of our faculty is critical to our success, particularly because
faculty members have more interaction with our students than any other university employee.
Accordingly, we regularly review the performance of our faculty, including, but not limited to,
engaging our full-time ground faculty and other specialists to conduct peer reviews of our online
faculty, monitoring the amount of contact and the quality of feedback that faculty have with
students in our online programs, reviewing student feedback, and evaluating the learning outcomes
achieved by students. If we determine that a faculty member is not performing at the level that we
require, we work with the faculty member to improve performance, including, among other things,
assigning him or her a mentor or through other means. If the faculty members performance does not
improve, we terminate the faculty members contract and employment.
Student Support Services
Encouraging students that enter Grand Canyon University to complete their degree programs is
critical to the success of our business. We focus on developing and providing resources that
support the student educational experience, simplify the student enrollment process, acclimate
students to our programs and our online environment, and track student performance toward degree
completion. Many of our support services, including academic, administrative, and library services,
are accessible online and are available to our online and ground students, allowing users to access
these services at a time and in a manner that is generally convenient to them. The student support
services we provide include:
Academic services. We provide students with a variety of services designed to support their
academic studies. Our Center for Learning and Advancement offers research services, writing
services, and other tutoring services.
Administrative services. We provide students with the ability to access a variety of
administrative services both telephonically and via the Internet. For example, students can
register for classes, apply for financial aid, pay their tuition, and access their transcripts
online. We believe this online accessibility provides the convenience and self-service capabilities
that our students value. Our academic and finance counselors provide personalized online and
telephonic support to our students.
10
Library services. We provide a mix of online and ground resources, services, and instruction
to support the educational and research endeavors of all students, faculty, and staff, including
ground and online libraries and a qualified library staff that is available to help faculty and
students with research, teaching, and library resource instruction. Collectively, our library
services satisfy the criteria established by the Higher Learning Commission and other accrediting
and approving bodies for us to offer undergraduate, masters, and doctoral programs.
Career services. For those students seeking to change careers or explore new career
opportunities, we offer career services support, including resume review and evaluation, career
planning workshops, and access to career services specialists for advice and support. Other
resources that we offer include a Job Readiness Program, which advises students on matters such as
people skills, resumes and cover letters, mock interviews, and business etiquette; a job board,
which advertises employment postings and career exploration opportunities; career counseling
appointments and consultations; and career fairs.
Technology support services. We provide online technical support 16 hours per day during the
week and 14 hours per day on weekends to help our students remedy technology-related issues. We
also provide online tutorials and Frequently Asked Questions for students who are new to online
coursework.
Marketing, Recruitment, and Retention
Marketing. We engage in a range of marketing activities designed to position us as a provider
of academically rigorous, career-oriented educational programs, build strong brand recognition in
our core disciplines, differentiate us from other educational providers, raise awareness among
prospective students, generate enrollment inquiries, and stimulate student and alumni referrals.
Our online target market includes working adults focused on program quality, convenience, and
career advancement goals. Our ground target market includes traditional college students, working
adults seeking a high quality education in a traditional college setting, and working adults
seeking to take classes with a cohort onsite at their employers facility. In marketing our
programs to prospective students, we emphasize the value of the educational experience and the
academic rigor and career orientation of the programs, rather than the cost or speed to graduation.
We believe this approach reinforces the qualities that we want associated with our brand and also
attracts students who tend to be more persistent in starting and finishing their programs.
We have established dedicated teams, consisting of both marketing and enrollment personnel, at
each of our colleges to lead our efforts to attract new students. We believe that these blended
groups, organized around each core discipline, promote more effective internal communication within
our sales and marketing functions, allow deeper penetration within our target markets due to each
teams singular focus on a core discipline, and enable us to gain a better understanding of the
attributes of our students who ultimately enroll and graduate so that we can target our marketing
and enrollment processes accordingly.
To generate student leads, our marketing and enrollment personnel employ an integrated
marketing approach that utilizes a variety of lead sources to identify prospective students. These
lead generation sources include:
|
|
|
Internet and affiliate advertising, which generates the majority of our leads and
which includes purchasing leads from aggregators and also engaging in targeted, direct
email advertising campaigns, and coordinated campaigns with various affiliates; |
|
|
|
|
search engine optimization techniques, through which we seek to obtain high
placement in search engine results in response to key topic and word searches and drive
traffic to our website; |
|
|
|
|
seminar and event marketing, in which our marketing and enrollment personnel host
group events at various venues, including community colleges, corporations, and
hospitals; |
|
|
|
|
referrals from existing students, alumni, and employees; |
|
|
|
|
a national accounts program that seeks to develop relationships with employers in
our core disciplines, including healthcare providers, school districts, emergency
services providers, and large corporations, that may be interested in providing
dedicated and customized online and onsite educational opportunities to their employees,
and to encourage senior executives to participate in executive training programs; and |
|
|
|
|
print and direct mail advertising campaigns, and other public relations and
communications efforts, including promoting our athletic programs and student and alumni
events. |
11
Recruitment. Once a prospective student has indicated an interest in enrolling in one of our
programs, our lead management system identifies and directs an enrollment counselor to initiate
immediate communication. The enrollment counselor serves as the primary, direct contact for the
prospective student and the counselors goal is to help that individual gain sufficient knowledge
and understanding of our programs so that he or she can assess whether there is a good match
between our offerings and the prospective students goals. Upon the prospective students
submission of an application, the enrollment counselor, together with our student services
personnel, works with the applicant to gain acceptance, arrange financial aid, if needed, register
for courses, and prepare for matriculation.
Our enrollment counselors typically have prior education industry or sales experience. Each
counselor undergoes a standardized three-week training program that involves both classroom and
supervisor-monitored fieldwork and provides the counselor with training in financial aid,
regulatory requirements, general sales skills, and our history and heritage, mission, and academic
programs. As of December 31, 2009, we employed over 650 enrollment counselors at facilities in the
Phoenix, Arizona metropolitan area.
Retention. A key component in retaining our students is providing an outstanding learning
experience. We feel that our team-based, proactive approach to recruitment and enhanced student
services results in increased retention due to our systematic approach to contacting students at
key milestones during their enrollment, providing encouragement and highlighting their
achievements. Our financial advisors proactively assist each student with the students selection
of an appropriate payment option, and monitors the students progress and account balance to ensure
a smooth financial aid experience and to help ensure our students are well prepared for their
financial obligations incurred. Our academic advisors assist their students with their academic
schedules and regularly monitor triggering events, such as the failure to participate in the
classroom or failure to matriculate in a timely manner, which signal that a student may be at-risk
for dropping out. Upon identifying an at-risk student, academic advisors proactively interact with
the student to resolve any issues and encourage the student to continue with his or her program. We
have found that personally involving our employees in the student educational process, and
proactively seeking to resolve issues before they become larger problems, can significantly
increase retention rates among students. These frequent interactions between financial and academic
advisors and students are a key component to our retention strategy.
Admissions
Admission to Grand Canyon University is available to qualified students who are at least 16
years of age. Undergraduate applicants may qualify in various ways, including by having a high
school diploma, an unweighted grade point average of 2.25 or greater, a composite score of 920 or
greater on the Scholastic Aptitude Test, or a passing score of 520 or greater on the General
Education Development (GED) tests. Some of our programs require a higher grade point average and/or
other criteria to qualify for admission. Applicants to our graduate programs must generally have an
undergraduate degree from an accredited college, university, or program with a grade point average
of 2.8 or greater, or a graduate degree from such a college, university, or program. In addition,
some students who do not meet the qualifications for admission may be admitted at our discretion. A
student being considered for such admission may be asked to submit additional information such as
personal references and an essay addressing academic history. Students may also need to schedule an
interview to help clarify academic goals and help us make an informed decision.
Enrollment
At December 31, 2009, we had 37,709 students enrolled in our courses, of which 34,596, or
91.7%, were enrolled in our online programs, and 3,113, or 8.3%, were enrolled in our ground
programs. Of our online students, which were geographically distributed throughout all 50 states of
the United States, and Canada, 91.3% were age 25 or older. Of our ground students, which, although
we draw students from throughout the United States, were predominantly comprised of students from
Arizona, 59.2% were age 25 or older.
12
The following is a summary of our student enrollment at December 31, 2009 and December 31,
2008 (which included less than 200 students pursuing non-degree certificates) by degree type and by
instructional delivery method:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009 |
|
|
December 31, 2008 |
|
|
|
# of Students |
|
|
% of Total |
|
|
# of Students |
|
|
% of Total |
|
Graduate degree (1) |
|
|
16,097 |
|
|
|
42.7 |
% |
|
|
13,031 |
|
|
|
52.9 |
% |
Undergraduate degree |
|
|
21,612 |
|
|
|
57.3 |
% |
|
|
11,605 |
|
|
|
47.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
37,709 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
24,636 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009 |
|
|
December 31, 2008 |
|
|
|
# of Students |
|
|
% of Total |
|
|
# of Students |
|
|
% of Total |
|
Online(2) |
|
|
34,596 |
|
|
|
91.7 |
% |
|
|
21,955 |
|
|
|
89.1 |
% |
Ground (3) |
|
|
3,113 |
|
|
|
8.3 |
% |
|
|
2,681 |
|
|
|
10.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
37,709 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
24,636 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes 315 and 56 students pursuing doctoral degrees at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. |
|
(2) |
|
As of December 31, 2009, 44.5% of our online students are pursuing graduate or doctoral degrees. |
|
(3) |
|
Includes our traditional on-campus students, as well as our professional studies students. |
Tuition and Fees
Our tuition rates vary by type and length of program and by degree level. For all graduate and
undergraduate programs, tuition is determined by the number of courses taken by each student. For
our 2009-10 academic year (the academic year that began in May 2009), our prices per credit hour
are $415 for undergraduate online and professional studies courses, $440 for graduate online
courses (other than graduate business and graduate nursing), $485 for graduate business courses,
$535 for graduate online nursing courses, and $688 for undergraduate courses for ground students.
For our active duty and active reserve online and professional studies students, our prices per
credit hour are $250 for undergraduate and $350 for graduate. The overall price of each course
varies based upon the number of credit hours per course (with most courses representing three
credit hours), the degree level of the program, and the discipline of the course. In addition, we
charge a fixed $8,250 block tuition for undergraduate ground students taking between 12 and 18
credit hours per semester, with an additional $688 per credit hour for credits in excess of 18. A
traditional undergraduate degree typically requires a minimum of 120 credit hours. The minimum
number of credit hours required for a masters degree and overall cost for such a degree varies by
program although such programs typically require approximately 36 credit hours. Our doctoral
program in education was $770 per credit hour during 2009 but was reduced to $550 per credit hour
beginning January 1, 2010. The doctoral program requires approximately 60 credit hours.
We offer tuition scholarships to select students, including online students, athletes,
employees, and participants in programs we offer through relationships with employers. For the
years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, our revenue was reduced by approximately $34.2
million, $18.4 million, and $10.3 million, respectively, as a result of scholarships that we
offered to our students. The increase in scholarships is due to increased revenues and a
significant increase in the use of academic scholarships to attract high performing students.
We have established a refund policy for tuition and fees based upon individual course start
dates. Under our policy, for courses offered through a non-traditional modality, if a student drops
or withdraws from a course before the first week, 100% of the charges for tuition and fees are
refunded. If a student drops or withdraws from a course during the first week of the course, 75%
of the charges for tuition are refunded. If a student drops or withdraws from a course during or
after the second week of a course, tuition charges and fees are not refunded. All fees, including
materials fees, are non-refundable for non-traditional students after the start of a course. We
will refund tuition and fees according to the above policy unless a student attending courses
online is a resident of a state that requires us to comply with different, state specific
guidelines. For traditional students attending 16 week courses, generally if a student withdraws
before the first week 100% of the charges for tuition and fees are refunded. If a student
withdraws during the first week of the course, 90% of the charges for tuition are refunded and
instructional fees and ground campus-related fees are refunded. If a student drops or withdraws
from a course during the second week of a course, 75% of the tuition charges are refunded and all
fees are non-refundable. If a student drops during
the third week of a course, 50% of the tuition charges are refunded and during or after the
fourth week, there are no refunds for tuition charges or fees. Fees charged by us include
graduation fees of $200, as well as fees for dropping or withdrawing from courses after the
beginning of the course. This tuition and fees refund policy is different from, and applies in
addition to, the return of Title IV funds policy we are required to follow as a condition of our
participation in the Title IV programs.
13
Sources of Student Financing
Our students finance their education through a combination of methods, as follows:
Title IV programs. The federal government provides for grants and loans to students under the
Title IV programs, and students can use those funds at any institution that has been certified as
eligible by the Department of Education. Student financial aid under the Title IV programs is
primarily awarded on the basis of a students financial need, which is generally defined as the
difference between the cost of attending the institution and the amount the student and the
students family can reasonably contribute to that cost. All students receiving Title IV program
funds must maintain satisfactory academic progress toward completion of their program of study. In
addition, each school must ensure that Title IV program funds are properly accounted for and
disbursed in the correct amounts to eligible students.
During fiscal 2009 and 2008, we derived approximately 82.5% and 78.6%, respectively, of our
revenue (calculated on a cash basis in accordance with Department of Education standards that were
in effect prior to the August 2008 reauthorization of the Higher Education Act) from tuition
financed under the Title IV programs. The primary Title IV programs that our students receive
funding from are the Federal Family Education Loan, or FFEL, Program, Federal Direct Loan Program,
or FDL Program, and the Federal Pell Grant, or Pell, Program, which are described below:
|
|
|
FFEL. Under the FFEL Program, banks and other lending institutions make loans to
students. The FFEL Program includes the Federal Stafford Loan Program, the Federal PLUS
Program (which provides loans to graduate and professional studies students as well as
parents of dependent undergraduate students), and the Federal Consolidation Loan
Program. If a student defaults on an FFEL loan, payment to the lender is guaranteed by a
federally recognized guaranty agency, which is then reimbursed by the Department of
Education. Students who demonstrate financial need may qualify for a subsidized Stafford
loan. With a subsidized Stafford loan, the federal government pays the interest on the
loan while the student is in school and during grace periods and any approved periods of
deferment, until the students obligation to repay the loan begins. Unsubsidized
Stafford loans are not based on financial need, and are available to students who do not
qualify for a subsidized Stafford loan or, in some cases, in addition to a subsidized
Stafford loan. Loan funds are disbursed to us, and we in turn disburse the amounts in
excess of tuition and fees to students. Effective July 1, 2008, under the Federal
Stafford Loan Program, a dependent undergraduate student can borrow up to $5,500 for the
first academic year, $6,500 for the second academic year, and $7,500 for each of the
third and fourth academic years. Students classified as independent, and dependent
students whose parents were denied a parent loan for undergraduate students, can obtain
up to an additional $4,000 for each of the first and second academic years and an
additional $5,000 for each of the third and fourth academic years. Students enrolled in
graduate programs can borrow up to $20,500 per academic year. Students enrolled in
certain graduate-level health programs can receive an additional $12,500 per academic
year. |
|
|
|
|
FDL Program. In addition to FFEL loans made by private lenders, the Department of
Education also administers the FDL Program, which eliminated the private financial
institution as the lender. Under the FDL Program, the federal government makes the
loans directly to the students with terms consistent with FFEL loans. The types of
loans, the maximum annual loan amounts and other terms of the loans made under the FDL
Program are similar to those for loans made under the FFEL Program. During fiscal year
2009, we began participating in the FDL Program for a portion of our Title IV eligible
students. In U.S. President Barack Obamas 2010 budget request delivered to Congress on
February 26, 2009, the Department of Education proposed to eliminate FFEL loans and
instead require all Title IV student loans to be administered through the FDL Program
commencing July 1, 2010. We expect to be able to fully transition from the FFEL Program
to the FDL Program by September 2010. |
14
|
|
|
Pell. Under the Pell Program, the Department of Education makes grants to
undergraduate students who demonstrate financial need. Effective July 1, 2008, the
maximum annual grant a student can receive under the Pell Program is $4,731, and
effective July 1, 2009, the maximum annual amount increased to $5,350. Under the August
2008 reauthorization of the Higher Education Act, students are able for the first time
to receive Pell Grant funds for attendance on a year-round basis, which means that the
amount a student can receive in a given year is more than the traditionally defined
maximum annual amount. |
Our students also receive funding under other Title IV programs, including the Federal Perkins Loan
Program, the Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant Program, the Federal Work-Study
Program, the National Science and Mathematics Access to Retain Talent Grant Program, the Academic
Competitiveness Grant Program, and the Teacher Education Assistance for College and Higher
Education Grant Program.
Other financial aid programs. In addition to the Title IV programs listed above, eligible
students may participate in several other financial aid programs or receive support from other
governmental sources. These include veterans educational benefits administered by the U.S.
Department of Veterans Affairs and state financial aid programs. During fiscal 2009 and 2008, we
derived an immaterial amount of our net revenue from tuition financed by such programs.
Private loans. Some of our students also use private loan programs to help finance their
education. Students can apply to a number of different lenders for private loans at current market
interest rates. Private loans are intended to fund a portion of students cost of education not
covered by the Title IV programs and other financial aid. During fiscal 2009 and 2008, payments
derived from private loans constituted approximately 0.9% and 2.9%, respectively, of our cash
revenue. Third-party lenders independently determine whether a loan to a student is classified as
subprime, and, based on these determinations, we did not derive any payments from subprime loans
during fiscal year 2009 or 2008.
Other sources. We derived the remainder of our net revenue from tuition that is self-funded or
attributable to employer tuition reimbursements.
Technology Systems and Management
We believe that we have established a secure, reliable, scalable technology system that
provides a high quality online educational environment and gives us the capability to substantially
grow our online programs and enrollment.
Online course delivery and management. Our online learning management system is the ANGEL
Learning Management Suite, which is a web-based system and collaboration portal that stores,
manages, and delivers course content; provides interactive communication between students and
faculty; enables assignment uploading; and supplies online evaluation tools. The system also
provides centralized administration features that support the implementation of policies for
content format and in-classroom learning tools. We continually seek to develop and implement
features that enhance the online classroom experience, such as delivering course content through
streaming video, simulations, and other interactive enhancements.
Internal administration. We utilize a commercial customer relations management package to
distribute, manage, track, and report on all prospective student leads developed, both internally
and externally. This package is scalable to capacity levels well in excess of current requirements.
We also utilize a commercial software package to track Title IV funds, student records, grades,
accounts receivable, and accounts payable. This back office system was designed to manage campus
based traditional students. We plan to transition our online programs from a term-based financial
aid system to a borrower-based financial aid system, that will allow us to manage both traditional
and non-traditional students. As part of this transition, we are converting our back office system
from Datatel, Inc. to a series of programs developed by Campus Management Corp., including
CampusVue and CampusPortal, and also implementing Microsofts Great Plains accounting system. We
anticipate going live in our new systems in the second quarter of 2010.
15
Infrastructure. We operate two data centers, one at our campus and one at a third-party
co-location facility. All of our servers are networked and we have redundant data backup. We manage
our technology environment internally. Our wide area network uses multi-protocol label switching
technology for maximum availability and flexibility. Student access is provided through redundant
data carriers in both data centers and is load balanced for maximum performance. Real-time
monitoring provides current system status across server, network, and storage components.
Ground Campus
We own our ground campus, which is located on approximately 100 acres in the center of the
Phoenix, Arizona metropolitan area, near downtown Phoenix. Our campus facilities currently consist
of 43 buildings with more than 500,000 square feet of space, which include 63 classrooms, three
lecture halls, a 500-seat theater, three student computer labs with 150 computers that are
available to students 18 hours per day, a 68,000-volume physical library, and a media arts complex
that provides communications students with audio and video equipment. We house our ground students
in on-campus student apartments and dormitories that can collectively hold up to 800 students.
We have 18 athletic teams that compete in Division II of the National Collegiate Athletic
Association (NCAA). Our athletic facilities include two gymnasiums, which accommodate basketball,
volleyball, and wrestling, as well as facilities for our baseball, softball, tennis, lacrosse, and
swimming programs. Our baseball program has produced more than twenty Major League Baseball
players. Baseball, basketball, tennis and soccer have combined to produce nine National
Association of Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA) or NCAA National Championship teams.
We believe our ground-based programs and traditional campus not only offers our ground
students, faculty, and staff an opportunity to participate in a traditional college experience, but
also provides our online students, faculty, and staff with a sense of connection to a traditional
university. Additionally, our full-time ground faculty play an important role in integrating online
faculty into our academic programs and ensuring the overall consistency and quality of the ground
and online student experience. We believe our mix of a rapidly growing online program, anchored by
a traditional ground-based program with a 60-year history and heritage, differentiates us from most
other for-profit postsecondary education providers.
We intend to expand the size and enhance the profile and reputation of our ground campus by,
among other things, adding faculty and expanding upon and modernizing our campus infrastructure and
technological capabilities over the next several years. These activities may require significant
capital expenditures and may cause us to incur significant expenses. In anticipation of this
growth we recently completed the acquisition of 10 acres of land adjacent to our campus for $1.0
million and began the construction of an additional dormitory, classroom building and a student
recreation facility.
Employees
In addition to our faculty, as of December 31, 2009, we employed 1,899 staff and
administrative personnel in university services, academic advising and academic support, enrollment
services, university administration, financial aid, information technology, human resources,
corporate accounting, finance, and other administrative functions. None of our employees is a party
to any collective bargaining or similar agreement with us. We consider our relationships with our
employees to be good.
Competition
There are more than 4,000 U.S. colleges and universities serving traditional and adult
students. Competition is highly fragmented and varies by geography, program offerings, modality,
ownership, quality level, and selectivity of admissions. No one institution has a significant share
of the total postsecondary market.
Our ground program competes with Arizona State University, Northern Arizona University, and
the University of Arizona, the in-state public universities, as well as two-year colleges within
the state community college system. To a limited extent, our ground program also competes with
geographically proximate universities with similar religious heritages, including Azusa Pacific
University, Baylor University, and Seattle Pacific University. Our online programs compete with
local, traditional universities geographically located near each of our prospective students, and
with other for-profit postsecondary schools that offer online degrees, particularly those schools
that offer online graduate programs within our core disciplines, including Capella University,
University of Phoenix, and Walden
University. In addition, many public and private schools, colleges, and universities,
including most major colleges and universities, offer online programs.
16
Non-profit institutions receive substantial government subsidies, and have access to
government and foundation grants, tax-deductible contributions and other financial resources
generally not available to for-profit schools. Accordingly, non-profit institutions may have
instructional and support resources that are superior to those in the for-profit sector. In
addition, some of our competitors, including both traditional colleges and universities and other
for-profit schools, have substantially greater name recognition and financial resources than we
have, which may enable them to compete more effectively for potential students. We also expect to
face increased competition as a result of new entrants to the online education market, including
established colleges and universities that had not previously offered online education programs.
We believe that the competitive factors in the postsecondary education market include:
|
|
|
availability of career-oriented and accredited program offerings; |
|
|
|
|
the types of degrees offered and marketability of those degrees; |
|
|
|
|
reputation, regulatory approvals, and compliance history of the school; |
|
|
|
|
convenient, flexible and dependable access to programs and classes; |
|
|
|
|
qualified and experienced faculty; |
|
|
|
|
level of student support services; |
|
|
|
|
cost of the program; |
|
|
|
|
marketing and selling effectiveness; and |
|
|
|
|
the time necessary to earn a degree. |
Available Information
Our Internet address is www.gcu.edu. We make available free of charge on our website
our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, Forms
3, 4, and 5 filed on behalf of directors and executive officers, and all amendments to those
reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as soon as
reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the
Securities and Exchange Commission (hereafter, the SEC). In addition, our earnings conference calls
and presentation to the financial community are web cast live via our website. In addition to
visiting our website, you may read and copy any document we file with the SEC at the SECs Public
Reference Room at 100 F. Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549 or at www.sec.gov. Please call the SEC
at 1-800-SEC-0330 for information on the Public Reference Room.
17
REGULATION
We are subject to extensive regulation by state education agencies, accrediting commissions,
and the federal government through the Department of Education under the Higher Education Act. The
regulations, standards, and policies of these agencies cover the vast majority of our operations,
including our educational programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff,
administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations, and financial condition.
As an institution of higher education that grants degrees and certificates, we are required to
be authorized by appropriate state education authorities. In addition, in order to participate in
the federal student financial aid programs, we must be accredited by an accrediting commission
recognized by the Department of Education. Accreditation is a non-governmental process through
which an institution submits to qualitative review by an organization of peer institutions, based
on the standards of the accrediting commission and the stated aims and purposes of the institution.
The Higher Education Act requires accrediting commissions recognized by the Department of Education
to review and monitor many aspects of an institutions operations and to take appropriate action if
the institution fails to meet the accrediting commissions standards.
Our operations are also subject to regulation by the Department of Education due to our
participation in the federal student financial aid programs under Title IV of the Higher Education
Act. Those Title IV programs include educational loans with below-market interest rates that are
guaranteed by the federal government in the event of a students default on repaying the loan, as
well as grant programs for students with demonstrated financial need. To participate in the
Title IV programs, a school must receive and maintain authorization by the appropriate state
education agency or agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by the
Department of Education, and be certified as an eligible institution by the Department of
Education.
Our business activities are planned and implemented to comply with the standards of these
regulatory agencies. We employ a Vice President of SFA Compliance who is knowledgeable about
regulatory matters relevant to student financial aid programs and our Chief Financial Officer,
Chief Risk Officer, and General Counsel also provide oversight designed to ensure that we meet the
requirements of our regulated operating environment.
State Education Licensure and Regulation
We are authorized to offer our educational programs by the Arizona State Board for Private
Postsecondary Education, the regulatory agency governing private postsecondary educational
institutions in the State of Arizona, where we are located. We do not presently have campuses in
any states other than Arizona. We are required by the Higher Education Act to maintain
authorization from the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education in order to
participate in the Title IV programs. This authorization is very important to us and our business.
To maintain our state authorization, we must continuously meet standards relating to, among other
things, educational programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff, marketing and
recruitment, financial operations, addition of new locations and educational programs, and various
operational and administrative procedures. Failure to comply with the requirements of the Arizona
State Board for Private Postsecondary Education could result in us losing our authorization to
offer our educational programs, which would cause us to lose our eligibility to participate in the
Title IV programs and which could force us to cease operations. Alternatively, the Arizona State
Board for Private Postsecondary Education could restrict our ability to offer certain degree and
non-degree programs.
Most other states impose regulatory requirements on out-of-state educational institutions
operating within their boundaries, such as those having a physical facility or conducting certain
academic activities within the state. State laws establish standards in areas such as instruction,
qualifications of faculty, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations,
and other operational matters, some of which are different than the standards prescribed by the
Department of Education or the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education. Laws in
some states limit schools ability to offer educational programs and award degrees to residents of
those states. Some states also prescribe financial regulations that are different from those of the
Department of Education, and many require the posting of surety bonds.
18
In addition, several states have sought to assert jurisdiction over educational institutions
offering online degree programs that have no physical location or other presence in the state but
that have some activity in the state, such as enrolling or offering educational services to
students who reside in the state, employing faculty who reside in the
state, or advertising to or recruiting prospective students in the state. State regulatory
requirements for online education vary among the states, are not well developed in many states, are
imprecise or unclear in some states, and can change frequently. New laws, regulations, or
interpretations related to doing business over the Internet could increase our cost of doing
business and affect our ability to recruit students in particular states, which could, in turn,
negatively affect enrollments and revenues and have a material adverse effect on our business.
We have determined that our activities in certain states constitute a presence requiring
licensure or authorization under the requirements of the state education agency in those states and
we have obtained such licensure. In other states, we have obtained approvals as we have determined
necessary in connection with our marketing and recruiting activities or where we have determined
that our licensure or authorization can facilitate the teaching certification process in a
particular state for graduates of our College of Education. We review the licensure requirements of
other states when appropriate to determine whether our activities in those states constitute a
presence or otherwise require licensure or authorization by the respective state education
agencies. Because state regulatory requirements, including agency interpretations, can change
frequently, and because we enroll students in all 50 states and the District of Columbia, we expect
that state regulatory authorities in states where we are not currently licensed or authorized will
request that we seek licensure or authorization in their states in the future. Although we believe
that we will be able to comply with additional state licensing or authorization requirements that
may arise or be asserted in the future, if we fail to comply with state licensing or authorization
requirements for a state, or fail to obtain licenses or authorizations when required, we could lose
our state licensure or authorization by that state or be subject to other sanctions, including
restrictions on our activities in that state, fines, and penalties. While we do not believe that
any of the states in which we are currently licensed or authorized, other than Arizona, are
individually material to our operations, the loss of licensure or authorization in any state could
prohibit us from recruiting prospective students or offering services to current students in that
state, which could significantly reduce our enrollments.
State Professional Licensure
Many states have specific requirements that an individual must satisfy in order to be licensed
as a professional in specified fields, including fields such as education and healthcare. These
requirements vary by state and by field. A students success in obtaining licensure following
graduation typically depends on several factors, including the background and qualifications of the
individual graduate, as well as the following factors, among others:
|
|
|
whether the institution and the program were approved by the state in
which the graduate seeks licensure, or by a professional association; |
|
|
|
|
whether the program from which the student graduated meets all
requirements for professional licensure in that state; |
|
|
|
|
whether the institution and the program are accredited and, if so, by
what accrediting commissions; and |
|
|
|
|
whether the institutions degrees are recognized by other states in
which a student may seek to work. |
Many states also require that graduates pass a state test or examination as a prerequisite to
becoming certified in certain fields, such as teaching and nursing. Many states will certify
individuals if they have already been certified in another state.
Our College of Education is approved by the Arizona State Board of Education to offer
Institutional Recommendations (credentials) for the certification of elementary, secondary, and
special education teachers and school administrators. Our College of Nursing and Health Services is
approved by the Arizona State Board of Nursing for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing and Master of
Science in Nursing degrees. Due to varying requirements for professional licensure in each state,
we inform students of the risks associated with obtaining professional licensure and that it is
each students responsibility to determine what state, local, or professional licensure and
certification requirements are necessary in his or her individual state.
19
Accreditation
We have been continuously accredited since 1968 by the Higher Learning Commission and its
predecessor, each a regional accrediting commission recognized by the Department of Education. Our
accreditation was reaffirmed in 2007, and the next scheduled comprehensive evaluation will be
conducted in 2016-2017. Accreditation is a private, non-governmental process for evaluating the
quality of educational institutions and their programs in areas including student performance,
governance, integrity, educational quality, faculty, physical resources, administrative capability
and resources, and financial stability. To be recognized by the Department of Education,
accrediting commissions must adopt specific standards for their review of educational institutions,
conduct peer-review evaluations of institutions, and publicly designate those institutions that
meet their criteria. An accredited school is subject to periodic review by its accrediting
commissions to determine whether it continues to meet the performance, integrity and quality
required for accreditation.
There are six regional accrediting commissions recognized by the Department of Education, each
with a specified geographic scope of coverage, which together cover the entire United States. Most
traditional, public and private non-profit, degree-granting colleges and universities are
accredited by one of these six regional accrediting commissions. The Higher Learning Commission,
which accredits Grand Canyon University, is the same regional accrediting commission that accredits
such universities as the University of Arizona, Arizona State University, and other degree-granting
public and private colleges and universities in the states of Arizona, Arkansas, Colorado,
Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, New Mexico, North Dakota,
Ohio, Oklahoma, South Dakota, West Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.
Accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission is important to us for several reasons,
including the fact that it enables our students to receive Title IV financial aid. Other colleges
and universities depend, in part, on an institutions accreditation in evaluating transfers of
credit and applications to graduate schools. Employers rely on the accredited status of
institutions when evaluating candidates credentials, and students and corporate and government
sponsors under tuition reimbursement programs look to accreditation for assurance that an
institution maintains quality educational standards. If we fail to satisfy the standards of the
Higher Learning Commission, we could lose our accreditation by that agency, which would cause us to
lose our eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs.
The reauthorization of the Higher Education Act in 2008, and final regulations issued by the
Department of Education, effective July 1, 2010, require accreditors to monitor the growth of
programs at institutions that are experiencing significant enrollment growth. The Higher Learning
Commission requires all affiliated institutions to complete an annual data report. If the
non-financial data, particularly enrollment information, and any other information submitted by the
institution indicate problems, rapid change, or significant growth, the Higher Learning Commission
staff may require that the institution address any concerns arising from the data report in the
next self-study and visit process. The Higher Learning Commission staff may also recommend that its
Institutional Actions Council require additional monitoring. In addition, the Department of
Education has issued final regulations, which will take effect on July 1, 2010, that require the
Higher Learning Commission to notify the Department of Education if an institution it accredits
that offers distance learning programs experiences an increase in its headcount enrollment of 50%
or more in any fiscal year, which could include us based on our historical enrollment growth rates,
and the Department of Education may consider that information in connection with its own regulatory
oversight activities.
In addition to institutional accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission, there are
numerous specialized accrediting commissions that accredit specific programs or schools within
their jurisdiction, many of which are in healthcare and professional fields. Accreditation of
specific programs by one of these specialized accrediting commissions signifies that those programs
have met the additional standards of those agencies. In addition to being accredited by the Higher
Learning Commission, we also have the following specialized accreditations:
|
|
|
The Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs accredits
our Executive Master of Business Administration degree program, Master
of Business Administration degree program and our Bachelor of Science
degree programs in Accounting, Business Administration, Marketing, and
Entrepreneurship; |
20
|
|
|
The Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education accredits our Bachelor
of Science in Nursing and Master of Science in Nursing degree
programs; and |
|
|
|
|
The Commission on Accreditation of Athletic Training Education
accredits our Athletic Training Program. |
If we fail to satisfy the standards of any of these specialized accrediting commissions, we
could lose the specialized accreditation for the affected programs, which could result in
materially reduced student enrollments in those programs as well as student inability to seek
licensure.
Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs
To be eligible to participate in the Title IV programs, an institution must comply with
specific requirements contained in the Higher Education Act and the regulations issued thereunder
by the Department of Education. An institution must, among other things, be licensed or authorized
to offer its educational programs by the state in which it is physically located (in our case,
Arizona) and maintain institutional accreditation by an accrediting commission recognized by the
Department of Education (in our case, the Higher Learning Commission). We submitted our application
for recertification to participate in the Title IV programs to the Department of Education in March
2008 in anticipation of the expiration of our provisional certification on June 30, 2008. The
Department of Education did not make a decision on our recertification application by June 30,
2008, and therefore our participation in the Title IV programs has been automatically extended on a
month-to-month basis until the Department of Education makes its decision.
The substantial amount of federal funds disbursed to schools through the Title IV programs,
the large number of students and institutions participating in these programs, and allegations of
fraud and abuse by certain for-profit educational institutions have caused Congress to require the
Department of Education to exercise considerable regulatory oversight over for-profit educational
institutions. As a result, our institution is subject to extensive oversight and review. Because
the Department of Education periodically revises its regulations (as it did in 2009 in connection
with the August 2008 reauthorization of the Higher Education Act described below) and changes its
interpretations of existing laws and regulations, we cannot predict with certainty how the Title IV
program requirements will be applied in all circumstances.
Significant factors relating to the Title IV programs that could adversely affect us include
the following:
Congressional action. Congress must reauthorize the Higher Education Act on a periodic basis,
usually every five to six years, and the most recent reauthorization occurred in August 2008. The
reauthorized Higher Education Act reauthorized all of the Title IV programs in which we
participate, but made numerous revisions to the requirements governing the Title IV programs,
including provisions relating to the relationships between institutions and lenders that make
student loans, student loan default rates, and the formula for revenue that institutions are
permitted to derive from the Title IV programs. In addition, in 2007 Congress enacted legislation
that reduces interest rates on certain Title IV loans and government subsidies to lenders that
participate in the Title IV programs, which caused reduced liquidity in capital markets and,
therefore, the potential to reduce access to Title IV program loans by students and parents. In May
2008, Congress enacted additional legislation to attempt to ensure that all eligible students will
be able to obtain Title IV loans in the future, and that a sufficient number of lenders will
continue to provide Title IV loans. Additional legislation is also pending in Congress, including
legislation which, among other things, would eliminate the federally guaranteed student loan
program and require all future student loans to be made through the FDL Program. We are not in a
position to predict with certainty whether any of the pending legislation will be enacted. Although
we are approved to participate in the FDL Program, because a significant percentage of our revenue
is derived from the Title IV programs, any action by Congress that significantly reduces Title IV
program funding or our ability or the ability of our students to participate in the Title IV
programs could increase our costs of compliance, reduce the ability of some students to finance
their education at our institution, require us to seek to arrange for other sources of financial
aid for our students and materially decrease our student enrollment. In addition, a transition to
the FDL Program could cause disruptions in the administration of Title IV program loans to our
students if we or the Department of Education encounter difficulties with the systems or processes
necessary for increased FDL Program loans. However, we have already started participating in the
FDL Program and have experienced no difficulties thus far in processing loans.
21
In addition, Congress must determine the funding levels for the Title IV programs on an annual
basis through the budget and appropriations process, and may adjust those levels at other times. A
reduction in federal funding levels for the Title IV programs could reduce the ability of some of
our students to finance their education. The loss of or a significant reduction in Title IV program
funds available to our students could reduce our enrollments and revenue.
Pending regulatory changes. In connection with the 2008 reauthorization of the Higher
Education Act, Congress directed the Department of Education to promulgate regulations to clarify
and carry out the numerous revisions made in such reauthorization. In December 2008, the Department
of Education established five negotiated rulemaking committees to begin to work on developing such
regulations. Negotiated rulemaking is a process whereby the Department of Education consults with
members of the postsecondary education community to identify issues of concern and attempts to
agree on proposed regulatory revisions to address those issues before the Department of Education
formally proposes any regulations. If the Department of Education and negotiators cannot reach
consensus on their entire package of draft regulations, the Department of Education is authorized
to propose regulations without being bound by any agreements made in the negotiation process. The
five original negotiated rulemaking committees have completed work on certain regulation packages
and final regulations were issued in October of 2009, which will become effective on July 1, 2010.
In May 2009, the Department of Education announced its intent to initiate another round of
negotiated rulemaking to address regulations to improve the administration of the Title IV
programs. That process was concluded for a significant number of regulatory topics in January of
2010 and addressed a number of significant issues, including: compensation paid by institutions to
persons or entities engaged in student recruiting or admission activities; the determination of
satisfactory academic progress under different academic calendars; state authorization as a
component of institutional eligibility; the definition of a credit hour for purposes of determining
program eligibility status, particularly in the context of awarding Pell Grants; verification of
information included on student aid applications; the definition of a high school diploma as a
condition of a students receipt of Title IV aid and requirements that an institution be able to
demonstrate that its graduates obtain gainful employment, as measured against certain metrics such
as student loan debt and salaries of graduates. The negotiators did not reach consensus on many of
the issues up for discussion in this round of negotiated rulemaking. Of the proposed revisions to
the regulations being considered in this negotiated rulemaking, the issues related to gainful
employment and incentive compensation are of particular concern to for-profit educational
institutions. The negotiators did not reach consensus on either of these issues, leaving many
significant concerns of industry negotiators open and unresolved. As such, the Department of
Education is authorized to propose regulations with respect to these topics without regard to the
concerns of institutions as expressed during the negotiated rulemaking process. Following the
conclusion of this round of negotiated rulemaking, possibly in the spring or summer of 2010, the
Department of Education is expected to issue proposed regulations for public comment and to issue
final regulations by November 1, 2010, which is the required deadline in order for such regulations
to take effect on July 1, 2011. We are still assessing the impact of the final regulations issued
in October of 2009 and the possible impact of the ongoing negotiated rulemaking on our financial
aid policies and other plans and strategies. To the extent certain of these revisions to the
regulations are adopted as proposed by the Department of Education, we cannot predict with any
certainty whether we will be able to comply with such new requirements or whether compliance with
such new requirements will result in a material adverse effect on our enrollments and operations.
In May 2009, the Department of Education announced that it was initiating a further negotiated
rulemaking process to revise its regulations in certain areas, including the regulations related to
incentive compensation and gainful employment. As part of the current negotiated rulemaking
process, the potential elimination or curtailment of the incentive compensation safe harbors is
being considered, leaving open the possibility that this rule will be administered on an even
stricter basis.
Eligibility and certification procedures. Each institution must apply periodically to the
Department of Education for continued certification to participate in the Title IV programs. Such
recertification generally is required every six years, but may be required earlier, including when
an institution undergoes a change in control. An institution may also come under the Department of
Educations review when it expands its activities in certain ways, such as opening an additional
location, adding a new educational program or modifying the academic credentials it offers. The
Department of Education may place an institution on provisional certification status if it finds
that the institution does not fully satisfy all of the eligibility and certification standards and
in certain other
circumstances, such as when an institution is certified for the first time or undergoes a
change in control. During the period of provisional certification, the institution must comply with
any additional conditions included in the schools program participation agreement with the
Department of Education. In addition, the Department of Education may more closely review an
institution that is provisionally certified if it applies for recertification or approval to open a
new location, add an educational program, acquire another school, or make any other significant
change. If the Department of Education determines that a provisionally certified institution is
unable to meet its responsibilities under its program participation agreement, it may seek to
revoke the institutions certification to participate in the Title IV programs without advance
notice or opportunity for the institution to challenge the action. Students attending provisionally
certified institutions remain eligible to receive Title IV program funds.
22
Since May 2005 we have been certified to participate in Title IV programs on a provisional
basis. We submitted our application for recertification in March 2008 in anticipation of the
expiration of our provisional certification on June 30, 2008. The Department of Education did not
make a decision on our recertification application by June 30, 2008, and therefore our provisional
certification to participate in the Title IV programs has been automatically extended on a
month-to-month basis until the Department of Education makes its decision. Since June 2008, we have
filed updates with the Department of Education and communicated with Department of Education
personnel in order to update our pending recertification application with relevant information,
such as our status as a publicly-traded corporation and the identity of the members of our Board of
Directors. Based on our provisional certification, the Department of Education may more closely
review any application we may file for recertification, new locations, new educational programs,
acquisitions of other schools, or other significant changes. For a school that is certified on a
provisional basis, the Department of Education may revoke the institutions certification without
advance notice or advance opportunity for the institution to challenge that action. For a school
that is provisionally certified on a month-to-month basis, the Department of Education may allow
the institutions certification to expire at the end of any month without advance notice, and
without any formal procedure for review of such action. To our knowledge, such action is very rare
and has only occurred upon a determination that an institution is in substantial violation of
material Title IV requirements. For the foreseeable future, we do not have plans to initiate new
educational programs, acquire other schools, or make other significant changes in our operations
that would require approval of the Department of Education. Accordingly, we do not believe that our
continued provisional certification on a month-to-month basis has had or will have any material
impact on our day-to-day operations. However, there can be no assurance that the Department of
Education will recertify us while the investigation by the Office of Inspector General of the
Department of Education is being conducted, while the qui tam lawsuit is pending, or at all, or
that it will not impose restrictions as a condition of approving our pending recertification
application or with respect to any future recertification. If the Department of Education does not
renew or withdraws our certification to participate in the Title IV programs at any time, our
students would no longer be able to receive Title IV program funds. Similarly, the Department of
Education could renew our certification, but restrict or delay our students receipt of Title IV
funds, limit the number of students to whom we could disburse such funds, or place other
restrictions on us that could be similar to, or more or less restrictive than, the restrictions
that the Department of Education imposed on us in connection with our recertification in 2005. Any
of these outcomes would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments and us.
Administrative capability. Department of Education regulations specify extensive criteria by
which an institution must establish that it has the requisite administrative capability to
participate in the Title IV programs. To meet the administrative capability standards, an
institution must, among other things:
|
|
|
comply with all applicable Title IV program requirements; |
|
|
|
|
have an adequate number of qualified personnel to administer the Title IV programs; |
|
|
|
|
have acceptable standards for measuring the satisfactory academic progress of its
students; |
|
|
|
|
not have student loan cohort default rates above specified levels; |
|
|
|
|
have various procedures in place for awarding, disbursing and safeguarding
Title IV funds and for maintaining required records; |
23
|
|
|
administer the Title IV programs with adequate checks and balances in its system
of internal controls; |
|
|
|
|
not be, and not have any principal or affiliate who is, debarred or suspended from
federal contracting or engaging in activity that is cause for debarment or
suspension; |
|
|
|
|
provide financial aid counseling to its students; |
|
|
|
|
refer to the Department of Educations Office of Inspector General any credible
information indicating that any student, parent, employee, third-party servicer or
other agent of the institution has engaged in any fraud or other illegal conduct
involving the Title IV programs; |
|
|
|
|
submit all required reports and financial statements in a timely manner; and |
|
|
|
|
not otherwise appear to lack administrative capability. |
If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria, the Department of Education may:
|
|
|
require the institution to repay Title IV funds its students previously received; |
|
|
|
|
transfer the institution from the advance method of payment of Title IV funds to
heightened cash monitoring status or the reimbursement system of payment; |
|
|
|
|
place the institution on provisional certification status; or |
|
|
|
|
commence a proceeding to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate the
institutions participation in the Title IV programs. |
The Department of Education published final regulations revising the administrative capability
regulations. These revisions include provisions related to (i) reporting to the Department of
Education any reasonable reimbursements paid or provided by a lender to institutional employees
with loan or other financial aid responsibilities and (ii) implementation of the new three year
cohort default rate rules and will be effective on July 1, 2010. We will have to make certain
administrative and reporting changes to adapt our systems and practices to meet the requirements of
these new regulations when they take effect, and we are still assessing the other potential
impacts, if any, of these new regulations on our business. In addition, as part of our transition
from a term-based financial aid system (where all students, including online students, begin
programs and are eligible to receive financial aid at periodic start dates pursuant to a
calendar-based term system) to a borrower-based financial aid system (where each student may
begin a program and be eligible to receive financial aid at any time throughout the year), we are
converting our back office system from Datatel, Inc. to a series of programs developed by Campus
Management Corp., including CampusVue and CampusPortal. Effective spring 2010, when we move to the
borrower-based academic year (BBAY) non-term processing, GCU will no longer be offering courses
in the modular format. This conversion is intended to allow us to manage our non-traditional
online students with greater ease and flexibility by providing for rolling and flexible start
dates. If we do not effectively implement this system or if the system does not operate as
intended, it could affect our ability to comply with the Department of Educations administrative
capability requirements. If we are found not to have satisfied the Department of Educations
administrative capability requirements, our students could lose, or be limited in their access to,
Title IV program funding.
24
Financial responsibility. The Higher Education Act and Department of Education regulations
establish extensive standards of financial responsibility that institutions such as Grand Canyon
University must satisfy in order to participate in the Title IV programs. The Department of
Education evaluates institutions for compliance with these standards on an annual basis, based on
the institutions annual audited financial statements, as well as when the institution applies to
the Department of Education to have its eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs
recertified. The most significant financial responsibility standard is the institutions composite
score, which is derived from a formula established by the Department of Education based on three
financial ratios:
|
|
|
equity ratio, which measures the institutions capital resources,
financial viability and ability to borrow; |
|
|
|
|
primary reserve ratio, which measures the institutions ability to
support current operations from expendable resources; and |
|
|
|
|
net income ratio, which measures the institutions ability to operate
at a profit or within its means. |
The Department of Education assigns a strength factor to the results of each of these ratios on a
scale from negative 1.0 to positive 3.0, with negative 1.0 reflecting financial weakness and
positive 3.0 reflecting financial strength. The Department of Education then assigns a weighting
percentage to each ratio and adds the weighted scores for the three ratios together to produce a
composite score for the institution. The composite score for the institutions most recent fiscal
year must be at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed financially responsible without the need
for further Department of Education oversight. In addition to having an acceptable composite score,
an institution must, among other things, provide the administrative resources necessary to comply
with Title IV program requirements, meet all of its financial obligations including required
refunds to students and any Title IV liabilities and debts, be current in its debt payments, and
not receive an adverse, qualified, or disclaimed opinion by its accountants in its audited
financial statements.
When we were recertified by the Department of Education in 2005 to continue participating in
the Title IV programs, the Department of Education advised us that we did not satisfy its standards
of financial responsibility, based on our fiscal year 2004 financial statements, as submitted to
the Department of Education. As a result of this and other concerns about our administrative
capability, the Department of Education required us to post a letter of credit, accept restrictions
on the growth of our program offerings and enrollment, and receive Title IV funds under the
heightened cash monitoring system of payment rather than by advance payment. In October 2006, the
Department of Education eliminated the letter of credit requirement and allowed the growth
restrictions to expire, based upon its review of our fiscal year 2005 financial statements. We have
subsequently submitted our fiscal year 2006, 2007, and 2008 financial statements to the Department
of Education as required, and we calculated that our composite score for each such fiscal year
exceeded 1.5. We therefore believe that we meet the Department of Educations financial
responsibility standards for our most recently completed fiscal year. We have not submitted our
financial statements to the Department of Education for our most recently completed fiscal year but
we have calculated that our composite score for fiscal year 2009 will also exceed 1.5.
If the Department of Education were to determine that we did not meet the financial
responsibility standards due to a failure to meet the composite score or other factors, we would
expect to be able to establish financial responsibility on an alternative basis permitted by the
Department of Education, which could include, in the Departments discretion, posting a letter of
credit, accepting provisional certification, complying with additional Department of Education
monitoring requirements, agreeing to receive Title IV program funds under an arrangement other than
the Department of Educations standard advance funding arrangement, such as the reimbursement
system of payment or heightened cash monitoring, and complying with or accepting other limitations
on our ability to increase the number of programs we offer or the number of students we enroll.
The requirement to post a letter of credit or other sanctions imposed by the Department of
Education could increase our cost of regulatory compliance and adversely affect our cash flows. If
we are unable to meet the minimum composite score or comply with the other standards of financial
responsibility, and could not post a required letter of credit or comply with the alternative bases
for establishing financial responsibility, our students could lose their access to Title IV program
funding.
25
Return of Title IV funds for students who withdraw. When a student who has received Title IV
program funds withdraws from school, the institution must determine the amount of Title IV program
funds the student has earned. In a term based environment, which is what we currently operate in,
the Return to Title IV is calculated based on completed days in the term as a percentage of the
total days in the term. The exception to this rule is that if courses are offered in a modular
setting, and a student has completed the first module, no Return to Title IV
calculation needs to be done. Our terms consist primarily of two eight week courses. So if a
student completed the first eight week course, no Return to Title IV calculation is required. We
are moving from a term based environment to a borrower based non-term environment starting in April
2010. In a borrower-based environment, if the student withdraws during the first 60% of any period
of enrollment or payment period, the amount of Title IV program funds that the student has earned
is equal to a pro rata portion of the funds the student received or for which the student would
otherwise be eligible. If the student withdraws after the 60% threshold, then the student is deemed
to have earned 100% of the Title IV program funds he or she received. Based on the change to a
non-term environment, we anticipate an increase in the Title IV program funds to be returned to
lenders or the Department of Education. The institution must return the unearned Title IV program
funds to the appropriate lender or the Department of Education in a timely manner, which is
generally no later than 45 days after the date the institution determined that the student
withdrew. If such payments are not timely made, the institution will be required to submit a letter
of credit to the Department of Education equal to 25% of the Title IV funds that the institution
should have returned for withdrawn students in its most recently completed fiscal year. Under
Department of Education regulations, the letter of credit requirement is triggered by late returns
of Title IV program funds for 5% or more of the withdrawn students in the audit sample in the
institutions annual Title IV compliance audit for either of the institutions two most recent
fiscal years or in a Department of Education program review. We did not exceed this 5% threshold in
our annual Title IV compliance audit in our 2006, 2007, or 2008 fiscal years.
The 90/10 Rule. A requirement of the Higher Education Act, commonly referred to as the
90/10 Rule, that is applicable only to for-profit, postsecondary educational institutions like
us, provides that an institution loses its eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs, if,
under a complex regulatory formula that requires cash basis accounting and other adjustments to the
calculation of revenue, the institution derives more than 90% of its revenues for each of two
consecutive fiscal years from Title IV program funds. This rule provides that an institution that
violates this revenue limit becomes ineligible to participate in the Title IV programs as of the
first day of the fiscal year following the second consecutive fiscal year in which it exceeds the
90% threshold, and its period of ineligibility extends for at least two consecutive fiscal years.
If an institution exceeds the 90% threshold for two consecutive fiscal years and it and its
students have received Title IV funds during the period of ineligibility, the institution will be
required to return those funds to the applicable lender or the Department of Education. If an
institutions rate exceeds 90% for any single fiscal year, it will be placed on provisional
certification for at least two fiscal years. The August 2008 reauthorization of the Higher
Education Act included significant revisions to the 90/10 Rule that became effective upon the
date of the laws enactment.
Recent changes in federal law that increased Title IV grant and loan limits, and any
additional increases in the future, may result in an increase in the revenues we receive from the
Title IV programs, which could make it more difficult for us to satisfy the 90/10 Rule. In
addition, economic downturns that adversely affect the employment circumstances of our students or
their parents, or that reduce the availability of private loans for our students, could also
increase their reliance on Title IV programs. However, such effects may be mitigated by other
provisions of the 2008 Higher Education Act reauthorization that allow institutions, when
calculating their compliance with this revenue test, to exclude from their Title IV program
revenues for a three-year period the additional federal student loan amounts that became available
through the Unsubsidized Stafford Loan Program starting in July 2008, and to include more
non-Title IV revenues, such as revenues from institutional loans under certain circumstances. Given
the level of complexity of such a calculation we are unable to quantify precisely the benefit that
we would derive in the 90/10 percentage from these revisions. As such, our reported rates below
exclude the benefits from the recent revisions. Using the Department of Educations formula under
the 90/10 Rule that was in effect prior to the August 2008 reauthorization of the Higher
Education Act, for our 2009 and 2008 fiscal years, we derived
approximately 82.5% and 78.6%,
respectively, of our revenues (calculated on a cash basis) from Title IV program funds. These rates
have been reviewed by our financial accounting firm as reflected in the notes to our audited
financial statements for each fiscal year. However, as a result of recent changes in federal law
that increased Title IV grant and loan limits, as well as the current economic downturn, which has
adversely affected the employment circumstances of our students and their parents and increased
their reliance on Title IV programs, we expect the percentage of our revenue that we receive from
the Title IV programs to continue to increase in the future, making it more difficult for us to
satisfy this requirement. Exceeding the 90% threshold such that we lost our eligibility to
participate in the Title IV programs would have a material adverse effect on our business,
prospects, financial condition, and results of operations.
26
Student loan defaults. Under the Higher Education Act, an educational institution may lose
its eligibility to participate in some or all of the Title IV programs if defaults by its students
on the repayment of their FFEL student loans or Federal Direct Loans exceed certain levels. For
each federal fiscal year, the Department of Education calculates a rate of student defaults for
each institution (known as a cohort default rate). An institutions cohort default rate for a
federal fiscal year historically has been calculated by determining the rate at which borrowers who
became subject to their repayment obligation in one federal fiscal year default in that same year
or by the end of the following federal fiscal year (the two-year method). The reauthorization of
the Higher Education Act in 2008 extended the measurement period for cohort default rates so that
the rate is calculated by determining the rate at which borrowers who became subject to their
repayment obligation in one federal fiscal year default in that same year or by the end of the
second following federal fiscal year (the three-year method), which is expected to increase
cohort default rates for most if not all institutions. In December 2009, the Department of
Education issued trial cohort default rates that were calculated for federal fiscal years 2005,
2006 and 2007 as if the extended period to count student defaults already applied to those prior
years. The Department of Education stated that it released this data for informational purposes
only, to assist institutions in anticipating how the extended period to count student defaults
might affect their future cohort default rates when that extended period is actually implemented.
Based on the Department of Educations release of this information, our default rates for these
prior years increased, as set forth below. While the trial cohort default rates are informative
for prior periods, they do not enable us to predict or estimate with any degree of certainty the
extent of the expected increase in our FFEL cohort default rates for future federal fiscal years
when the new extended period to measure student defaults is put into effect, or whether any such
increase will affect our participation in the Title IV programs.
The Department of Education has issued a final regulation indicating that it will begin to
implement this extended measurement period for the cohort default rates that will be calculated for
loans that enter repayment in federal fiscal year 2009, which is the year that ended on
September 30, 2009. The Department of Education has proposed a transition period of three years
during which it will calculate two cohort default rates for each institution for each of federal
fiscal years 2009, 2010 and 2011, with one such rate measured under the two-year method and the
other such rate measured under the three-year method. The cohort default rates for federal fiscal
year 2009, 2010 and 2011, as calculated under the new three-year method, are not expected to be
published until calendar years 2012, 2013 and 2014.
The Department of Education will apply different legal thresholds to measure an institutions
compliance under each set of rates. If the Department of Education notifies an institution that its
cohort default rates exceed 25%, as calculated under the two-year method, for each of its three
most recent federal fiscal years, or exceed 30%, as calculated under the three-year method, for
each of the three most recent federal fiscal years, the institutions participation in the FFEL
Program, the FDL Program and the Pell Program ends 30 days after that notification, unless the
institution appeals that determination in a timely manner on specified grounds and according to
specified procedures. In addition, an institutions participation in the FFEL Program and the FDL
Program ends 30 days after notification by the Department of Education that its most recent cohort
default rate, as calculated under either the two-year method or the three-year method, is greater
than 40%, unless the institution timely appeals that determination on specified grounds and
according to specified procedures. An institution whose participation ends under either of these
provisions may not participate in the relevant programs for the remainder of the fiscal year in
which the institution receives the notification and for the next two fiscal years. If an
institutions cohort default rate for any single federal fiscal year equals or exceeds 25% under
the two-year method, or 30% under the three-year method, the Department of Education may place the
institution on provisional certification status.
Our cohort default rates on FFEL Program loans for the 2007, 2006 and 2005 federal fiscal
years, the three most recent years for which such rates have been calculated, were 1.4%, 1.6% and
1.8%, respectively. Our trial cohort default rates for these years, as issued by the Department of
Education in December 2009, were 2.9%, 2.7% and 3.0%, respectively. Our draft cohort default rate
for the 2008 federal fiscal year is 3.5%.
In the fall of 2009, our students began applying for loans under the FDL Program. When these
loans are disbursed, they will be combined with our students FFEL loans in calculating our annual
student loan cohort default rate. In such case, the potential sanctions discussed in this section
would be based on the combined cohort default rate.
27
Incentive compensation rule. An institution that participates in the Title IV programs may
not provide any commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based directly or indirectly on
success in securing enrollments or financial aid to any person or entity engaged in any student
recruitment, admissions, or financial aid awarding activity. The Department of Educations
regulations set forth 12 safe harbors which describe payments and arrangements that do not
violate the incentive compensation rule. The Department of Educations regulations make clear that
the safe harbors are not a complete list of permissible practices under this law. For example, one
of these safe harbors permits adjustments to fixed salary for enrollment personnel provided that
such adjustments are not made more than twice during any twelve month period, and that any
adjustment is not based solely on the number of students recruited, admitted, enrolled, or awarded
financial aid, but the regulations do not address other practices, such as the provision of
non-cash awards to enrollment personnel. The restrictions of the incentive compensation rule also
extend to any third-party companies that an educational institution contracts with for student
recruitment, admissions, or financial aid awarding services. Since 2005, we have engaged Mind
Streams, LLC to assist us with student recruitment activities.
In recent years, several for-profit education companies have been faced with whistleblower
lawsuits, known as qui tam cases, brought by current or former employees alleging that their
institution had made impermissible incentive payments. A qui tam case is a civil lawsuit brought
by one or more individuals (a relator) on behalf of the federal government for an alleged
submission to the government of a false claim for payment. The relator, often a current or former
employee, is entitled to a share of the governments recovery in the case. A qui tam action is
always filed under seal and remains under seal until the government decides whether to intervene in
the case. If the government intervenes, it takes over primary control of the litigation. If the
government declines to intervene in the case, the relator may nonetheless elect to continue to
pursue the litigation at his or her own expense on behalf of the government.
On September 11, 2008, we were served with a qui tam lawsuit that had been filed against us in
August 2007, in the United States District Court for the District of Arizona by a then-current
employee on behalf of the federal government. All proceedings in the lawsuit had been under seal
until September 5, 2008, when the court unsealed the first amended complaint, which had been filed
on August 11, 2008. The qui tam lawsuit alleges, among other things, that we violated the False
Claims Act by knowingly making false statements, and submitting false records or statements, from
at least 2001 to the present, to get false or fraudulent claims paid or approved, and asserts that
we have improperly compensated certain of our enrollment counselors in violation of the Title IV
law governing compensation of such employees, and as a result, improperly received Title IV program
funds. The complaint specifically alleges that some of our compensation practices with respect to
our enrollment personnel, including providing non-cash awards, have violated the Title IV law
governing compensation. While we believe that our compensation policies and practices at issue in
the complaint have not been based on success in enrolling students in violation of applicable law,
the Department of Educations regulations and interpretations of the incentive compensation law do
not establish clear criteria for compliance in all circumstances and some of our practices,
including in respect of non-cash awards, have not been within the scope of any specific safe
harbor provided in the compensation regulations. The complaint seeks treble the amount of
unspecified damages sustained by the federal government in connection with our receipt of Title IV
funding, a civil penalty for each violation of the False Claims Act, attorneys fees, costs, and
interest. We filed a motion to dismiss this case in November 2008, which was denied by the court in
February 2009.
Pursuant to the courts mandatory scheduling order, we have entered into settlement
discussions with respect to the qui tam matter with the relator. In connection with such
discussions, we have reached a settlement in principle with the relator pursuant to which we have
agreed to pay $5.2 million to finally resolve the qui tam case and thereby avoid the cost and
distraction of a potentially protracted trial. We have accrued that amount in the accompanying
financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009. This settlement is conditioned upon
obtaining the approval of the U.S. Department of Justice (which has authority to approve
settlements of False Claims Act matters) and the Department of Education with respect to the
resolution of the OIG investigation, and finalizing settlement terms that would release us from
other False Claims Act cases based upon the conduct covered by the settlement. The parties and the
United States government are continuing to negotiate towards a final settlement. The ultimate
dismissal of the action, should a final settlement be reached, is subject to the courts approval.
Should the parties fail to conclude the settlement on the proposed or other terms, we intend to
vigorously defend this lawsuit.
28
The Office of Inspector General of the Department of Education is responsible for, among other
things, promoting the effectiveness and integrity of the Department of Educations programs and
operations, including compliance with applicable statutes and regulations. The Office of Inspector
General performs investigations of alleged violations of law, including cases of alleged fraud and
abuse, or other identified vulnerabilities, in programs administered or financed by the Department
of Education, including matters related to the incentive compensation rule. On August 14, 2008, the
Office of Inspector General served an administrative subpoena on Grand Canyon University requiring
us to provide certain records and information related to performance reviews and salary adjustments
for all of our enrollment counselors and managers from January 1, 2004 to the present. The Office
of Inspector Generals investigation is focused on whether we have compensated any of our
enrollment counselors or managers in a manner that violated the Title IV statutory requirements or
the related Department of Education regulations concerning the payment of incentive compensation
based on success in securing enrollments or financial aid. We have been cooperating with the Office
of Inspector General to facilitate its investigation and have completed production of all requested
documents. See Item 1A, Risk Factors The Office of Inspector General of the Department of
Education has commenced an investigation of Grand Canyon University, which is ongoing and which may
result in fines, penalties, other sanctions, and damage to our reputation in the industry.
Any fine or other sanction resulting from the Office of Inspector General investigation or
otherwise, or any monetary liability resulting from the qui tam action, could damage our
reputation and impose significant costs on us, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations. We cannot presently predict
the ultimate outcome of the qui tam lawsuit or the Office of Inspector General investigation or any
liability or other sanctions that might result.
In May 2009, the Department of Education announced that it was initiating a further negotiated
rulemaking process to revise its regulations in certain areas, including the regulations
implementing the incentive compensation rule. As part of the current negotiated rulemaking process,
the potential elimination or curtailment of the incentive compensation safe harbors is being
considered, leaving open the possibility that this rule will be administered on an even stricter
basis.
Following the conclusion of this round of negotiated rulemaking, possibly in the spring or
summer of 2010, the Department of Education is expected to issue proposed regulations for public
comment and to issue final regulations by November 1, 2010, which is the required deadline in order
for such regulations to take effect on July 1, 2011.
Compliance reviews. We are subject to announced and unannounced compliance reviews and audits
by various external agencies, including the Department of Education, its Office of Inspector
General, state licensing agencies, agencies that guarantee FFEL loans, the applicable state
approving agencies for financial assistance to veterans, and accrediting commissions. As part of
the Department of Educations ongoing monitoring of institutions administration of the Title IV
programs, the Higher Education Act also requires institutions to annually submit to the Department
of Education a Title IV compliance audit conducted by an independent certified public accountant in
accordance with applicable federal and Department of Education audit standards. In addition, to
enable the Department of Education to make a determination of an institutions financial
responsibility, each institution must annually submit audited financial statements prepared in
accordance with Department of Education regulations.
Privacy of student records. The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, or FERPA,
and the Department of Educations FERPA regulations require educational institutions to protect the
privacy of students educational records by limiting an institutions disclosure of a students
personally identifiable information without the students prior written consent. FERPA also
requires institutions to allow students to review and request changes to their educational records
maintained by the institution, to notify students at least annually of this inspection right, and
to maintain records in each students file listing requests for access to and disclosures of
personally identifiable information and the interest of such party in that information. If an
institution fails to comply with FERPA, the Department of Education may require corrective actions
by the institution or may terminate an institutions receipt of further federal funds. In addition,
educational institutions are obligated to safeguard student information pursuant to the
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, or GLBA, a federal law designed to protect consumers personal financial
information held by financial institutions and other entities that provide financial services to
consumers. GLBA and the applicable GLBA regulations require an institution to, among other things,
develop and maintain a comprehensive, written information security program designed to protect
against the unauthorized disclosure of personally identifiable financial information of students,
parents, or other individuals with whom such institution has
a customer relationship. If an institution fails to comply with the applicable GLBA
requirements, it may be required to take corrective actions, be subject to monitoring and oversight
by the FTC, and be subject to fines or penalties imposed by the FTC. For-profit educational
institutions are also subject to the general deceptive practices jurisdiction of the FTC with
respect to their collection, use, and disclosure of student information. The institution must also
comply with the FTC Red Flags Rule, a section of the federal Fair Credit Reporting Act, that
requires the establishment of guidelines and policies regarding identity theft related to student
credit accounts.
29
Potential effect of regulatory violations. If we fail to comply with the regulatory standards
governing the Title IV programs, the Department of Education could impose one or more sanctions,
including transferring us to the reimbursement or cash monitoring system of payment, requiring us
to repay Title IV program funds, requiring us to post a letter of credit in favor of the Department
of Education as a condition for continued Title IV certification, taking emergency action against
us, initiating proceedings to impose a fine or to limit, suspend, or terminate our participation in
the Title IV programs, or referring the matter for civil or criminal prosecution. Since we are
provisionally certified to participate in the Title IV programs on a month-to-month basis, the
Department of Education could allow our certification to expire at the end of any month without
advance notice and without any formal procedure for review of such action. In addition, the
agencies that guarantee FFEL loans for our students could initiate proceedings to limit, suspend,
or terminate our eligibility to provide FFEL loans in the event of certain regulatory violations.
If such sanctions or proceedings were imposed against us and resulted in a substantial curtailment
or termination of our participation in the Title IV programs, our enrollments, revenues, and
results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.
If we lost our eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs, or if the amount of
available Title IV program funds was reduced, we would seek to arrange or provide alternative
sources of revenue or financial aid for students. We believe that one or more private organizations
would be willing to provide financial assistance to our students, but there is no assurance that
this would be the case. The interest rate and other terms of such financial aid would likely not be
as favorable as those for Title IV program funds, and we might be required to guarantee all or part
of such alternative assistance or might incur other additional costs in connection with securing
such alternative assistance. It is unlikely that we would be able to arrange alternative funding on
any terms to replace all the Title IV funding our students receive. Accordingly, our loss of
eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs, or a reduction in the amount of available
Title IV program funding for our students, would have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations, even if we could arrange or provide alternative sources of revenue or student financial
aid.
In addition to the actions that may be brought against us as a result of our participation in
the Title IV programs, we are also subject to complaints and lawsuits relating to regulatory
compliance brought not only by our regulatory agencies, but also by other government agencies and
third parties, such as present or former students or employees and other members of the public.
Uncertainties, increased oversight, and changes in student loan environment. Since 2007,
student loan programs, including the Title IV programs, have come under increased scrutiny by the
Department of Education, Congress, state attorneys general, and other parties. Issues that have
received extensive attention include allegations of conflicts of interest between some institutions
and lenders that provide Title IV loans, questionable incentives given by lenders to some schools
and school employees, allegations of deceptive practices in the marketing of student loans, and
schools leading students to use certain lenders. Several institutions and lenders have been cited
for these problems and have paid several million dollars in the aggregate to settle those claims.
The practices of numerous other schools and lenders are being examined by government agencies at
the federal and state level.
As a result of the increased scrutiny of student loan programs, Congress has passed new laws,
the Department of Education has enacted stricter regulations, and several states have adopted codes
of conduct or enacted state laws that further regulate the conduct of lenders, schools, and school
personnel. These new laws and regulations, among other things, limit schools relationships with
lenders, restrict the types of services that schools may receive from lenders, prohibit lenders
from providing other types of funding to schools in exchange for Title IV loan volume, require
schools to provide additional information to students concerning institutionally preferred lenders,
and significantly reduce the amount of federal payments to lenders who participate in the Title IV
loan programs. In addition, recent adverse market conditions for consumer loans in general have
adversely affected the student lending marketplace.
30
The cumulative impact of these developments and conditions has caused some lenders to cease
providing Title IV loans to students, including some lenders that previously provided Title IV
loans to our students. Other lenders have reduced the benefits and increased the fees associated
with the Title IV loans they do provide. We and other schools have had to modify student loan
practices in ways that result in higher administrative costs. If the costs of their Title IV loans
increase, some students may decide not to take out loans and not enroll in a postsecondary
institution. In May 2008, new federal legislation was enacted to attempt to ensure that all
eligible students would be able to obtain Title IV loans in the future and that a sufficient number
of lenders would continue to provide Title IV loans. Among other things, that legislation:
|
|
|
authorized the Department of Education to purchase Title IV loans from
lenders, thereby providing capital to the lenders to enable them to
continue making Title IV loans to students; and |
|
|
|
|
permitted the Department of Education to designate institutions
eligible to participate in a lender of last resort program, under
which federally recognized student loan guaranty agencies would be
required to make Title IV loans to all otherwise eligible students at
those institutions. |
While this legislation appears to have provided some stability to the marketplace for Title IV
loans, it is not yet clear if it ultimately will be effective in ensuring students access to
Title IV loans. The environment surrounding access to and cost of student loans remains in a state
of flux. The Department of Education issued final regulations regarding student loans in July
2009, which will go into effect on July 1, 2010, and Congress is considering legislation to
eliminate the FFEL Program and move all federal student lending into the FDL Program. The
uncertainty surrounding these issues, and any resolution of these issues that increases loan costs
or reduces students access to Title IV loans, may adversely affect our student enrollments.
Although we are approved to participate in the FDL Program, because a significant percentage of our
revenue is derived from the Title IV programs, any action by Congress that significantly reduces
Title IV program funding or our ability or the ability of our students to participate in the
Title IV programs could increase our costs of compliance, reduce the ability of some students to
finance their education at our institution, require us to seek to arrange for other sources of
financial aid for our students and materially decrease our student enrollment, each of which could
have a material adverse effect on us. During fiscal year 2009, we began participating in the FDL
Program for a portion of our Title IV eligible students. We expect to be able to transition fully
from the FFEL Program to the FDL Program by September 2010. While we have not encountered
difficulties to date, a complete transition to the FDL Program could cause disruptions in the
administration of Title IV program loans to our students if we or the Department of Education
encounter difficulties with the systems or processes necessary for increased FDL Program loans.
Regulatory Standards that May Restrict Institutional Expansion or Other Changes
Many actions that we may wish to take in connection with expanding our operations or other
changes are subject to review or approval by the applicable regulatory agencies.
Adding teaching locations, implementing new educational programs, and increasing
enrollment. The requirements and standards of state education agencies, accrediting commissions,
and the Department of Education limit our ability in certain instances to establish additional
teaching locations, implement new educational programs, or increase enrollment in certain programs.
Many states require review and approval before institutions can add new locations or programs, and
Arizona also limits the number of undergraduate nursing students we may enroll (which represents a
small portion of our overall nursing program). The Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary
Education, the Higher Learning Commission, and other state education agencies and specialized
accrediting commissions that authorize or accredit us and our programs generally require
institutions to notify them in advance of adding new locations or implementing new programs, and
upon notification may undertake a review of the quality of the facility or the program and the
financial, academic, and other qualifications of the institution. For instance, following
applications we filed in December 2006, we received approval from the Higher Learning Commission
and the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education in March 2008 to add our first
doctoral level program.
31
With respect to the Department of Education, if an institution participating in the Title IV
programs plans to add a new location or educational program, the institution must generally apply
to the Department of Education to have
the additional location or educational program designated as within the scope of the
institutions Title IV eligibility. However, a degree-granting institution such as us is not
required to obtain the Department of Educations approval of additional programs that lead to an
associate, bachelors, professional, or graduate degree at the same degree level as programs
previously approved by the Department of Education. Similarly, an institution is not required to
obtain advance approval for new programs that prepare students for gainful employment in the same
or a related recognized occupation as an educational program that has previously been designated by
the Department of Education as an eligible program at that institution if it meets certain
minimum-length requirements. However, as a condition for an institution to participate in the
Title IV programs on a provisional basis, the Department of Education can require prior approval of
such programs or otherwise restrict the number of programs an institution may add or the extent to
which an institution can modify existing educational programs. If an institution that is required
to obtain the Department of Educations advance approval for the addition of a new program or new
location fails to do so, the institution may be liable for repayment of the Title IV program funds
received by the institution or students in connection with that program or enrolled at that
location.
Acquiring other schools. While we have not acquired any other schools in the past, we may
seek to do so in the future. The Department of Education and virtually all state education agencies
and accrediting commissions require a company to seek their approval if it wishes to acquire
another school. In our case, we would need to obtain the approval of the Arizona State Board for
Private Postsecondary Education or other state education agency that licenses the school being
acquired, the Higher Learning Commission, any other accrediting commission that accredits the
school being acquired, and the Department of Education. The level of review varies by individual
state and accrediting commission, with some requiring approval of such an acquisition before it
occurs while others only consider approval after the acquisition has occurred. The Higher Learning
Commission would require us to obtain its advance approval of such an acquisition. The approval of
the applicable state education agencies and accrediting commissions is a necessary prerequisite to
the Department of Education certifying the acquired school to participate in the Title IV programs
under our ownership. The restrictions imposed by any of the applicable regulatory agencies could
delay or prevent our acquisition of other schools in some circumstances.
Provisional certification. Each institution must apply to the Department of Education for
continued certification to participate in the Title IV programs at least every six years, or when
it undergoes a change in control, and an institution may come under the Department of Educations
review when it expands its activities in certain ways, such as opening an additional location,
adding an educational program, or modifying the academic credentials that it offers.
The Department of Education may place an institution on provisional certification status if it
finds that the institution does not fully satisfy all of the eligibility and certification
standards. In addition, if a company acquires a school from another entity, the acquired school
will automatically be placed on provisional certification when the Department of Education approves
the transaction. During the period of provisional certification, the institution must comply with
any additional conditions or restrictions included in its program participation agreement with the
Department of Education. If the Department of Education finds that a provisionally certified
institution is unable to meet its responsibilities under its program participation agreement, it
may seek to revoke the institutions certification to participate in the Title IV programs without
advance notice or advance opportunity for the institution to challenge that action. In addition,
the Department of Education may more closely review an institution that is provisionally certified
if it applies for recertification or approval to open a new location, add an educational program,
acquire another school, or make any other significant change. Students attending provisionally
certified institutions remain eligible to receive Title IV program funds.
We are currently provisionally certified to participate in the Title IV programs on a
month-to-month basis. The Department of Education issued our current program participation
agreement in May 2005, after an extended review following the change in control that occurred in
February 2004. The Department of Educations 2005 recertification imposed certain conditions on us,
including a requirement that we post a letter of credit, accept restrictions on the growth of our
program offerings and enrollment, and receive Title IV funds under the heightened cash monitoring
system of payment rather than by advance payment. In October 2006, the Department of Education
eliminated the letter of credit requirement and allowed the growth restrictions to expire, and in
August 2007, it eliminated the heightened cash monitoring restrictions and returned us to the
advance payment method. We submitted our application for recertification in March 2008 in
anticipation of the expiration of our provisional certification on June 30, 2008. The Department of
Education did not make a decision on our recertification application by June 30,
2008 and therefore our provisional certification to participate in the Title IV programs has
been automatically extended on a month-to-month basis until the Department of Education makes its
decision. Since June 2008, we have filed updates with the Department of Education and communicated
with Department of Education personnel in order to update our pending recertification application
with relevant information, such as our status as a publicly-traded corporation after the initial
public offering and the identity of the members of our Board of Directors. There can be no
assurance that the Department of Education will recertify us while the investigation by the Office
of Inspector General of the Department of Education is being conducted, while the qui tam lawsuit
is pending, or at all, or that it will not impose restrictions as a condition of approving our
pending recertification application or with respect to any future recertification.
32
Change in ownership resulting in a change in control. The Department of Education and the
Higher Learning Commission, as well as many accrediting commissions and states require institutions
of higher education to report or obtain approval of certain changes in control and changes in other
aspects of institutional organization or control. The types of and thresholds for such reporting
and approval vary among the various regulatory bodies.
Under Department of Education regulations, an institution that undergoes a change in control
as defined by the Department of Education loses its eligibility to participate in the Title IV
programs and must apply to the Department of Education in order to reestablish such eligibility.
In connection with our initial public offering in November 2008, we submitted a description of the
offering to the Department of Education, including a description of the voting agreement entered
into by certain of our stockholders. Pursuant to the agreement, Brent D. Richardson, our Executive
Chairman and Christopher C. Richardson, our General Counsel and a director (collectively, the
Richardson Voting Group), controlled the voting power of approximately 42.9% of our total
outstanding voting stock after the initial public offering. Based on this description, the
Department of Education concluded that our initial public offering did not result in a change in
control under the Department of Educations regulations that were applicable to us before we became
a publicly-traded corporation. With respect to publicly-traded corporations, like us, Department of
Education regulations provide that a change in control occurs if either: (i) there is an event that
would obligate the corporation to file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC disclosing a
change in control, or (ii) the corporation has a stockholder that owns, or has voting control over,
at least 25% of the total outstanding voting stock of the corporation and is the largest
stockholder of the corporation (defined in the regulations as a controlling shareholder), and
that controlling shareholder ceases to own, or have voting control over, at least 25% of such stock
or ceases to be the largest stockholder. Prior to the completion of our secondary offering, the
Richardson Voting Group was amended to also include Endeavour Associates Fund IV, L.P. and
affiliates and therefore the Richardson Voting Group own or control more than 25% of our
outstanding voting stock following our secondary offering completed in September 2009, the
Department of Education has not concluded that the offering triggered a change in ownership
resulting in a change in control under the Department of Educations regulations.
The Higher Learning Commission provides that an institution must obtain its approval in
advance of a change in ownership, corporate control or structure in order for the institution to
retain its accredited status. In June 2009, the Higher Learning Commission adopted new policies and
standards for the review of transactions that may constitute such a change in control. One standard
provides that a transaction may be considered a change in control if an individual, entity or group
increases or decreases its control of shares to greater than or less than 25% of the total
outstanding shares of the stock of a parent corporation that owns or controls the accredited
institution. In addition, in the event of a change in control, the Higher Learning Commission
requires the institution to obtain its approval in advance of the change, and in certain
circumstances that process may require several weeks or several months or more to complete. In
addition, following a change in control, the Higher Learning Commission will conduct an onsite
evaluation within six months in order to continue the institutions accreditation. The Higher
Learning Commission did consider our initial public offering in November 2008 to be a change in
control under its policies and, while it approved our consummation of the offering, it informed us
that it would conduct a site visit to confirm the appropriateness of the approval and to evaluate
whether we continue to meet the Higher Learning Commissions eligibility criteria. The Higher
Learning Commission, after conducting its site visit in March 2009, determined, among other things,
that the initial public offering was conducted in a manner that did not disrupt our ongoing
operations and that no further action would be required as a result of the change in control, and
formally approved the change in control in June 2009. Because the Richardson Voting Group owned or
controlled more than 25% of our outstanding voting stock following our secondary offering completed
in September 2009, we were
advised by the Higher Learning Commission that the offering would not constitute a change in
control under its policies and standards.
33
Even though the offering in September 2009 did not constitute a change of control under the
Department of Educations regulations or the Higher Learning Commissions policies, under the terms
of the voting agreement with the Richardson Voting Group, if any person party to the voting
agreement transfers shares covered by the proxy in registered or open-market sales, the proxy is no
longer effective as to such shares. Accordingly, the number of shares over which the Richardson
Voting Group will continue to hold voting power will decrease over time as shares held by other
parties to the voting agreement are sold, and we may not be aware of these sales since many of the
shares subject to the voting agreement are held in street name. If at any time in the future, as
a result of such future registered or open-market sales, the number of shares over which the
Richardson Voting Group holds voting power falls below 25%, a change in control will occur. At that
point, with respect to the Department of Education, if we file a timely and materially complete
application, the Department of Education may temporarily certify us on a provisional basis
following the change in control, so that our students would retain access to Title IV program funds
until the Department of Education completes its full review. In addition, the Department of
Education will extend our temporary provisional certification if we timely file other required
materials, including any approval of the change of control by the Higher Learning Commission and
the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education, as required, and certain required
financial information (consisting of our recent SEC filings) showing our financial condition. As a
general matter, an institution is required to file the materially complete application within ten
business days after the change in control, as measured from the date of the event that constitutes
the change in control. The deadline for an institution to timely file the other materials,
including the financial documentation, that are required following a change in control is the last
day of the month following the month in which the change of control occurs. For an institution that
is owned by a publicly traded corporation, like us, a related Department of Education regulation
provides that the deadline to notify the Department of Education of a significant change in the
distribution of the ownership of the institution is ten days, as measured from the date on which
management of the corporation learns of such significant change or, alternatively, the date that
the institution notifies its accrediting agency of such change. If the Department of Education were
to determine that we failed to meet any of these application and other deadlines, our certification
would expire and our students would not be eligible to receive Title IV program funds until the
Department of Education completes its full review, which commonly takes several months and may take
longer. If the Department of Education approves the application after a change in control, it would
normally certify us on a provisional basis for a period of up to approximately three years. The
precise conditions and duration of our provisional certification in this circumstance and what
restrictions, if any, may be imposed, are difficult to predict because we have been certified on a
month-to-month basis for an extended period and are subject to the ongoing investigation by the
Office of Inspector General of the Department of Education and the qui tam lawsuit, which may
affect the Department of Educations decision regarding the terms to attach when it next renews our
certification.
With respect to the Higher Learning Commission, if we anticipate that the number of shares
over which the Richardson Voting Group holds voting power will fall below 25% at any time in the
future, we would be required to obtain the approval of the Higher Learning Commission before such
event occurs. However, because we may be unaware when such event occurs, we would seek the
cooperation of the Higher Learning Commission to allow us to arrange an appropriate review
procedure at that time since there may not be an opportunity to obtain the Higher Learning
Commissions advance review and approval, as is typically required by its policies. Another policy
of the Higher Learning Commission provides that an institution is obligated to provide notice of
certain transactions, such as the transfer of stock by an investor, promptly after the institution
becomes reasonably knowledgeable of such transaction. This policy suggests that, in certain
circumstances, the Higher Learning Commission can adapt its procedures to allow an institution,
like us, to provide notice and seek the necessary approval after the institution gains knowledge of
an investor transaction such as the sale of shares by other parties to the voting agreement, but
there can be no assurance that would be the case with respect to this offering or any such sales of
stock that may occur following the completion of this offering. In such a circumstance, we cannot
predict whether the Higher Learning Commission would impose any limitations or conditions on us, or
identify any compliance issues related to us in the context of the change in control process, that
could result in our loss of accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission. Any such loss would
result in our loss of eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs and cause a significant
decline in our student enrollments.
34
Many states include the sale of a controlling interest of common stock in the definition of a
change in control requiring approval, but their thresholds for determining a change in control vary
widely. The standards of the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education provide that
an institution that is owned by a publicly-traded company whose control is vested in the voting
members of the board of directors, such as Grand Canyon Education, undergoes a change in control if
50% or more of the voting members of the board of directors change within a 12-month period or the
chief executive officer of the corporation changes. A change in control under the definition of one
of the other state agencies that regulate us might require us to obtain approval of the change in
control in order to maintain our authorization to operate in that state, and in some cases such
states could require us to obtain advance approval of the change in control.
We notified the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education of our initial public
offering and, based on our communications with that agency before and after the consummation of the
initial public offering, we do not believe that our initial public offering constituted a change in
control under Arizona law that was applicable to us before we were a publicly traded corporation.
We notified the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education of the offering in
September of 2009 and the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education confirmed in
writing that such offering would not constitute a change of ownership or control under its
standards. If we were to undergo a change in control under the standards of the Arizona State Board
of Private Postsecondary Education at any time in the future, we would be required to file an
application with the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education in order to obtain
approval for such change in control. We cannot predict whether the Arizona State Board for Private
Postsecondary Education would impose any limitations or conditions on us, or identify any
compliance issues related to us in the context of the change in control process, that could result
in our loss of authorization in Arizona. Any such loss would result in our loss of eligibility to
participate in the Title IV programs and cause a significant decline in our student enrollments.
We also notified other accrediting commissions and state agencies, as we believed necessary,
of our initial public offering and the reasons why we believed that offering did not constitute a
change in control under their respective standards, or to determine what was required if any such
commission or agency did consider the offering to constitute a change in control. None of the other
accrediting commissions and state agencies that we notified of our initial public offering advised
us that it concluded that the offering constituted a change in control under its policies or that
it required us to take any further action. We provided each of these other accrediting commissions
and state agencies, as we believed necessary, with a notice and description of this offering before
the consummation of the September 2009 offering. None of them required us to obtain their approval
in connection with the September 2009 offering. If the September 2009 offering were considered a
change of control under the standards of any of these commissions or agencies, and we failed to
obtain the approval of that commission or agency, we could lose accreditation, state licensure, or
be subject to other limitations or penalties.
Additional state regulation. Most state education agencies impose regulatory requirements on
educational institutions operating within their boundaries. Some states have sought to assert
jurisdiction over out-of-state educational institutions offering online degree programs that have
no physical location in the state but that have some activity in the state, such as enrolling or
offering educational services to students who reside in the state, employing faculty who reside in
the state, or advertising to or recruiting prospective students in the state. State regulatory
requirements for online education vary among the states, are not well developed in many states, are
imprecise or unclear in some states, and can change frequently. In addition to Arizona, we have
determined that our activities in certain states constitute a presence requiring licensure or
authorization under the requirements of the state education agency in those states, which we have
obtained, and in other states we have obtained approvals as we have determined necessary in
connection with our marketing and recruiting activities. We review the licensure requirements of
other states when appropriate to determine whether our activities in those states require licensure
or authorization by the respective state education agencies. Because state regulatory requirements,
including agency interpretations, can change frequently, and because we enroll students from all
50 states and the District of Columbia, we expect we will have to seek licensure or authorization
in additional states in the future. If we fail to comply with state licensing or authorization
requirements for any state, we may be subject to the loss of state licensure or authorization by
that state, or be subject to other sanctions, including restrictions on our activities in that
state, fines, and penalties. While we do not believe that any of the states in which we are
currently licensed or authorized, other than Arizona, are individually material to our operations,
the loss of licensure or authorization in a state other than Arizona could prohibit us from
recruiting prospective students or offering services to current students in that state, which could
significantly reduce our enrollments.
35
Item 1A. Risk Factors
You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and all other
information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In order to help assess the major risks
in our business, we have identified many, but not all, of these risks. Due to the scope of our
operations, a wide range of factors could materially affect future developments and performance.
If any of the following risks, or risks that we did not anticipate, are realized, our
business, financial condition, cash flow or results of operations could be materially and adversely
affected, and as a result, the trading price of our common stock could be materially and adversely
impacted. These risk factors should be read in conjunction with other information set forth in this
Annual Report, including Item 7, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations, and Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, including the
related Notes to Financial Statements.
Risks Related to the Regulation of Our Industry
Our failure to comply with the extensive regulatory requirements governing our school could result
in financial penalties, restrictions on our operations or growth, or loss of external financial aid
funding for our students.
For our fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, we derived cash receipts equal to
approximately 78.3% and 74.4%, respectively, of our net revenue from tuition financed under federal
student financial aid programs authorized under Title IV, which are administered by the Department
of Education. To participate in the Title IV programs, a school must be authorized by the
appropriate state education agency or agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission
recognized by the Department of Education, and be certified as an eligible institution by the
Department of Education. In addition, our operations and programs are regulated by other state
education agencies and additional accrediting commissions. As a result of these requirements, we
are subject to extensive regulation by the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education
and education agencies of other states, the Higher Learning Commission, which is our primary
accrediting commission, specialized accrediting commissions, and the Department of Education. These
regulatory requirements cover the vast majority of our operations, including our educational
programs, instructional and administrative staff, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting,
financial operations, and financial condition. These regulatory requirements also affect our
ability to open additional schools and locations, add new educational programs, change existing
educational programs, and change our corporate or ownership structure. The agencies that regulate
our operations periodically revise their requirements and modify their interpretations of existing
requirements. Regulatory requirements are not always precise and clear, and regulatory agencies may
sometimes disagree with the way we have interpreted or applied these requirements. Any
misinterpretation by us of regulatory requirements could materially adversely affect us.
If we fail to comply with any of these regulatory requirements, we could suffer financial
penalties, limitations on our operations, loss of accreditation, termination of or limitations on
our ability to grant degrees and certificates, or limitations on or termination of our eligibility
to participate in the Title IV programs, each of which could materially adversely affect us. In
addition, if we are charged with regulatory violations, our reputation could be damaged, which
could have a negative impact on our stock price and our enrollments. We cannot predict with
certainty how all of these regulatory requirements will be applied, or whether we will be able to
comply with all of the applicable requirements in the future.
If the Department of Education does not recertify us to continue participating in the Title IV
programs, our students would lose their access to Title IV program funds, or we could be
recertified but required to accept significant limitations as a condition of our continued
participation in the Title IV programs.
Department of Education certification to participate in the Title IV programs lasts a maximum
of six years, and institutions are thus required to seek recertification from the Department of
Education on a regular basis in order to continue their participation in the Title IV programs. An
institution must also apply for recertification by the Department of Education if it undergoes a
change in control, as defined by Department of Education regulations, and may be subject to similar
review if it expands its operations or educational programs in certain ways.
36
Our most recent recertification, which was issued on a provisional basis in May 2005 after an
extended review by the Department of Education following the change in control that occurred in
February 2004, contained a number of conditions on our continued participation in the Title IV
programs. At that time we were required by the Department of Education to post a letter of credit,
accept restrictions on the growth of our program offerings and enrollment, and receive certain
Title IV funds under the heightened cash monitoring system of payment (pursuant to which an
institution is required to credit students with Title IV program funds prior to obtaining those
funds from the Department of Education) rather than by advance payment (pursuant to which an
institution receives Title IV program funds from the Department of Education in advance of
disbursement to students). In 2006 and 2007, the Department of Education eliminated the letter of
credit requirement, allowed the growth restrictions to expire, eliminated the heightened cash
monitoring restrictions and returned us to the advance payment method. We submitted our application
for recertification to participate in the Title IV programs to the Department of Education in March
2008 in anticipation of the expiration of our provisional certification on June 30, 2008. The
Department of Education did not make a decision on our recertification application by June 30, 2008
and therefore our provisional certification to participate in the Title IV programs has been
automatically extended on a month-to-month basis until the Department of Education makes its
decision. See Item 1, Business Regulation Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid
Programs Eligibility and certification procedures. There can be no assurance that the Department
of Education will recertify us while the investigation by the Office of Inspector General of the
Department of Education is being conducted, while the qui tam lawsuit is pending, or at all, or
that it will not impose restrictions as a condition to approving our pending recertification
application or with respect to any future recertification. See Item 1A, Risk Factors The Office
of Inspector General of the Department of Education has commenced an investigation of Grand Canyon
University, which is ongoing and which may result in fines, penalties, other sanctions, and damage
to our reputation in the industry; and A qui tam lawsuit has been filed against us alleging,
among other things, that we have improperly compensated certain of our enrollment counselors, and
we may incur liability, be subject to sanctions, or experience damage to our reputation as a result
of this lawsuit. If the Department of Education does not renew or withdraws our certification to
participate in the Title IV programs at any time, our students would no longer be able to receive
Title IV program funds. Similarly, the Department of Education could renew our certification, but
restrict or delay our students receipt of Title IV funds, limit the number of students to whom we
could disburse such funds, or place other restrictions on us that could be similar to, or more or
less restrictive than, the restrictions that Department of Education imposed on us in connection
with our recertification in 2005. Any of these outcomes would have a material adverse effect on our
enrollments and us.
The Office of Inspector General of the Department of Education has commenced an investigation of
Grand Canyon University, which is ongoing and which may result in fines, penalties, other
sanctions, and damage to our reputation in the industry.
The Office of Inspector General of the Department of Education is responsible for, among other
things, promoting the effectiveness and integrity of the Department of Educations programs and
operations, including compliance with applicable statutes and regulations. The Office of Inspector
General performs investigations of alleged violations of law, including cases of alleged fraud and
abuse, or other identified vulnerabilities, in programs administered or financed by the Department
of Education. On August 14, 2008, the Office of Inspector General served an administrative subpoena
on Grand Canyon University requiring us to provide certain records and information related to
performance reviews and salary adjustments for all of our enrollment counselors and managers from
January 1, 2004 to August 2008. The Office of Inspector Generals investigation is focused on
whether we have compensated any of our enrollment counselors or managers in a manner that violated
the Title IV statutory requirements or the related Department of Education regulations concerning
the payment of incentive compensation based on success in securing enrollments or financial aid.
See Item 1, Business Regulation Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs
Incentive compensation rule.
We have been cooperating with the Office of Inspector General to facilitate its investigation
and have completed production of all requested documents. We cannot presently predict the ultimate
outcome of the investigation or any liability or other sanctions that may result. The outcome of
the Office of Inspector General investigation may depend in part on information contained in the
materials we produced or information or testimony provided by former employees or other third
parties.
37
The Department of Education may impose fines and other monetary penalties as a result of a
violation of the incentive compensation law and such fines and other monetary penalties may be
substantial. In addition, the
Department of Education retains the authority to impose other sanctions on an institution for
violations of the incentive compensation law. The possible effects of a determination of a
regulatory violation are described more fully in Item 1, Business Regulation Regulation of
Federal Student Financial Aid Programs Potential effect of regulatory violations. Any such fine
or other sanction could damage our reputation and impose significant costs on us, which could have
a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of
operations.
A qui tam lawsuit has been filed against us alleging, among other things, that we have improperly
compensated certain of our enrollment counselors, and we may incur liability, be subject to
sanctions, or experience damage to our reputation as a result of this lawsuit.
On September 11, 2008, we were served with a qui tam lawsuit that had been filed against us in
August 2007, in the United States District Court for the District of Arizona by a then-current
employee on behalf of the federal government. All proceedings in the lawsuit had been under seal
until September 5, 2008, when the court unsealed the first amended complaint, which had been filed
on August 11, 2008. A qui tam case is a civil lawsuit brought by one or more individuals (a
relator) on behalf of the federal government for an alleged submission to the government of a
false claim for payment. The relator, often a current or former employee, is entitled to a share of
the governments recovery in the case. A qui tam action is always filed under seal and remains
under seal until the government decides whether to intervene in the case. If the government
intervenes, it takes over primary control of the litigation. If the government declines to
intervene in the case, the relator may nonetheless elect to continue to pursue the litigation at
his or her own expense on behalf of the government. In our case, the qui tam lawsuit was initially
filed under seal in August 2007 and was unsealed and served on us following the governments
decision not to intervene at that time.
The qui tam lawsuit alleges, among other things, that we violated the False Claims Act by
knowingly making false statements, and submitting false records or statements, from at least 2001
to the present, to get false or fraudulent claims paid or approved, and asserts that we have
improperly compensated certain of our enrollment counselors in violation of the Title IV law
governing compensation of such employees, and as a result, improperly received Title IV program
funds. See Item 1, Business Regulation Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs
Incentive compensation rule. The complaint specifically alleges that some of our compensation
practices with respect to our enrollment personnel, including providing non-cash awards, have
violated the Title IV law governing compensation. While we believe that our compensation policies
and practices at issue in the complaint have not been based on success in enrolling students in
violation of applicable law, the Department of Educations regulations and interpretations of the
incentive compensation law do not establish clear criteria for compliance in all circumstances and
some of our practices, including in respect of non-cash awards, have not been within the scope of
any specific safe harbor provided in the compensation regulations. The complaint seeks treble the
amount of unspecified damages sustained by the federal government in connection with our receipt of
Title IV funding, a civil penalty for each violation of the False Claims Act, attorneys fees,
costs, and interest. We filed a motion to dismiss this case in November 2008, which was denied by
the court in February 2009. If it were determined that any of our compensation practices violated
the incentive compensation law, we could experience an adverse outcome in the qui tam litigation
and be subject to substantial monetary liabilities, fines, and other sanctions, any of which could
have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of
operations and could adversely affect our stock price. We cannot presently predict the ultimate
outcome of this qui tam case or any liability or other sanctions that may result. It is possible
that during the course of the litigation or the related Office of Inspector General investigation
other information may be discovered that would adversely affect the outcome of the litigation.
Pursuant to the courts mandatory scheduling order, we have entered into settlement
discussions with respect to the qui tam matter with the relator. In connection with such
discussions, we have reached a settlement in principle with the relator pursuant to which we have
agreed to pay $5.2 million to finally resolve the qui tam case and thereby avoid the cost and
distraction of a potentially protracted trial. We have accrued that amount in the accompanying
financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009. This settlement is conditioned upon
obtaining the approval of the U.S. Department of Justice (which has authority to approve settlement
of False Claims Act matters) and the Department of Education with respect to the resolution of the
OIG investigation, and finalizing settlement terms that would release us from other False Claims
Act cases based upon the conduct covered by the settlement. The parties and the United States
government are continuing to negotiate towards a final settlement. The ultimate
dismissal of the action, should a final settlement be reached, is subject to the courts
approval. Should the parties fail to conclude the settlement on the proposed or other terms, we
intend to vigorously defend this lawsuit. If it were determined that any of our compensation
practices violated the incentive compensation law, we could experience an adverse outcome in the
qui tam litigation and be subject to substantial monetary liabilities, fines, and other sanctions,
any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition
and results of operations and could adversely affect our stock price.
38
Congress may change the eligibility standards or reduce funding for the Title IV programs, which
could reduce our student population, revenue, and profit margin.
Political and budgetary concerns significantly affect the Title IV programs. The Higher
Education Act, which is the federal law that governs the Title IV programs, must be periodically
reauthorized by Congress, and was most recently reauthorized in August 2008. The new law contains
numerous revisions to the requirements governing the Title IV programs. See Item 1, Business
Regulation Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs. In addition, Congress must
determine funding levels for the Title IV programs on an annual basis, and can change the laws
governing the Title IV programs at any time. Because a significant percentage of our revenue is
derived from the Title IV programs, any action by Congress that significantly reduces Title IV
program funding or our ability or the ability of our students to participate in the Title IV
programs, or otherwise requires us to modify our practices with respect to the Title IV programs,
could increase our costs of compliance, reduce the ability of some students to finance their
education at our institution, require us to seek to arrange for other sources of financial aid for
our students, and materially decrease our student enrollment, each of which could have a material
adverse effect on us.
If we do not meet specific financial responsibility standards established by the Department of
Education, we may be required to post a letter of credit or accept other limitations in order to
continue participating in the Title IV programs, or we could lose our eligibility to participate in
the Title IV programs.
To participate in the Title IV programs, an institution must either satisfy specific
quantitative standards of financial responsibility prescribed by the Department of Education, or
post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education and possibly accept operating
restrictions as well. These financial responsibility tests are applied to each institution on an
annual basis based on the institutions audited financial statements, and may be applied at other
times, such as if the institution undergoes a change in control. These tests may also be applied to
an institutions parent company or other related entity. The operating restrictions that may be
placed on an institution that does not meet the quantitative standards of financial responsibility
include being transferred from the advance payment method of receiving Title IV program funds to
either the reimbursement or the heightened cash monitoring system, which could result in a
significant delay in the institutions receipt of those funds. If, in the future, we fail to
satisfy the Department of Educations financial responsibility standards, we could experience
increased regulatory compliance costs or delays in our receipt of Title IV program funds because we
could be required to post a letter of credit or be subjected to operating restrictions, or both.
Our failure to secure a letter of credit in these circumstances could cause us to lose our ability
to participate in the Title IV programs, which would materially adversely affect us.
If we do not comply with the Department of Educations administrative capability standards, we
could suffer financial penalties, be required to accept other limitations in order to continue
participating in the Title IV programs, or lose our eligibility to participate in the Title IV
programs.
To continue participating in the Title IV programs, an institution must demonstrate to the
Department of Education that the institution is capable of adequately administering the Title IV
programs under specific standards prescribed by the Department of Education. These administrative
capability criteria require, among other things, that the institution has an adequate number of
qualified personnel to administer the Title IV programs, has adequate procedures for disbursing and
safeguarding Title IV funds and for maintaining records, submits all required reports and financial
statements in a timely manner, and does not have significant problems that affect the institutions
ability to administer the Title IV programs. If we fail to satisfy any of these criteria, the
Department of Education may assess financial penalties against us, restrict the manner in which we
receive Title IV funds, require us to post a letter of credit, place us on provisional
certification status, or limit or terminate our participation in the Title IV programs, any of
which could materially adversely affect us.
39
We would lose our ability to participate in the Title IV programs if we fail to maintain our
institutional accreditation, and our student enrollments could decline if we fail to maintain any
of our accreditations or approvals.
An institution must be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by the Department of
Education in order to participate in the Title IV programs. We have institutional accreditation by
the Higher Learning Commission, which is an accrediting commission recognized by the Department of
Education. To remain accredited, we must continuously meet accreditation standards relating to,
among other things, performance, governance, institutional integrity, educational quality, faculty,
administrative capability, resources, and financial stability. We were reaccredited by the Higher
Learning Commission in 2007, and the next scheduled comprehensive evaluation will be conducted in
2016-2017. While, during the 2007 reaccreditation process, the Higher Learning Commission concluded
that we were in compliance with its accreditation standards, it did note certain deficiencies to be
addressed by us. In February 2009, we filed a monitoring report with the Higher Learning Commission
addressing our progress in resolving these deficiencies and, in March 2009, we received
notification from the Higher Learning Commission that our report was accepted and that no further
reports were required. The Higher Learning Commission is currently reviewing our request to offer
an Associate of Arts degree. If we fail to satisfy any of the Higher Learning Commissions
standards, we could lose our accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission, which would cause us
to lose our eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs and could cause a significant
decline in our total student enrollments and have a material adverse effect on us. In addition,
many of our individual educational programs are also accredited by specialized accrediting
commissions or approved by specialized state agencies. If we fail to satisfy the standards of any
of those specialized accrediting commissions or state agencies, we could lose the specialized
accreditation or approval for the affected programs, which could result in materially reduced
student enrollments in those programs and have a material adverse effect on us.
In December 2009, the Department of Education issued an Alert Memorandum, calling into
question the Higher Learning Commissions compliance with the applicable Department of Education
regulations related to the Higher Learning Commissions status as recognized by the Department of
Education. Specifically, in matters unrelated to us, the Department of Education Office of
Inspector General asserted that the Higher Learning Commission did not make appropriate assessments
as to credit hours with respect to the distance education programs of one of Higher Learning
Commissions accredited institutions and, as such, the Office of Inspector General recommended that
the Department of Education take action to terminate the Higher Learning Commissions recognition
by the Secretary of Education. At this point, we do not know if this matter will be resolved and
we are unable to speculate as to the impact on us or other institutions accredited by the Higher
Learning Commission if the Higher Learning Commission were to be de-recognized as an accrediting
commission by the Department of Education.
If we do not maintain our state authorization in Arizona, we may not operate or participate in the
Title IV programs.
A school that grants degrees or certificates must be authorized by the relevant education
agency of the state in which it is located. We are located in the state of Arizona and are
authorized by the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education. State authorization is
also required for our students to be eligible to receive funding under the Title IV programs. To
maintain our state authorization, we must continuously meet standards relating to, among other
things, educational programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff, marketing and
recruitment, financial operations, addition of new locations and educational programs, and various
operational and administrative procedures. If we fail to satisfy any of these standards, we could
lose our authorization by the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education to offer our
educational programs, which would also cause us to lose our eligibility to participate in the
Title IV programs and have a material adverse effect on us.
40
If any of the education regulatory agencies that regulate us do not approve or delay their approval
of any transaction involving us that constitutes a change in control, our ability to operate or
participate in the Title IV programs may be impaired.
If we experience a change in control under the standards of the Department of Education, the
Higher Learning Commission, the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education, or any
other applicable state education agency or accrediting commission, we must notify and/or seek the
approval of each such agency. These agencies do
not have uniform criteria for what constitutes a change in control. Transactions or events
that typically constitute a change in control include significant acquisitions or dispositions of
the voting stock of an institution or its parent company, and significant changes in the
composition of the board of directors of an institution or its parent company. Some of these
transactions or events may be beyond our control. Our failure to obtain, or a delay in receiving,
approval of any change in control from the Department of Education, the Higher Learning Commission,
or the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education could impair our ability to operate
or participate in the Title IV programs, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations. Our failure to obtain, or a
delay in receiving, approval of any change in control from any other state in which we are
currently licensed or authorized, or from any of our specialized accrediting commissions, could
require us to suspend our activities in that state or suspend offering the applicable programs
until we receive the required approval, or could otherwise impair our operations. The potential
adverse effects of a change in control could influence future decisions by us and our stockholders
regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance, or redemption of our stock, which could
discourage bids for your shares of our stock and could have an adverse effect on the market price
of your shares.
In connection with our initial public offering in November 2008, we submitted a description of
the offering to the Department of Education, including a description of the Richardson Voting
Group. Based on this description, the Department of Education concluded that the initial public
offering did not result in a change in control under the Department of Educations regulations. The
Higher Learning Commission did consider our initial public offering to be a change in control under
its policies and, while it approved our consummation of the offering, it informed us that it would
conduct a site visit to confirm the appropriateness of the approval and to evaluate whether we
continue to meet the Higher Learning Commissions eligibility criteria. The Higher Learning
Commission conducted its site visit in March 2009 and determined, among other things, that the
initial public offering was conducted in a manner that did not disrupt our ongoing operations and
that no further action would be required as a result of the change in control. As a result, the
Higher Learning Commission formally approved the change in control in June 2009. In addition, we
notified the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education of our initial public offering
and, based on our communications with that agency, we did not believe that our initial public
offering constituted a change in control under Arizona law. We also notified other accrediting
commissions and state agencies, as we believed necessary, of our initial public offering and the
reasons why we believed the offering did not constitute a change in control under their respective
standards, or to determine what was required if any such commission or agency did consider the
offering to constitute a change in control. None of the other accrediting commissions and state
agencies that we notified of our initial public offering advised us that it concluded that the
offering constituted a change in control under its policies or that it required us to take any
further action.
With respect to publicly-traded corporations, like us, Department of Education regulations
provide that a change in control occurs if either: (i) there is an event that would obligate the
corporation to file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC disclosing a change in control, or
(ii) the corporation has a stockholder that owns, or has voting control over, at least 25% of the
total outstanding voting stock of the corporation and is the largest stockholder of the
corporation, and that stockholder ceases to own, or have voting control over, at least 25% of such
stock or ceases to be the largest stockholder. The Higher Learning Commission adopted new policies
and procedures with respect to changes in control in June 2009, and one such policy provides that
an institution is considered to undergo a change in control if a person or group increases or
decreases its control of shares to greater than or less than 25% of the total outstanding shares of
the stock of a parent corporation that owns or controls the accredited institution and, in such
event, requires the institution to obtain its approval in advance of the change. In addition, the
standards of the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education provide that an
institution that is owned by a publicly-traded corporation whose control is vested in the voting
members of the board of directors, like us, undergoes a change in control if 50% or more of the
voting members of the board of directors change within a 12-month period or the chief executive
officer of the corporation changes. Following our September 2009 public stock offering, based on
the number of shares of common stock sold by us and the selling stockholders, and the addition of
the Endeavour Entities (as defined herein) as parties to the proxy and voting agreement (described
below), the Richardson Voting Group continued to have voting power over 25% or more of our total
outstanding voting stock after the completion of the offering and therefore such offering did not
constitute a change in control under the Department of Educations regulations. In addition, we
were advised by the Higher Learning Commission and the Arizona State Board for Private
Postsecondary Education that the September 2009 offering would not constitute a change in control
under their respective rules and policies, and did not receive any indication from the Department
of Education that it considered the September 2009 offering to constitute a change in control under
its regulations.
41
Under the terms of the voting agreement with the Richardson Voting Group, if any person party
to the voting agreement transfers shares covered by the proxy in registered or open-market sales,
the proxy is no longer effective as to such shares. Accordingly, the number of shares over which
the Richardson Voting Group will continue to hold voting power pursuant to the voting agreement
will decrease over time as shares held by other parties to the voting agreement are sold, and we
may not be aware of these sales since many of the shares subject to the voting agreement are held
in street name. If at any time in the future, as a result of such future registered or
open-market sales, the number of shares over which the Richardson Voting Group holds voting power
falls below 25%, a change in control will occur. At that point, with respect to the Department of
Education, we will lose our eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs and must apply to
the Department of Education in order to reestablish such eligibility. If we file the required
application and follow other procedures, the Department of Education may temporarily certify us on
a provisional basis following the change in control, so that our students retain access to Title IV
program funds until the Department of Education completes its full review. In addition, the
Department of Education will extend such temporary provisional certification if we timely file
other required materials. While we expect to file all such applications and other materials within
applicable deadlines, there is no assurance that we will be able to do so because we cannot be
certain of the percentage of stock that is subject to the Richardson Voting Group at any given time
in order to be certain if and when the Richardson Voting Group falls below the applicable 25%
threshold. If we fail to meet any of these application and other deadlines, our certification will
expire and our students will not be eligible to receive Title IV program funds until the Department
of Education completes its full review, which commonly takes several months and may take longer. If
the Department of Education approves our application after a change in control, it will certify us
on a provisional basis for a period of up to approximately three years, although we cannot predict
how the Department of Education will process this provisional recertification or what restrictions
may be imposed if such change in control occurs while we remain on month-to-month status and
subject to the ongoing investigation by the Office of Inspector General of the Department of
Education or the qui tam lawsuit. See Item 1, Business Regulation Regulatory Standards that
May Restrict Institutional Expansion or Other Changes Change in ownership resulting in a change
in control.
With respect to the Higher Learning Commission, if we anticipate that the number of shares
over which the Richardson Voting Group holds voting power will fall below 25% at any time in the
future, we would be required to obtain the approval of the Higher Learning Commission before such
event occurs. However, because we may be unaware when such event occurs, we would seek the
cooperation of the Higher Learning Commission to allow us to arrange an appropriate review
procedure at that time since there may not be an opportunity to obtain the Higher Learning
Commissions advance review and approval, as is typically required by its policies. In that
circumstance, we cannot predict whether the Higher Learning Commission would impose any limitations
or conditions on us, or identify any compliance issues related to us in the context of the change
in control process, that could result in our loss of accreditation by the Higher Learning
Commission. Any such loss of accreditation would result in our loss of eligibility to participate
in the Title IV programs and cause a significant decline in our student enrollments.
If a substantial number of our students cannot secure Title IV loans as a result of decreased
lender participation in the Title IV programs or if lenders increase the costs or reduce the
benefits associated with the Title IV loans they provide, we could be materially adversely
affected.
The cumulative impact of recent regulatory and market developments and conditions, including
the widespread disruption in the credit and financial markets, has caused some lenders to cease
providing Title IV program loans to students, including some lenders that previously provided our
students with Title IV program loans, also known as Federal Family Education Loan Program loans, or
FFEL loans. Other lenders have reduced the benefits and increased the fees associated with the
Title IV program loans they provide. We and other schools have had to modify student loan practices
in ways that result in higher administrative costs. If the cost of Title IV program loans increases
or availability decreases, some students may not be able to take out loans and may not enroll in a
postsecondary institution. In May 2008, new federal legislation was enacted to attempt to ensure
that all eligible students would be able to obtain Title IV program loans in the future and that a
sufficient number of lenders would continue to provide Title IV program loans. Among other things,
that legislation:
|
|
|
authorized the Department of Education to purchase Title IV program
loans from lenders, thereby providing capital to the lenders to enable
them to continue making Title IV program loans to students; and |
42
|
|
|
permitted the Department of Education to designate institutions
eligible to participate in a lender of last resort program, under
which federally recognized student loan guaranty agencies would be
required to make Title IV program loans to all otherwise eligible
students at those institutions. |
While this legislation appears to have provided some stability to the marketplace for Title IV
program loans, it is not yet clear if it ultimately will be effective in ensuring students access
to Title IV program loans. The environment surrounding access to and cost of student loans remains
in a state of flux. The Department of Education issued new regulations regarding student loans in
October 2009, which will go into effect on July 1, 2010, and Congress is in the process of
considering legislation to eliminate the FFEL loan Program and move all federal student lending
into the Federal Direct Loan Program, known as the FDL Program. The uncertainty surrounding these
issues, and any resolution of these issues that increases loan costs or reduces students access to
Title IV program loans, may adversely affect our student enrollments. Although we are approved to
participate in the FDL Program, because a significant percentage of our revenue is derived from the
Title IV programs, any action by Congress that significantly reduces Title IV program funding or
our ability or the ability of our students to participate in the Title IV programs could increase
our costs of compliance, reduce the ability of some students to finance their education at our
institution, require us to seek to arrange for other sources of financial aid for our students and
materially decrease our student enrollment, each of which could have a material adverse effect on
us. During fiscal year 2009, we began participating in the FDL Program for a portion of our Title
IV eligible students. We expect to be able to fully transition from the FFEL Program to FDL
Program by September 2010. While we have not encountered difficulties to date, a complete
transition to the FDL Program could cause disruptions in the administration of Title IV program
loans to our students if we or the Department of Education encounter difficulties with the systems
or processes necessary for increased FDL Program loans.
Our failure to comply with new regulations promulgated by the Department of Education could result
in financial penalties, or the limitation, suspension, or termination of our continued
participation in the Title IV programs.
The Department of Education has been working since December 2008 to develop regulations
through a negotiated rulemaking process to carry out the numerous revisions to the Title IV program
regulations required by the reauthorization of the Higher Education Act in August 2008. Negotiated
rulemaking is a process whereby the Department of Education consults with members of the
postsecondary education community to identify issues of concern and attempts to agree on proposed
regulatory revisions to address those issues before the Department of Education formally proposes
any regulations. Following the conclusion of such negotiated rulemaking, in July and August 2009,
the Department of Education issued final regulations in October 2009 relating to, among other
things, the relationships between schools and lenders of both private and Title IV program loans,
the approval and oversight of accrediting agencies, and general programmatic requirements
applicable to the Title IV programs, including the 90/10 Rule. The Department of Education
published these new final regulations by November 1, 2009, which is the required deadline in order
for such regulations to take effect on July 1, 2010. In addition, in May 2009, the Department of
Education announced its intent to establish new negotiated rulemaking committees that began their
discussions in the fall of 2009. Those committees have addressed a number of significant issues,
including: incentive compensation paid by institutions to persons or entities engaged in student
recruiting or admission activities; gainful employment, the determination of satisfactory academic
progress under different academic calendars; state authorization as a component of institutional
eligibility; the definition of a credit hour for purposes of determining program eligibility
status, particularly in the context of awarding Pell Grants; verification of information on student
financial aid applications; and the definition of a high school diploma as a condition of a
students eligibility for Title IV program aid. The negotiators did not reach consensus on many of
the issues up for discussion in this round of negotiated rulemaking. Of the proposed revisions to
the regulations being considered in this negotiated rulemaking, the issues related to gainful
employment and incentive compensation are of particular concern to for-profit educational
institutions. The negotiators did not reach consensus on either of these issues, leaving many
significant concerns of industry negotiators open and unresolved. As such, the Department of
Education is authorized to propose regulations with respect to these topics without regard to the
concerns of institutions as expressed during the negotiated rulemaking process.
43
The issues addressed in the regulations that were issued in final in October 2009 by the
Department of Education, as well as the issues being addressed in the recently completed negotiated
rulemaking process, are broad and complex and concern a number of significant aspects of the
Title IV programs, including eligibility and certification, administrative capability,
school-lender relationships, the 90/10 Rule, incentive compensation, and student loan default
rates. See Item 1, Business Regulation Regulation of Student Financial Aid Programs The 90/10
Rule. At this time, we cannot be certain whether and to what extent any changes may affect our
ability to remain eligible to participate in the Title IV programs or require us to incur
additional costs in connection with our administration of the Title IV programs. Any future changes
that jeopardize our eligibility to participate in some or all of the Title IV programs could
materially adversely affect us.
An increase in interest rates could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain students.
For our fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, we derived cash receipts equal to
approximately 78.3% and 74.4%, respectively, of our net revenue from tuition financed under the
Title IV programs, which include student loans with interest rates subsidized by the federal
government. Additionally, some of our students finance their education through private loans that
are not subsidized. If our students or our students parents employment circumstances are
adversely affected by regional or national economic downturns, our students may become more
heavily dependent on student loans. Interest rates have reached relatively low levels in recent
years, creating a favorable borrowing environment for students. However, in the event interest
rates increase or Congress decreases the amount available for federal student aid, our students may
have to pay higher interest rates on their loans. Any future increase in interest rates will result
in a corresponding increase in educational costs to our existing and prospective students, which
could result in a significant reduction in our student population and revenues. Higher interest
rates could also contribute to higher default rates with respect to our students repayment of
their education loans. Higher default rates may in turn adversely impact our eligibility to
participate in some or all of the Title IV programs, which could result in a significant reduction
in our student population and our profitability. See Item 1A, Risk Factors We may lose our
eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs if our student loan default rates are too high
for further information.
Our failure to comply with the regulatory requirements of states other than Arizona could result in
actions taken by those states that could have a material adverse effect on our enrollments.
Almost every state imposes regulatory requirements on educational institutions that have
physical facilities located within the states boundaries. These regulatory requirements establish
standards in areas such as educational programs, facilities, instructional and administrative
staff, marketing and recruitment, financial operations, addition of new locations and educational
programs, and various operational and administrative procedures, some of which are different than
the standards prescribed by the Department of Education or the Arizona State Board for Private
Postsecondary Education. In addition, several states have sought to assert jurisdiction over
educational institutions offering online degree programs that have no physical location in the
state but that have some activity in the state, such as enrolling or offering educational services
to students who reside in the state, employing faculty who reside in the state, or advertising to
or recruiting prospective students in the state. State regulatory requirements for online education
vary among the states, are not well developed in many states, are imprecise or unclear in some
states, and can change frequently. In the future, states could coordinate their efforts in order to
more aggressively attempt to regulate or restrict schools offering of online education.
In addition to Arizona, we have determined that our activities in certain states constitute a
presence requiring licensure or authorization under the requirements of the state education agency
in those states, which we have obtained. In certain other states, we have obtained approvals to
operate as we have determined necessary in connection with our marketing and recruiting activities.
If we fail to comply with state licensing or authorization requirements for a state, or fail to
obtain licenses or authorizations when required, we could lose our state licensure or authorization
by that state or be subject to other sanctions, including restrictions on our activities in that
state, fines, and penalties. The loss of licensure or authorization in a state other than Arizona
could prohibit us from recruiting prospective students or offering educational services to current
students in that state, which could significantly reduce our enrollments.
State laws and regulations are not always precise or clear, and regulatory agencies may
sometimes disagree with the way we have interpreted or applied these requirements. Any
misinterpretation by us of these regulatory
requirements or adverse changes in regulations or interpretations thereof by regulators could
materially adversely affect us.
44
The inability of our graduates to obtain a professional license or certification in their chosen
field of study could reduce our enrollments and revenues, and potentially lead to student claims
against us that could be costly to us.
Many of our students, particularly those in our education and healthcare programs, seek a
professional license or certification in their chosen fields following graduation. A students
ability to obtain a professional license or certification depends on several factors, including
whether the institution and the students program were accredited by a particular accrediting
commission or approved by a professional association or by the state in which the student seeks
employment. Additional factors are outside the control of the institution, such as the individual
students own background and qualifications. If one or more states refuse to recognize a
significant number of our students for professional licensing or certification based on factors
relating to our institution or programs, the potential growth of those programs would be negatively
impacted and we could be exposed to claims or litigation by students or graduates based on their
inability to obtain their desired professional license or certification, each of which could
materially adversely affect us.
Increased scrutiny and regulation by various governmental agencies of relationships between student
loan providers and educational institutions and their employees have produced significant
uncertainty concerning restrictions applicable to the administration of both Title IV and private
student loan programs and the funding for those programs which, if not satisfactorily or timely
resolved, could result in increased regulatory burdens and costs for us and could adversely affect
our student enrollments.
During 2007 and 2008, both Title IV and private student loan programs came under increased
scrutiny by the Department of Education, Congress, state attorneys general, and other parties.
Issues that received extensive attention included allegations of conflicts of interest between some
institutions and lenders that provide student loans, questionable incentives given by lenders to
some schools and school employees, allegations of deceptive practices in the marketing of student
loans, and schools leading students to use certain lenders. Several institutions and lenders were
cited for these problems and paid several million dollars in the aggregate to settle those claims.
The practices of numerous other schools and lenders were, and in some cases continue to be,
examined by government agencies at the federal and state level. The Attorney General of the State
of Arizona requested extensive documentation from us and other institutions in Arizona concerning
student loan practices, and we provided testimony in response to a subpoena from the Attorney
General of the State of Arizona about such practices. In 2008, without admitting any wrongdoing, we
agreed with the Attorney General of the State of Arizona to conclude its investigation of us by
executing a Letter of Assurance, whereby we agreed to conduct referrals of students to lenders in
accordance with our existing policies or any new policies promulgated by the State of Arizona in
the future and to reimburse the state for the costs of its investigation in the amount of
approximately $20,000.
As a result of the increased scrutiny of student loan programs, Congress has passed new laws,
the Department of Education and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System have
promulgated or proposed new and stricter regulations, and several states have adopted codes of
conduct or enacted state laws that further regulate the conduct of lenders, schools, and school
personnel. These new laws and regulations, among other things, limit schools relationships with
lenders, restrict the types of services that schools may receive from lenders, prohibit lenders
from providing other types of loans to students in exchange for Title IV program loan volume from
schools, and require schools and lenders to provide additional information to students concerning
institutionally preferred lenders and the terms of available student loans. The environment
surrounding access to and cost of student loans remains in a state of flux, with additional
legislation and regulatory changes being considered at the state and federal levels. The Department
of Education issued new regulations regarding student loans in October 2009, which will go into
effect on July 1, 2010, and Congress is considering legislation to eliminate the FFEL Program and
move all federal student lending into the FDL Program. This uncertainty, and any resolution of
these issues that increases loan costs or reduces students access to student loans, may adversely
affect our student enrollments, which could have an adverse effect on us.
45
Government agencies, regulatory agencies, and third parties may conduct compliance reviews, bring
claims, or initiate litigation against us based on alleged violations of the extensive regulatory
requirements applicable to us, which could cause us to pay monetary damages, be sanctioned or
limited in our operations, and expend significant resources to defend against those claims.
Because we operate in a highly regulated industry, we are subject to program reviews, audits,
investigations, claims of non-compliance, and lawsuits by government agencies, regulatory agencies,
students, employees, stockholders, and other third parties alleging non-compliance with applicable
legal requirements, many of which are imprecise and subject to interpretation. As we grow larger,
this scrutiny of our business may increase. If the result of any such proceeding is unfavorable to
us, we may lose or have limitations imposed on our state licensing, accreditation, or Title IV
program participation; be required to pay monetary damages (including triple damages in certain
whistleblower suits); or be subject to fines, injunctions, or other penalties, any of which could
have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of
operations. In this regard, we are currently subject to an investigation by the Department of
Educations Office of Inspector General, which is focused on the manner in which we have
compensated our enrollment counselors and managers, and a qui tam lawsuit brought by a former
employee alleging violations in the same area. See Item 1A, Risk Factors The Office of Inspector
General of the Department of Education has commenced an investigation of Grand Canyon University,
which is ongoing and which may result in fines, penalties, other sanctions, and damage to our
reputation in the industry; Item 1A, Risk Factors A qui tam lawsuit has been filed against us
alleging, among other things, that we have improperly compensated certain of our enrollment
counselors, and we may incur liability, be subject to sanctions, or experience damage to our
reputation as a result of this lawsuit; and Item 1, Business Regulation Regulation of Federal
Student Financial Aid Programs Incentive compensation rule. Claims and lawsuits brought against
us, even if they are without merit, may also result in adverse publicity, damage our reputation,
negatively affect the market price of our stock, adversely affect our student enrollments, and
reduce the willingness of third parties to do business with us. Even if we adequately address the
issues raised by any such proceeding and successfully defend against it, we may have to devote
significant financial and management resources to address these issues, which could harm our
business.
A decline in the overall growth of enrollment in postsecondary institutions, or in the number of
students seeking degrees online or in our core disciplines, could cause us to experience lower
enrollment at our schools, which could negatively impact our future growth.
Based on industry analyses, we believe that enrollment growth in degree-granting,
postsecondary institutions is slowing and that the number of high school graduates that are
eligible to enroll in degree-granting, postsecondary institutions is expected to decrease over the
next few years. In order to maintain current growth rates, we will need to attract a larger
percentage of students in existing markets and expand our markets by creating new academic
programs. In addition, if job growth in the fields related to our core disciplines is weaker than
expected, as a result of any regional or national economic downturn or otherwise, fewer students
may seek the types of degrees that we offer. Our failure to attract new students, or the decisions
by prospective students to seek degrees in other disciplines, would have an adverse impact on our
future growth.
If our students were unable to obtain private loans from third-party lenders, our business could be
adversely affected given our students reliance on such loans to satisfy their educational
expenses.
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, private loans to students at our school
represented approximately 0.9% of our revenue (calculated on a cash basis) as compared to 2.9% of
revenue in fiscal 2008. These loans were provided pursuant to private loan programs and were made
available to eligible students to fund a portion of the students costs of education not covered by
the Title IV programs and state financial aid sources. Private loans are made to our students by
lending institutions and are non-recourse to us. The 2008 reauthorization of the Higher Education
Act and related proposed and final regulations place significant new restrictions on the
relationships between institutions and the providers of private loans, and require that certain
specific terms and disclosures accompany such loans. This increased regulatory burden, coupled with
recent adverse market conditions for consumer and federally guaranteed student loans (including
lenders difficulties in reselling or syndicating student loan portfolios) have resulted, and could
continue to result, in providers of private loans reducing the availability of or increasing the
costs associated with providing private loans to postsecondary students. In particular, loans to
students with low credit scores who would not otherwise be eligible for credit-based private
loans have become increasingly difficult to obtain. Prospective students may find that these
increased financing costs make borrowing prohibitively expensive and abandon or delay enrollment in
postsecondary education programs. If any of these scenarios were to occur, our students ability to
finance their education could be adversely affected and our student population could decrease,
which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, and
results of operations.
46
We are subject to sanctions if we pay impermissible commissions, bonuses, or other incentive
payments to persons involved in certain recruiting, admissions, or financial aid activities.
A school participating in the Title IV programs may not provide, or contract with a third
party that provides, any commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based on success in
enrolling students or securing financial aid to any person involved in student recruiting or
admission activities or in making decisions regarding the awarding of Title IV program funds. The
Department of Educations regulations set forth 12 safe harbors which describe payments and
arrangements that do not violate the incentive compensation rule. The Department of Educations
regulations make clear that the safe harbors are not a complete list of permissible practices under
this law. One of these safe harbors permits adjustments to fixed salary for enrollment personnel
provided that such adjustments are not made more than twice during any twelve month period, and
that any adjustment is not based solely on the number of students recruited, admitted, enrolled, or
awarded financial aid. In addition, such safe harbors do not address non-cash awards to enrollment
personnel. In May 2009, the Department of Education announced that it was initiating a further
negotiated rulemaking process to revise its regulations in certain areas, including the regulations
implementing the incentive compensation rule. As part of the current negotiated rulemaking process,
the potential elimination or curtailment of the incentive compensation safe harbors is being
considered, leaving open the possibility that this rule will be administered on an even stricter
basis.
Following the conclusion of this round of negotiated rulemaking, possibly in the spring or
summer of 2010, the Department of Education is expected to issue proposed regulations for public
comment and to issue final regulations by November 1, 2010, which is the required deadline in order
for such regulations to take effect on July 1, 2011.
As described in Item 1A, Risk Factors The Office of Inspector General of the Department of
Education has commenced an investigation of Grand Canyon University, which is ongoing and which may
result in fines, penalties, other sanctions, and damage to our reputation in the industry, and in
Item 1, Business Regulation Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs Incentive
compensation rule, we are currently subject to an investigation by the Department of Educations
Office of Inspector General, which is focused on the manner in which we have compensated our
enrollment counselors and managers. In addition, in recent years several for-profit education
companies, including us, have been faced with whistleblower lawsuits, known as qui tam cases, by
current or former employees alleging violations of this prohibition. See Item 1A, Risk Factors A
qui tam lawsuit has been filed against us alleging, among other things, that we have improperly
compensated certain of our enrollment counselors, and we may incur liability, be subject to
sanctions, or experience damage to our reputation as a result of this lawsuit. While we believe
that our compensation policies and practices at issue in the complaint have not been based on
success in enrolling students in violation of applicable law, the Department of Educations
regulations and interpretations of the incentive compensation law do not establish clear criteria
for compliance in all circumstances and some of our practices, including in respect of non-cash
awards, have not been within the scope of any specific safe harbor provided in the incentive
compensation regulations. If the Department of Education determines as a result of the pending
investigation that we have violated this law, if we are found to be liable in the pending qui tam
action, or if we or any third parties we have engaged otherwise violate this law, we could be fined
or sanctioned by the Department of Education, or subjected to other monetary liability or penalties
that could be substantial, any of which could harm our reputation, impose significant costs on us,
and have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of
operations.
Our reputation and our stock price may be negatively affected by adverse publicity or by the
actions of other postsecondary educational institutions.
In recent years, regulatory proceedings and litigation have been commenced against various
postsecondary educational institutions relating to, among other things, deceptive trade practices,
false claims against the government, and non-compliance with Department of Education requirements,
state education laws, and state consumer protection laws. These proceedings have been brought by
the Department of Education, the
U.S. Department of Justice, the SEC, and state governmental agencies, among others. These
allegations have attracted adverse media coverage and have been the subject of legislative hearings
and regulatory actions at both the federal and state levels, focusing not only on the individual
schools but in some cases on the for-profit postsecondary education sector as a whole. Adverse
media coverage regarding other for-profit education companies or other educational institutions
could damage our reputation, result in lower enrollments, revenues, and operating profit, and have
a negative impact on our stock price. Such coverage could also result in increased scrutiny and
regulation by the Department of Education, Congress, accrediting commissions, state legislatures,
state attorneys general, or other governmental authorities of all educational institutions,
including us.
47
If the percentage of our revenue that is derived from the Title IV programs is too high, we may
lose our eligibility to participate in those programs.
A for-profit institution loses its eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs if,
under a formula that requires cash basis accounting and other adjustments to the calculation of
revenue, it derives more than 90% of its revenues from those programs in two consecutive fiscal
years. The period of ineligibility covers at least the next two succeeding fiscal years and any
Title IV program funds already received by the institution and its students during the period of
ineligibility would have to be returned to the applicable lender or the Department of Education. An
institution whose rate exceeds 90% for any single year will be placed on provisional certification
for at least two fiscal years. The August 2008 reauthorization of the Higher Education Act made
significant changes to this revenue requirement, including certain changes to the formula used to
calculate a schools ratio. Given the level of complexity of such a calculation we were unable to
quantify precisely the benefit that we would derive in the 90/10 percentage from these revisions.
Using the Department of Educations formula that was in effect prior to the August 2008
reauthorization of the Higher Education Act, we have calculated that, for our 2009 and 2008 fiscal
years, we derived approximately 82.5% and 78.6%, respectively, of our revenue from the Title IV
programs. As a result of recent changes in federal law that increased Title IV grant and loan
limits, as well as the current economic downturn, which has adversely affected the employment
circumstances of our students and their parents and increased their reliance on the Title IV
programs, we expect the percentage of our revenue that we receive from the Title IV programs to
continue to increase in the future, making it more difficult for us to satisfy this requirement.
Exceeding the 90% threshold such that we lost our eligibility to participate in the Title IV
programs would have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, and
results of operations.
We may lose our eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs if our student loan default
rates are too high.
An institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or all of the Title IV programs
if, for three consecutive years, 25% or more of its students who were required to begin repayment
on their student loans in one year default on their payment by the end of the following year. In
addition, an institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or all of the Title IV
programs if the default rate of its students exceeds 40% for any single year. The August 2008
reauthorization of the Higher Education Act extends by one year the period for which students
defaults on their loans will be included in the calculation of an institutions default rate, a
change that is expected to increase our cohort default rates. The new law also increases the
threshold for an institution to lose its eligibility to participate in the relevant Title IV
programs from 25% to 30% over three consecutive years, while leaving the threshold at 40% for a
single year. These changes to the law take effect for institutions cohort default rates for
federal fiscal year 2009, which are expected to be calculated and issued by the Department of
Education in 2012. While our cohort default rates have historically been significantly below these
levels, we cannot assure you that this will continue to be the case. For example, we expect our
cohort default rate for the 2008 federal fiscal year to increase (but remain well below the
Department of Educations thresholds) due primarily to the impact of current economic conditions on
our students and former students. Our cohort default rates on FFEL Program loans for the 2007,
2006 and 2005 federal fiscal years, the three most recent years for which such rates have been
calculated, were 1.4%, 1.6% and 1.8%, respectively. Our trial cohort default rates for these
years, as issued by the Department of Education in December 2009, were 2.9%, 2.7% and 3.0%,
respectively. Our draft cohort default rate for the 2008 federal fiscal year is 3.5%. In addition,
increases in interest rates or declines in income or job losses for our students could contribute
to higher default rates on student loans. Exceeding the student loan default rate thresholds and
losing our eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs would have a material adverse effect
on our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations. Any future changes in
the formula for calculating student loan default rates, economic conditions, or other factors that
cause our default rates to increase, could place us in
danger of losing our eligibility to participate in some or all of the Title IV programs and
materially adversely affect us.
48
We are subject to sanctions if we fail to correctly calculate and timely return Title IV program
funds for students who withdraw before completing their educational program.
A school participating in the Title IV programs must calculate the amount of unearned Title IV
program funds that it has disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational programs before
completing such programs and must return those unearned funds to the appropriate lender or the
Department of Education in a timely manner, generally within 45 days of the date the school
determines that the student has withdrawn. If the unearned funds are not properly calculated and
timely returned for a sufficient percentage of students, we may have to post a letter of credit in
favor of the Department of Education equal to 25% of the Title IV program funds that should have
been returned for such students in the prior fiscal year, we may be liable for repayment of
Title IV program funds and related interest and we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by the
Department of Education, which could increase our cost of regulatory compliance and materially
adversely affect us. Further, a failure to comply with these regulatory requirements could result
in termination of our ability to participate in the Title IV programs, which would materially
affect us.
We cannot offer new programs, expand our operations into certain states, or acquire additional
schools if such actions are not timely approved by the applicable regulatory agencies, and we may
have to repay Title IV funds disbursed to students enrolled in any such programs, schools, or
states if we do not obtain prior approval.
Our expansion efforts include offering new educational programs. In addition, we may increase
our operations in additional states and seek to acquire existing schools from other companies. If
we are unable to obtain the necessary approvals for such new programs, operations, or acquisitions
from the Department of Education, the Higher Learning Commission, the Arizona State Board for
Private Postsecondary Education, or any other applicable state education agency or accrediting
commission, or if we are unable to obtain such approvals in a timely manner, our ability to
consummate the planned actions and provide Title IV funds to any affected students would be
impaired, which could have a material adverse effect on our expansion plans. If we were to
determine erroneously that any such action did not need approval or that we had all required
approvals, we could be liable for repayment of the Title IV program funds provided to students in
that program or at that location.
Risks Related to Our Business
Our success depends, in part, on the effectiveness of our marketing and advertising programs in
recruiting new students.
Building awareness of Grand Canyon University and the programs we offer is critical to our
ability to attract prospective students. It is also critical to our success that we convert
prospective students to enrolled students in a cost-effective manner and that these enrolled
students remain active in our programs. Some of the factors that could prevent us from successfully
recruiting, enrolling, and retaining students in our programs include:
|
|
|
the reduced availability of, or higher interest rates and other costs
associated with, Title IV loan funds or other sources of financial aid; |
|
|
|
|
the emergence of more successful competitors; |
|
|
|
|
factors related to our marketing, including the costs and effectiveness
of Internet advertising and broad-based branding campaigns and
recruiting efforts; |
|
|
|
|
performance problems with our online systems; |
|
|
|
|
failure to maintain institutional and specialized accreditations; |
|
|
|
|
the requirements of the education agencies that regulate us which
restrict schools initiation of new programs and modification of
existing programs; |
49
|
|
|
the requirements of the education agencies that regulate us which
restrict the ways schools can compensate their recruitment personnel; |
|
|
|
|
increased regulation of online education, including in states in which
we do not have a physical presence; |
|
|
|
|
restrictions that may be imposed on graduates of online programs that
seek certification or licensure in certain states; |
|
|
|
|
student dissatisfaction with our services and programs; |
|
|
|
|
the results of the ongoing investigation by the Department of
Educations Office of Inspector General and the pending qui tam action
regarding the manner in which we have compensated our enrollment
personnel, and possible remedial actions or other liability resulting
therefrom; |
|
|
|
|
damage to our reputation or other adverse effects as a result of
negative publicity in the media, in industry or governmental reports, or
otherwise, affecting us or other companies in the for-profit
postsecondary education sector; |
|
|
|
|
price reductions by competitors that we are unwilling or unable to match; |
|
|
|
|
a decline in the acceptance of online education; |
|
|
|
|
an adverse economic or other development that affects job prospects in
our core disciplines; and |
|
|
|
|
a decrease in the perceived or actual economic benefits that students
derive from our programs. |
If we are unable to continue to develop awareness of Grand Canyon University and the programs
we offer, and to recruit, enroll, and retain students, our enrollments would suffer and our ability
to increase revenues and maintain profitability would be significantly impaired.
If we are unable to hire and train new and existing employees responsible for student recruitment,
the effectiveness of our student recruiting efforts would be adversely affected.
In order to support our planned revenue growth we intend to hire, develop, and train a
significant number of additional employees responsible for student recruitment and retain and
continue to develop and train our current student recruitment personnel. Our ability to develop and
maintain a strong student recruiting function may be affected by a number of factors, including our
ability to integrate and motivate our enrollment counselors, our ability to effectively train our
enrollment counselors, the length of time it takes new enrollment counselors to become productive,
regulatory restrictions on the method of compensating enrollment counselors, and the competition in
hiring and retaining enrollment counselors. If we are unable to hire, develop, and retain a
sufficient number of qualified enrollment counselors, our ability to increase enrollments would be
adversely affected.
We operate in a highly competitive industry, and competitors with greater resources could harm our
business.
The postsecondary education market is highly fragmented and competitive. We compete for
students with traditional public and private two-year and four-year colleges and universities and
other for-profit schools, including those that offer online learning programs. Many public and
private schools, colleges, and universities, including most major colleges and universities, offer
online programs. We expect to experience additional competition in the future as more colleges,
universities, and for-profit schools offer an increasing number of online programs. Each of these
competitors may develop platforms or other technologies, including technologies such as streaming
video, that allow for greater levels of interactivity between faculty and students and that are
superior to the platform and technology we use, and these differences may affect our ability to
recruit and retain students. Public institutions
receive substantial government subsidies, and public and private non-profit institutions have
access to government and foundation grants, tax-deductible contributions, and other financial
resources generally not available to for-profit schools. Accordingly, public and private non-profit
institutions may have instructional and support resources superior to those in the for-profit
sector, and public institutions can offer substantially lower tuition prices. Some of our
competitors in both the public and private sectors also have substantially greater financial and
other resources than we do. We may not be able to compete successfully against current or future
competitors, including with respect to our ability to acquire or compete with technologies being
developed by our competitors, and may face competitive pressures that could adversely affect our
business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations. These competitive factors
could cause our enrollments, revenues, and profitability to significantly decrease and could render
our online delivery format less competitive or obsolete.
50
Capacity constraints, system disruptions, or security breaches in our online computer networks
could have a material adverse effect on our ability to attract and retain students.
The performance and reliability of the infrastructure of our online operations are critical to
our reputation and to our ability to attract and retain students. Any computer system disruption or
failure, or a sudden and significant increase in traffic on the servers that host our online
operations, may result in our online courses and programs being unavailable for a period of time.
In addition, any significant failure of our computer networks or servers, whether as a result of
third-party actions or in connection with planned upgrades and conversions, could disrupt our
on-campus operations. Individual, sustained, or repeated occurrences could significantly damage the
reputation of our online operations and result in a loss of potential or existing students.
Additionally, our online operations are vulnerable to interruption or malfunction due to events
beyond our control, including natural disasters and network and telecommunications failures. Our
computer networks may also be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer hackers, computer
viruses, and other security problems. A user who circumvents security measures could misappropriate
proprietary information or cause interruptions to or malfunctions in operations. As a result, we
may be required to expend significant resources to protect against the threat of these security
breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these incidents. Any interruption to our online
operations could have a material adverse effect on our ability to attract students to our online
programs and to retain those students.
The implementation of our new back office systems could impact our ability to timely and accurately
admit students to the university and register them for classes, bill students, certify and disburse
financial aid, prepare financial reports, or impact the effectiveness of our internal controls over
financial reporting.
We plan to transition our online programs from a term-based financial aid system (where all
students, including online students, begin programs and are eligible to receive financial aid at
periodic start dates pursuant to a calendar-based term system) to a borrower-based financial aid
system (where each student may begin a program and be eligible to receive financial aid at any time
throughout the year). As part of this transition, we are converting our back office system from
Datatel, Inc. to a series of programs developed by Campus Management Corp., including CampusVue and
CampusPortal, and also implementing Microsofts Great Plains accounting system. These new systems
are intended to allow us to manage our non-traditional online students with greater ease and
flexibility by providing for rolling and flexible start dates. While we intend to maintain
redundancies between our old and new systems for a period of time while we complete the conversions
and ensure the that the new systems operate as intended, if we do not effectively transition our
student and financial aid data to these systems or if these systems do not operate as intended, it
could adversely impact the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, as well
as our ability to timely and accurately admit students to the university and register them for
classes, bill students, certify and disburse financial aid, and prepare financial reports. This may
in turn affect our ability to comply with the Department of Educations administrative capability
standards, as discussed under Item 1A, Risk Factors If we do not comply with the Department of
Educations administrative capability standards, we could suffer financial penalties, be required
to accept other limitations in order to continue participating in the Title IV programs, or lose
our eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs.
51
We may not be able to successfully implement our growth strategy if we are not able to improve the
content of our existing academic programs or to develop new programs on a timely basis and in a
cost-effective manner, or at all.
We continually seek to improve the content of our existing programs and develop new programs
in order to meet changing market needs. The success of any of our programs and courses, both ground
and online, depends in part on our ability to expand the content of our existing programs, develop
new programs in a cost-effective manner, and meet the needs of existing and prospective students
and employers in a timely manner, as well as on the acceptance of our actions by existing or
prospective students and employers. We developed many of our online programs based on our existing
ground programs. In the future, we may develop programs solely, or initially, for online use, which
may pose new challenges, including the need to develop course content without having an existing
program on which such content can be based. Even if we are able to develop acceptable new programs,
we may not be able to introduce these new programs in a timely fashion or as quickly as our
competitors are able to introduce competing programs. If we do not respond adequately to changes in
market conditions, our ability to attract and retain students could be impaired and our business,
prospects, financial condition, and results of operations could suffer.
The development and approval of new programs and courses, both ground and online, are subject
to requirements and limitations imposed by the Department of Education, state licensing agencies,
and the relevant accrediting commissions, and in certain cases, such as with doctoral programs,
involves a process that can take several years to complete. The imposition of restrictions on the
initiation of new educational programs by any of our regulatory agencies, or delays in obtaining
approvals of such programs, may delay our expansion plans. Establishing new academic programs or
modifying existing academic programs may also require us to make investments in specialized
personnel, increase marketing efforts, and reallocate resources. We may have limited experience
with the subject matter of new programs.
If we are unable to expand our existing programs, offer new programs on a timely basis or in a
cost-effective manner, or otherwise manage effectively the operations of newly established
programs, our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations could be
adversely affected.
Our failure to keep pace with changing market needs and technology could harm our ability to
attract students.
Our success depends to a large extent on the willingness of employers to employ, promote, or
increase the pay of our graduates. Increasingly, employers demand that their new employees possess
appropriate technical and analytical skills and also appropriate interpersonal skills, such as
communication, and teamwork skills. These skills can evolve rapidly in a changing economic and
technological environment. Accordingly, it is important that our educational programs evolve in
response to those economic and technological changes. The expansion of existing academic programs
and the development of new programs may not be accepted by current or prospective students or by
the employers of our graduates. Even if we are able to develop acceptable new programs, we may not
be able to begin offering those new programs in a timely fashion or as quickly as our competitors
offer similar programs. If we are unable to adequately respond to changes in market requirements
due to regulatory or financial constraints, unusually rapid technological changes, or other
factors, the rates at which our graduates obtain jobs in their fields of study could suffer, our
ability to attract and retain students could be impaired, and our business, prospects, financial
condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.
If we do not maintain existing, and develop additional, relationships with employers, our future
growth may be impaired.
We currently have relationships with large school districts and healthcare systems, primarily
in Arizona, and also recently began seeking relationships with national and international
employers, to provide their employees with the opportunity to obtain degrees through us while
continuing their employment. These relationships are an important part of our strategy as they
provide us with a steady source of potential working adult students for particular programs and
also serve to increase our reputation among high-profile employers. As a result of economic
conditions, a number of employers we work with have reduced the extent to which they reimburse
their employees for participating in our programs. If we are unable to develop new relationships,
or if our existing relationships deteriorate or end as a result of current or future economic
conditions affecting employers or otherwise, our efforts
to seek these sources of potential working adult students will be impaired, and this could
materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of
operations.
52
Our failure to effectively manage our growth could harm our business.
Our business continues to experience rapid growth. Growth and expansion of our operations
place a significant strain on our resources and increase demands on our executive management team,
management information and reporting systems, financial management controls and personnel, and
regulatory compliance systems and personnel. We may not be able to maintain or accelerate our
current growth rate, effectively manage our expanding operations, or achieve planned growth on a
timely or profitable basis. If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, we may experience
operating inefficiencies and our earnings may be materially adversely affected.
We may be unable to finance our expansion activities, and interest and other expenses may increase.
We intend to expand the size and enhance the profile and reputation of our ground campus by,
among other things, adding faculty and expanding upon and modernizing our campus infrastructure and
technological capabilities over the next several years. These activities may require significant
capital expenditures and may cause us to incur significant expenses, and there can be no guarantee
that we will be able, or that it will be advantageous, to fund such expenditures or expenses with
cash flow from operations. If we do not fund such activities with cash flow from operations, we
will be required to finance such activities. Financing may take the form of, among other things,
loans under a credit facility, sale-leaseback transactions, the issuance of equity securities, or a
combination of the foregoing. There can be no guarantee that any such financing will be available
on terms acceptable to us, or at all. Furthermore, our existing loan agreement contains covenants
that restrict our ability to incur debt, and there can be no guarantee that we will be able to
secure the consent of our lender for any financing.
If we obtain financing, we may incur increased interest or lease expenses, or other financing
charges, that could have an adverse effect on our cash flow. In addition, any financing
accomplished through the issuance of any additional equity securities could be dilutive to holders
of our common stock. If we are unable to fund our expansion activities, our ability to implement
our business plan will be adversely affected.
If we fail to maintain proper and effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal
controls over financial reporting, our ability to produce accurate financial statements could be
impaired, which could adversely affect our stock price, our ability to operate our business and
investors views of us.
Ensuring that we have adequate disclosure controls and procedures, including internal controls
over financial reporting, in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely
basis is a costly and time- consuming effort that needs to be re-evaluated frequently. We are
subject to the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for the first time for the
year ended December 31, 2009. Section 404 requires annual management assessments of the
effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and a report by our independent
auditors addressing these assessments. Failure to maintain effective internal controls could lead
to a lack of confidence by investors in our reported results, a decline in our stock price and
significant costs to remediate the situation.
Our success depends upon our ability to recruit and retain key personnel.
Our success to date has largely depended on, and will continue to depend on, the skills,
efforts, and motivation of our executive officers, who generally have significant experience with
our company and within the education industry. Our success also largely depends on our ability to
attract and retain highly qualified faculty, school administrators, and additional corporate
management personnel. We may have difficulties in locating and hiring qualified personnel and in
retaining such personnel once hired. In addition, because we operate in a highly competitive
industry, our hiring of qualified executives or other personnel may cause us or such persons to be
subject to lawsuits alleging misappropriation of trade secrets, improper solicitation of employees,
or other claims. Other than non-compete agreements of limited duration that we have with certain
executive officers, we have not historically sought non-compete agreements with key personnel and
they may leave and subsequently compete against us. The loss of the services of any of our key
personnel, many of whom are not party to employment
agreements with us, or our failure to attract and retain other qualified and experienced
personnel on acceptable terms, could cause our business to suffer.
53
The protection of our operations through exclusive proprietary rights and intellectual property is
limited, and from time to time we encounter disputes relating to our use of intellectual property
of third parties, any of which could harm our operations and prospects.
In the ordinary course of our business we develop intellectual property of many kinds that is
or will be the subject of copyright, trademark, service mark, patent, trade secret, or other
protections. This intellectual property includes but is not limited to courseware materials and
business know-how and internal processes and procedures developed to respond to the requirements of
operating our business and to comply with the rules and regulations of various education regulatory
agencies. We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secrets, domain
names, and agreements to protect our intellectual property. We rely on service mark and trademark
protection in the United States to protect our rights to the mark Grand Canyon University, as
well as distinctive logos and other marks associated with our services. We rely on agreements under
which we obtain rights to use course content developed by faculty members and other third party
content experts, as well as license agreements pursuant to which we license the right to brand
certain of our program offerings. We cannot assure you that the measures that we take will be
adequate or that we have secured, or will be able to secure, appropriate protections for all of our
proprietary rights in the United States or select foreign jurisdictions, or that third parties will
not infringe upon or violate our proprietary rights. Unauthorized third parties may attempt to
duplicate or copy the proprietary aspects of our curricula, online resource material, and other
content, and offer competing programs to ours.
In particular, we license the right to utilize the name of Ken Blanchard in connection with
our business school and Executive MBA programs and have spent significant resources in related
branding efforts. Nevertheless, our license agreement with Blanchard Education, LLC has a fixed
term and may not necessarily be extended in the future. In addition, third parties may attempt to
develop competing programs or copy aspects of our curriculum, online resource material, quality
management, and other proprietary content. The termination of this license agreement, or attempts
to compete with or duplicate our programs, if successful, could adversely affect our business.
Protecting these types of intellectual property rights can be difficult, particularly as it relates
to the development by our competitors of competing courses and programs.
We may from time to time encounter disputes over rights and obligations concerning
intellectual property, and we may not prevail in these disputes. In certain instances, we may not
have obtained sufficient rights in the content of a course. Third parties may raise a claim against
us alleging an infringement or violation of the intellectual property of that third party. Some
third-party intellectual property rights may be extremely broad, and it may not be possible for us
to conduct our operations in such a way as to avoid those intellectual property rights. Any such
intellectual property claim could subject us to costly litigation and impose a significant strain
on our financial resources and management personnel regardless of whether such claim has merit, and
we may be required to alter the content of our classes or pay monetary damages, which may be
significant.
We are subject to laws and regulations as a result of our collection and use of personal
information, and any violations of such laws or regulations, or any breach, theft, or loss of such
information, could adversely affect our reputation and operations.
Possession and use of personal information in our operations subjects us to risks and costs
that could harm our business. We collect, use, and retain large amounts of personal information
regarding our applicants, students, faculty, staff, and their families, including social security
numbers, tax return information, personal and family financial data, and credit card numbers. We
also collect and maintain personal information of our employees in the ordinary course of our
business. Our services can be accessed globally through the Internet. Therefore, we may be subject
to the application of national privacy laws in countries outside the U.S. from which applicants and
students access our services. Such privacy laws could impose conditions that limit the way we
market and provide our services.
Our computer networks and the networks of certain of our vendors that hold and manage
confidential information on our behalf may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, employee theft or
misuse, computer hackers, computer viruses, and other security threats. Confidential information
may also inadvertently become available to
third parties when we integrate systems or migrate data to our servers following an
acquisition of a school or in connection with periodic hardware or software upgrades.
54
Due to the sensitive nature of the personal information stored on our servers, our networks
may be targeted by hackers seeking to access this data. A user who circumvents security measures
could misappropriate sensitive information or cause interruptions or malfunctions in our
operations. Although we use security and business controls to limit access and use of personal
information, a third party may be able to circumvent those security and business controls, which
could result in a breach of student or employee privacy. In addition, errors in the storage, use,
or transmission of personal information could result in a breach of privacy for current or
prospective students or employees. Possession and use of personal information in our operations
also subjects us to legislative and regulatory burdens that could require us to implement certain
policies and procedures, such as the procedures we adopted to comply with the Red Flags Rule that
was promulgated by the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, under the federal Fair Credit Reporting
Act and that requires the establishment of guidelines and policies regarding identity theft related
to student credit accounts, and could require us to make certain notifications of data breaches and
restrict our use of personal information. A violation of any laws or regulations relating to the
collection or use of personal information could result in the imposition of fines against us. As a
result, we may be required to expend significant resources to protect against the threat of these
security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these breaches. A major breach, theft, or loss
of personal information regarding our students and their families or our employees that is held by
us or our vendors, or a violation of laws or regulations relating to the same, could have a
material adverse effect on our reputation and result in further regulation and oversight by federal
and state authorities and increased costs of compliance.
We are incurring increased costs as a result of being a public company, and the requirements of
being a public company may divert management attention from our business.
We have operated as a public company since November 19, 2008. As a public company, we incur
significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In
addition, we are subject to a number of additional requirements, including the reporting
requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the listing standards of Nasdaq. These requirements have caused us to incur
increased costs and place a strain on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among
other things, that we file annual, quarterly, and current reports with respect to our business and
financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain
effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, and
also requires that our internal controls be assessed by management and attested to by our auditors
as of December 31 of each fiscal year commencing with our fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. In
order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and
internal control over financial reporting, significant resources and management oversight is
required. As a result, our managements attention might be diverted from other business concerns,
which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, and
results of operations.
At present we derive a significant portion of our revenues and operating income from our graduate
programs.
As of December 31, 2009, 42.7% of our students were graduate students, which includes masters
and doctoral students. This percentage has declined in recent periods, and we anticipate that this
percentage may continue to decline over time, due to our recent growth emphasis in our
undergraduate nursing and liberal arts programs as well as our military division. If we were to
experience any event that adversely affected our graduate offerings or the attractiveness of our
programs to prospective graduate students, our business, prospects, financial condition, and
results of operations could be significantly and adversely affected.
We may incur liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution of class materials posted
online for class discussions.
In some instances, our faculty members or our students may post various articles or other
third-party content on class discussion boards. Third parties may raise claims against us for the
unauthorized duplication of material posted online for class discussions. Any such claims could
subject us to costly litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial resources and
management personnel regardless of whether the claims have merit. Our general liability
insurance may not cover potential claims of this type adequately or at all, and we may be
required to alter the content of our courses or pay monetary damages, which may be significant.
55
The provider of third-party software for our online classroom has been acquired by a competitor,
and we may have difficulty maintaining the software required for our online classroom or updating
it for future technological changes, which could adversely affect our performance.
Our online classroom employs the ANGEL Learning Management Suite pursuant to a license from
ANGEL Learning, Inc. The ANGEL system is a web-based portal that stores, manages, and delivers
course content; enables assignment uploading; provides interactive communication between students
and faculty; and supplies online evaluation tools. In May 2009, ANGEL Learning, Inc. was acquired
by Blackboard, Inc., a competitor in the provision of online educational software and tools. We now
rely on Blackboard, Inc. for administrative support of the ANGEL system and, if Blackboard, Inc.
ceased to operate or was unable or unwilling to continue to provide us with services or upgrades on
a timely basis, we may have difficulty maintaining the software required for our online classroom
or updating it for future technological changes. We cannot predict what effect, if any, Blackboard,
Inc.s acquisition of ANGEL Learning, Inc. will have on our use of, or the support for or the
efficacy of, the ANGEL Learning Management Suite. Any failure to maintain our online classroom
would have an adverse impact on our operations, damage our reputation, and limit our ability to
attract and retain students.
Seasonal and other fluctuations in our results of operations could adversely affect the trading
price of our common stock.
Our net revenue and operating results normally fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in
our business, principally due to changes in enrollment, and are typically lowest in our second
fiscal quarter and highest in our fourth fiscal quarter. Accordingly, our results in any quarter
may not indicate the results we may achieve in any subsequent quarter or for the full year. Student
population varies as a result of new enrollments, graduations, and student attrition. A significant
portion of our general and administrative expenses do not vary proportionately with fluctuations in
revenues. We expect quarterly fluctuations in operating results to continue as a result of seasonal
enrollment patterns. Such patterns may change, however, as a result of new program introductions,
the timing of colloquia and events, and increased enrollments of students. These fluctuations may
result in volatility or have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.
Our loan agreement may restrict our operations and our ability to complete certain transactions.
Our loan agreement, which we entered into in connection with the purchase of our campus in
April 2009, imposes certain operating and financial restrictions on us. Without the consent of our
lender, these restrictions generally limit our ability to, among other things:
|
|
|
incur additional indebtedness or liens; |
|
|
|
|
sell, assign, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any part of our assets other
than in the ordinary course of business; |
|
|
|
|
make investments or capital contributions to any individual or entity; |
|
|
|
|
enter into any consolidation, merger, or other combination, or become a partner in
a partnership, a member of a joint venture, or a member of a limited liability
company; |
|
|
|
|
acquire or purchase a business or all or substantially all of the assets of a
business in an aggregate amount exceeding an amount equal to 25% of our tangible
net worth; and |
|
|
|
|
engage in any business activities substantially different from our present business. |
In addition, the loan agreement requires us to maintain a maximum funded debt to adjusted
EBITDA ratio, a minimum basic fixed charge coverage ratio and a minimum tangible net worth ratio,
in each case as such terms are defined in the loan agreement. We cannot assure you that these
covenants will not adversely affect our ability to
finance our future operations or capital needs or to pursue available business opportunities.
A breach of any of these covenants or our inability to maintain the required financial ratios could
result in a default in respect of the related indebtedness. If a default occurs, the affected
lenders could elect to declare the indebtedness, together with accrued interest and other fees, to
be immediately due and payable.
56
Our current success and future growth depend on the continued growth in users seeking educational
services on the Internet.
Our business relies in part on the Internet for its success. A number of factors could inhibit
the continued acceptance of the Internet and adversely affect our profitability, including:
|
|
|
inadequate Internet infrastructure; |
|
|
|
|
security and privacy concerns; |
|
|
|
|
the unavailability of cost-effective Internet service and other technological factors; and |
|
|
|
|
changes in government regulation of Internet use. |
If the number of Internet users seeking educational services on the Internet does not continue
to increase, our business may not grow as planned.
Government regulations relating to the Internet could increase our cost of doing business, affect
our ability to grow or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business.
The increasing popularity and use of the Internet and other online services has led and may
lead to the adoption of new laws and regulatory practices in the United States or foreign countries
and to new interpretations of existing laws and regulations. These new laws and interpretations may
relate to issues such as online privacy, copyrights, trademarks and service marks, sales taxes,
fair business practices, and the requirement that online education institutions qualify to do
business as foreign corporations or be licensed in one or more jurisdictions where they have no
physical location or other presence. New laws and regulations or interpretations thereof related to
doing business over the Internet could increase our costs and materially and adversely affect our
business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations.
We may incur significant costs complying with the Americans with Disabilities Act and similar laws.
Under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, or the ADA, all public accommodations must
meet federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. Additional federal, state,
and local laws also may require modifications to our properties, or restrict our ability to
renovate our properties. For example, the Fair Housing Amendments Act of 1988, or FHAA, requires
apartment properties first occupied after March 13, 1990 to be accessible to the handicapped. We
have not conducted an audit or investigation of all of our properties to determine our compliance
with present requirements. Noncompliance with the ADA or FHAA could result in the imposition of
fines or an award or damages to private litigants and also could result in an order to correct any
non-complying feature. We cannot predict the ultimate amount of the cost of compliance with the
ADA, FHAA, or other legislation. If we incur substantial costs to comply with the ADA, FHAA, or any
other legislation, we could be materially and adversely affected.
Our failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations governing our activities could result
in financial penalties and other costs.
We use hazardous materials at our ground campus and generate small quantities of waste, such
as used oil, antifreeze, paint, car batteries, and laboratory materials. As a result, we are
subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations governing, among other things, the use,
storage, and disposal of solid and hazardous substances and waste, and the clean-up of
contamination at our facilities or off-site locations to which we send or have sent waste for
disposal. In the event we do not maintain compliance with any of these laws and regulations, or are
responsible for a spill or release of hazardous materials, we could incur significant costs for
clean-up, damages, and
fines, or penalties which could adversely impact our business, prospects, financial condition,
and results of operations.
57
Our failure to obtain additional capital in the future could adversely affect our ability to grow.
We believe that funds from operations, cash on hand, and investments will be adequate to fund
our current operating and growth plans for the foreseeable future. However, we may need additional
financing in order to finance our continued growth, particularly if we pursue any acquisitions. The
amount, timing, and terms of such additional financing will vary principally depending on the
timing and size of new program offerings, the timing and size of acquisitions we may seek to
consummate, and the amount of cash flows from our operations. To the extent that we require
additional financing in the future, such financing may not be available on terms acceptable to us
or at all, and, consequently, we may not be able to fully implement our growth strategy.
If we are not able to integrate acquired schools, our business could be harmed.
From time to time, we may pursue acquisitions of other schools. Integrating acquired
operations into our institution involves significant risks and uncertainties, including:
|
|
|
inability to maintain uniform standards, controls, policies, and procedures; |
|
|
|
|
distraction of managements attention from normal business operations
during the integration process; |
|
|
|
|
inability to obtain, or delay in obtaining, approval of the acquisition
from the necessary regulatory agencies, or the imposition of operating
restrictions or a letter of credit requirement on us or on the acquired
school by any of those regulatory agencies; |
|
|
|
|
expenses associated with the integration efforts; and |
|
|
|
|
unidentified issues not discovered in our due diligence process, including
legal contingencies. |
If we complete one or more acquisitions and are unable to integrate acquired operations
successfully, our business could suffer.
Risks Related to Owning our Common Stock
Our executive officers, directors, and principal existing stockholders own a large percentage of
our voting stock, which may allow them to collectively control substantially all matters requiring
stockholder approval and, in the case of certain of our principal stockholders, will have other
unique rights that may afford them access to our management.
Certain of our stockholders have entered into a proxy and voting agreement, pursuant to which
such persons granted to the Richardson Voting Group a five-year irrevocable proxy to exercise
voting authority with respect to certain shares of our common stock held by such persons, for so
long as such shares are held by such persons. Upon the completion of our secondary offering in
September 2009, as a result of the proxy and voting agreement, the Richardson Voting Group had the
power to exercise voting authority with respect to 32.1% of our common stock. Under the terms of
the proxy and voting agreement, if any person party to the voting agreement transfers shares
covered by the proxy in registered or open-market transactions, the proxy is no longer effective as
to such shares. Accordingly, the number of shares as to which the Richardson Voting Group has
voting power will decrease over time as shares held by other parties to the proxy and voting
agreement are sold.
As a result of the proxy and voting agreement, the Richardson Voting Group could significantly
influence the outcome of any actions requiring the vote or consent of stockholders, including
elections of directors, amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, mergers, going
private transactions, and other extraordinary transactions, and any decisions concerning the terms
of any of these transactions. The ownership and voting positions of these stockholders may have the
effect of delaying, deterring, or preventing a change in control or a
change in the composition of our Board of Directors. These stockholders may also use their
contractual rights, including access to management, and their large ownership position to address
their own interests, which may be different from those of our other stockholders.
58
Your percentage ownership in us may be diluted by future issuances of capital stock, which could
reduce your influence over matters on which stockholders vote.
Our Board of Directors has the authority, without action or vote of our stockholders, to issue
all or any part of our authorized but unissued shares of common stock, including shares issuable
upon the exercise of options, shares that may be issued to satisfy our payment obligations under
our incentive plans, or shares of our authorized but unissued preferred stock. Issuances of common
stock or voting preferred stock would reduce your influence over matters on which our stockholders
vote, and, in the case of issuances of preferred stock, likely would result in your interest in us
being subject to the prior rights of holders of that preferred stock.
Provisions in our charter documents and the Delaware General Corporation Law could make it more
difficult for a third party to acquire us and could discourage a takeover and adversely affect
existing stockholders.
Anti-takeover provisions of our certificate of incorporation, bylaws, the Delaware General
Corporation Law, or DGCL, and regulations of state and federal education agencies could diminish
the opportunity for stockholders to participate in acquisition proposals at a price above the
then-current market price of our common stock. For example, while we have no present plans to issue
any preferred stock, our Board of Directors, without further stockholder approval, may issue shares
of undesignated preferred stock and fix the powers, preferences, rights, and limitations of such
class or series, which could adversely affect the voting power of your shares. In addition, our
bylaws provide for an advance notice procedure for nomination of candidates to our Board of
Directors that could have the effect of delaying, deterring, or preventing a change in control.
Further, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject to provisions of the DGCL regarding business
combinations, which can deter attempted takeovers in certain situations. The approval requirements
of the Department of Education, our regional accrediting commission, and state education agencies
for a change in control transaction could also delay, deter, or prevent a transaction that would
result in a change in control. We may, in the future, consider adopting additional anti-takeover
measures. The authority of our board to issue undesignated preferred or other capital stock and the
anti-takeover provisions of the DGCL, as well as other current and any future anti-takeover
measures adopted by us, may, in certain circumstances, delay, deter, or prevent takeover attempts
and other changes in control of the company not approved by our Board of Directors.
The price of our common stock may be volatile, and as a result returns on an investment in our
common stock may be volatile.
We completed our initial public offering in November 2008. Given the relatively limited public
float since that time, trading in our common stock has also been limited and, at times, volatile.
An active trading market for our common stock may not be sustained, and the trading price of our
common stock may fluctuate substantially.
The market price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly for various reasons, which
include:
|
|
|
our quarterly or annual earnings or earnings of other companies in our industry; |
|
|
|
|
the publics reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements,
and our filings with the SEC; |
|
|
|
|
changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by research analysts who track
our common stock or the stocks of other companies in our industry; |
|
|
|
|
changes in our number of enrolled students; |
|
|
|
|
new or proposed laws or regulations or new or proposed interpretations of laws
or regulations applicable to our business; |
|
|
|
|
seasonal variations in our student population; |
|
|
|
|
damage to our reputation or other adverse effects as a result of negative publicity in the
media, in industry or governmental reports, or otherwise, affecting us or other companies
in the for-profit postsecondary education sector; |
|
|
|
|
the availability and cost of Title IV funds, other student financial aid, and private loans; |
|
|
|
|
the failure to maintain or keep in good standing our regulatory approvals and
accreditations; |
|
|
|
|
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations, or principles; |
|
|
|
|
changes in general conditions in the U.S. and global economies or financial markets,
including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism, or responses to such events; |
|
|
|
|
an adverse economic or other development that affects job prospects in our core disciplines; |
|
|
|
|
litigation involving our company, or investigations or audits by regulators into the
operations of our company or our competitors, including the investigation of Grand Canyon
University currently being conducted by the Office of Inspector General of the Department
of Education, and the pending qui tam action regarding the manner in which we have
compensated our enrollment personnel; and |
|
|
|
|
sales of common stock by our directors, executive officers, and significant stockholders. |
59
In addition, in recent years, the stock market has experienced extreme price and volume
fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant impact on the market price of securities issued
by many companies, including companies in our industry. The changes frequently appear to occur
without regard to the operating performance of these companies. The price of our common stock could
fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with our company, and these
fluctuations could materially reduce our stock price.
In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a companys securities,
securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. Because of the
potential volatility of our stock price, we may become the target of securities litigation in the
future. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert managements attention
and resources from our business.
If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they downgrade
their evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline.
The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that
industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts
covering us downgrade their estimates or evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could
decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company, we could lose visibility
in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.
We currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your only
opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of our common stock appreciates.
We do not expect to pay dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future and
intend to use cash to grow our business. The payment of cash dividends in the future, if any, will
be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon such factors as earnings
levels, capital requirements, our overall financial condition, and any other factors deemed
relevant by our Board of Directors. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a positive
return on your investment in us will be if the market price of our common stock appreciates.
60
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 2. Properties
Our ground campus is located on approximately 100 acres in the center of the Phoenix, Arizona
metropolitan area, near downtown Phoenix. Our campus facilities currently consist of 43 buildings
with more than 500,000 square feet of space, which include 63 classrooms, three lecture halls, a
500-seat theater, three student computer labs with 150 computers that are available to students 18
hours per day, a 68,000-volume physical library, and a media arts complex that provides
communications students with audio and video equipment. We house our ground students in on-campus
student apartments and dormitories that can collectively hold up to 800 students. In April 2009, we
acquired the land and buildings that comprise our ground campus from Spirit Master Funding, LLC and
Spirit Management Company, respectively (collectively, Spirit). Prior to the acquisition, the
Company had leased the land and buildings from Spirit, accounting for the land as an operating
lease and the buildings and improvements as capital lease obligations. Our ground campus serves as
collateral under our loan agreement, which we entered into, in part, to finance the purchase of the
campus. We also lease four additional facilities for employees in Arizona. We plan on adding
additional space in our Arizona locations to accommodate our growth plans in 2010 and beyond and
may add additional locations.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
On August 14, 2008, the Office of Inspector General of the United States Department of
Education served an administrative subpoena on Grand Canyon University requiring us to provide
certain records and information related to performance reviews and salary adjustments for all of
our enrollment counselors and managers from January 1, 2004 to August 2008. We are cooperating with
the Office of Inspector General to facilitate its investigation and have completed production of
all requested documents. We cannot presently predict the ultimate outcome of the investigation or
any liability or other sanctions that may result.
On September 11, 2008, we were served with a qui tam lawsuit that had been filed against us in
August 2007, in the United States District Court for the District of Arizona by a then-current
employee on behalf of the federal government. All proceedings in the lawsuit had been under seal
until September 5, 2008, when the court unsealed the first amended complaint, which was filed on
August 11, 2008. The qui tam lawsuit alleges, among other things, that we violated the False Claims
Act by knowingly making false statements, and submitting false records or statements, from at least
2001 to the present, to get false or fraudulent claims paid or approved, and asserts that we
improperly compensated certain of our enrollment counselors in violation of the Title IV law
governing compensation of such employees, and as a result, improperly received Title IV program
funds. The complaint specifically alleges that some of our compensation practices with respect to
our enrollment personnel, including providing non-cash awards, have violated the Title IV law
governing compensation. While we believe that the compensation policies and practices at issue in
the complaint have not been based on success in enrolling students in violation of applicable law,
the Department of Educations regulations and interpretations of the incentive compensation law do
not establish clear criteria for compliance in all circumstances, and some of these practices,
including the provision of non-cash awards, are not within the scope of any explicit safe harbor
provided in the compensation regulations. The complaint seeks treble the amount of unspecified
damages sustained by the federal government in connection with our receipt of Title IV funding, a
civil penalty for each violation of the False Claims Act, attorneys fees, costs, and interest. The
Company filed a motion to dismiss this case in November 2008, which was denied by the court in
February 2009, and it has continued to vigorously contest this lawsuit. We cannot presently
predict the ultimate outcome of this litigation or any liability or other sanctions that may
result.
61
Pursuant to the courts mandatory scheduling order, we have entered into a settlement
discussions with respect to the qui tam matter with the relator. In connection with such
discussions, we have reached a settlement in principle with the relator pursuant to which we have
agreed to pay $5.2 million to finally resolve the qui tam case and thereby avoid the cost and
distraction of a potentially protracted trial. We have accrued that amount in the accompanying
financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009. This settlement is conditioned upon
obtaining the approval of the U.S. Department of Justice (which has authority to approve settlement
of False Claims Act matters) and the Department of Education with respect to the resolution of the
OIG investigation, and finalizing settlement
terms that would release us from other False Claims Act cases based upon the conduct covered
by the settlement. The parties and the United States government continue to negotiate towards a
final settlement. The ultimate dismissal of the action, should a final settlement be reached, is
subject to the courts approval. Should the parties fail to conclude the settlement on the
proposed or other terms, we intend to vigorously defend this lawsuit.
If it were determined that any of our compensation practices violated the incentive
compensation law, we could experience an adverse outcome in the qui tam litigation and be subject
to substantial monetary liabilities, fines, and other sanctions, any of which could have a material
adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations and could
adversely affect our stock price.
From time to time, we are subject to ordinary and routine litigation incidental to our
business. While the outcomes of these matters are uncertain, management does not expect that the
ultimate costs to resolve these matters will have a material adverse effect on our financial
position, results of operations or cash flows.
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
None.
62
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of
Equity Securities
Market Information
Our common stock trades on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol LOPE. The holders of
our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on any matter to be voted upon by stockholders.
All shares of common stock rank equally as to voting and all other matters. The shares of common
stock have no preemptive or conversion rights, no redemption or sinking fund provisions, are not
liable for further call or assessment and are not entitled to cumulative voting rights.
The table below sets forth the high and low sales prices for our common stock, as reported by
the Nasdaq Global Market, between November 20, 2008, the day we began trading on the Nasdaq Global
Market in connection with our initial public offering of common stock, and the end of the 2009
fiscal year.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High |
|
|
Low |
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fourth Quarter |
|
$ |
19.12 |
|
|
$ |
9.49 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter |
|
$ |
20.80 |
|
|
$ |
12.53 |
|
Second Quarter |
|
$ |
17.35 |
|
|
$ |
12.74 |
|
Third Quarter |
|
$ |
19.52 |
|
|
$ |
15.69 |
|
Fourth Quarter |
|
$ |
19.88 |
|
|
$ |
15.96 |
|
Holders
As of December 31, 2009, there were approximately 26 registered holders of record of common
stock. A substantially greater number of holders of common stock are street name or beneficial
holders, whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers and other financial institutions.
Dividends
On November 19, 2008, our registration statement for our initial public offering of common
stock became effective. In the initial public offering, we sold 10,500,000 shares of common stock
at a price to the public of $12.00 per share, before underwriting discounts and commissions. On
November 26, 2008, the underwriters elected to exercise in full their option to purchase an
additional 1,575,000 shares at the initial public offering price to cover over-allotments.
Aggregate net proceeds to us were approximately $134.8 million, after deducting underwriting
discounts and commissions and before offering expenses. On September 26, 2008, our Board of
Directors approved the payment of a special distribution to our stockholders of record immediately
prior to the initial public offering to be paid from the proceeds of the initial public offering
(including any proceeds resulting from sales of shares pursuant to the exercise of the
over-allotment option) in the amount of 75% of the gross offering proceeds. On November 25, 2008,
we distributed $94.5 million in the initial public offering and, on December 3, 2008, we
distributed an additional $14.2 million in connection with the underwriters exercise of their
over-allotment option. The special distribution was paid on an as converted basis to our common and
preferred shareholders of record as of November 18, 2008.
We currently intend to retain all future earnings for the operation and expansion of our
business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.
63
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
The information required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K is provided under Item 12, Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters, Equity
Compensation Plan Information, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Company Stock Performance
The following graph compares the cumulative 13-month return of holders of our common stock
with the cumulative total returns of the S&P 500 Index, the NASDAQ Composite index, our old peer
group of four companies that includes: Capella Education Company, American Public Education, Inc.,
Apollo Group Inc., and Strayer Education Inc; and a new peer group that includes all four companies
from the old peer group plus Education Management Corporation and Bridgepoint Education, Inc. This
chart assumes that an investment of $100 was made in our common stock, in the index, and in the
peer group on November 20, 2008 and that all dividends paid by us (other than the special
distribution) and such companies were reinvested, and tracks the relative performance of such
investments through December 31, 2009.
64
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11/08 |
|
|
11/08 |
|
|
12/08 |
|
|
1/09 |
|
|
2/09 |
|
|
3/09 |
|
|
4/09 |
|
|
5/09 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. |
|
|
100.00 |
|
|
|
125.23 |
|
|
|
158.48 |
|
|
|
146.24 |
|
|
|
143.63 |
|
|
|
145.65 |
|
|
|
137.97 |
|
|
|
114.43 |
|
S&P 500 |
|
|
100.00 |
|
|
|
92.83 |
|
|
|
93.81 |
|
|
|
85.91 |
|
|
|
76.76 |
|
|
|
83.48 |
|
|
|
91.47 |
|
|
|
96.59 |
|
NASDAQ Composite |
|
|
100.00 |
|
|
|
89.99 |
|
|
|
92.81 |
|
|
|
87.08 |
|
|
|
81.62 |
|
|
|
89.96 |
|
|
|
100.59 |
|
|
|
104.30 |
|
Old Peer Group |
|
|
100.00 |
|
|
|
115.66 |
|
|
|
112.62 |
|
|
|
117.80 |
|
|
|
103.71 |
|
|
|
111.15 |
|
|
|
94.79 |
|
|
|
89.95 |
|
New Peer Group |
|
|
100.00 |
|
|
|
112.86 |
|
|
|
110.37 |
|
|
|
114.62 |
|
|
|
103.04 |
|
|
|
91.28 |
|
|
|
77.84 |
|
|
|
74.49 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6/09 |
|
|
7/09 |
|
|
8/09 |
|
|
9/09 |
|
|
10/09 |
|
|
11/09 |
|
|
12/09 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. |
|
|
141.60 |
|
|
|
147.76 |
|
|
|
146.84 |
|
|
|
150.46 |
|
|
|
136.88 |
|
|
|
161.77 |
|
|
|
160.42 |
|
S&P 500 |
|
|
96.78 |
|
|
|
104.10 |
|
|
|
107.86 |
|
|
|
111.88 |
|
|
|
109.80 |
|
|
|
116.39 |
|
|
|
118.64 |
|
NASDAQ Composite |
|
|
108.02 |
|
|
|
116.39 |
|
|
|
118.59 |
|
|
|
125.08 |
|
|
|
120.89 |
|
|
|
126.96 |
|
|
|
134.06 |
|
Old Peer Group |
|
|
107.61 |
|
|
|
104.86 |
|
|
|
100.14 |
|
|
|
110.55 |
|
|
|
91.52 |
|
|
|
91.33 |
|
|
|
97.22 |
|
New Peer Group |
|
|
89.68 |
|
|
|
87.84 |
|
|
|
84.18 |
|
|
|
91.49 |
|
|
|
76.19 |
|
|
|
75.97 |
|
|
|
80.07 |
|
Copyright © 2009 Standard & Poors, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. All rights
reserved. (www.researchdatagroup.com/S&P.htm)
The information contained in the performance graph shall not be deemed soliciting material
or to be filed with the SEC nor shall such information be deemed incorporated by reference into
any future filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that we
specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing.
The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future
stock price performance.
65
Item 6. Selected Financial and Other Data
The following selected financial and other data should be read in conjunction with Item 8,
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, and Item 7, Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations, to fully understand factors that may affect the
comparability of the information presented below. The selected statement of operations and other
data, excluding period end enrollment, for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, and
the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009, and 2008, have been derived from our
audited financial statements for such years, which are included herein. The selected statement of
operations and other data, excluding period end enrollment, for the year ended December 31, 2006
and 2005, and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007, and 2006, have been derived
from our audited financial statements for such years, which are not included herein. The selected
balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005 has been derived from our unaudited financial statements
for such year, which are not included herein. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative
of our results for any future period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue |
|
$ |
261,902 |
|
|
$ |
161,309 |
|
|
$ |
99,326 |
|
|
$ |
72,111 |
|
|
$ |
51,793 |
|
Costs and expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services |
|
|
87,592 |
|
|
|
54,450 |
|
|
|
39,050 |
|
|
|
31,287 |
|
|
|
28,063 |
|
Selling and promotional |
|
|
85,405 |
|
|
|
65,551 |
|
|
|
35,148 |
|
|
|
20,093 |
|
|
|
14,047 |
|
General and administrative |
|
|
35,619 |
|
|
|
26,825 |
|
|
|
17,001 |
|
|
|
15,011 |
|
|
|
12,968 |
|
Estimated litigation loss |
|
|
5,200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated exit costs |
|
|
1,218 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Royalty to former owner |
|
|
296 |
|
|
|
1,686 |
|
|
|
3,782 |
|
|
|
2,678 |
|
|
|
1,619 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses |
|
|
215,330 |
|
|
|
148,512 |
|
|
|
94,981 |
|
|
|
69,069 |
|
|
|
56,697 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) |
|
|
46,572 |
|
|
|
12,797 |
|
|
|
4,345 |
|
|
|
3,042 |
|
|
|
(4,904 |
) |
Interest expense |
|
|
(1,613 |
) |
|
|
(2,897 |
) |
|
|
(2,975 |
) |
|
|
(2,827 |
) |
|
|
(3,098 |
) |
Interest income |
|
|
324 |
|
|
|
640 |
|
|
|
1,172 |
|
|
|
912 |
|
|
|
276 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes |
|
|
45,283 |
|
|
|
10,540 |
|
|
|
2,542 |
|
|
|
1,127 |
|
|
|
(7,726 |
) |
Income tax expense (benefit) |
|
|
17,979 |
|
|
|
3,855 |
|
|
|
1,016 |
|
|
|
529 |
|
|
|
(3,440 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
|
27,304 |
|
|
|
6,685 |
|
|
|
1,526 |
|
|
|
598 |
|
|
|
(4,286 |
) |
Preferred dividends |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(938 |
) |
|
|
(349 |
) |
|
|
(527 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available (loss
attributable) to common
stockholders |
|
$ |
27,304 |
|
|
$ |
5,747 |
|
|
$ |
1,177 |
|
|
$ |
71 |
|
|
$ |
(4,286 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per common share |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
0.60 |
|
|
$ |
0.26 |
|
|
$ |
0.06 |
|
|
$ |
0.00 |
|
|
$ |
(0.23 |
) |
Diluted |
|
$ |
0.60 |
|
|
$ |
0.17 |
|
|
$ |
0.03 |
|
|
$ |
0.00 |
|
|
$ |
(0.23 |
) |
Shares used in computing earnings
(loss) per common share |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
45,184 |
|
|
|
22,185 |
|
|
|
18,923 |
|
|
|
18,853 |
|
|
|
18,470 |
|
Diluted |
|
|
45,503 |
|
|
|
33,430 |
|
|
|
35,143 |
|
|
|
36,858 |
|
|
|
18,470 |
|
66
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
Other Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures |
|
$ |
24,760 |
|
|
$ |
8,374 |
|
|
$ |
7,406 |
|
|
$ |
2,387 |
|
|
$ |
817 |
|
Purchase of campus land and
buildings |
|
$ |
35,505 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
$ |
7,960 |
|
|
$ |
5,095 |
|
|
$ |
3,300 |
|
|
$ |
2,396 |
|
|
$ |
1,879 |
|
Adjusted EBITDA(1) |
|
$ |
65,119 |
|
|
$ |
25,675 |
|
|
$ |
11,723 |
|
|
$ |
9,074 |
|
|
$ |
(895 |
) |
Period end enrollment: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Online |
|
|
34,596 |
|
|
|
21,955 |
|
|
|
12,497 |
|
|
|
8,406 |
|
|
|
6,212 |
|
Ground |
|
|
3,113 |
|
|
|
2,681 |
|
|
|
2,257 |
|
|
|
2,256 |
|
|
|
2,210 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, |
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
Balance Sheet Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash
equivalents and
marketable securities
unrestricted |
|
$ |
63,101 |
|
|
$ |
35,627 |
|
|
$ |
18,930 |
|
|
$ |
11,535 |
|
|
$ |
544 |
|
Cash, cash
equivalents and
investments
restricted |
|
|
3,233 |
|
|
|
5,125 |
|
|
|
7,578 |
|
|
|
5,900 |
|
|
|
2,035 |
|
Total assets |
|
|
174,738 |
|
|
|
116,990 |
|
|
|
88,568 |
|
|
|
61,232 |
|
|
|
51,859 |
|
Capital lease
obligations
(including
short-term) |
|
|
1,619 |
|
|
|
30,509 |
|
|
|
29,228 |
|
|
|
29,728 |
|
|
|
24,789 |
|
Notes payable and
other (including
short-term) |
|
|
27,555 |
|
|
|
1,816 |
|
|
|
2,408 |
|
|
|
2,462 |
|
|
|
2,635 |
|
Preferred stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,948 |
|
|
|
21,390 |
|
|
|
25,590 |
|
Total
stockholders/member
s equity (deficit) |
|
|
86,028 |
|
|
|
53,590 |
|
|
|
(10,386 |
) |
|
|
(11,723 |
) |
|
|
(12,111 |
) |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) plus interest expense
net of interest income, plus income tax expense (benefit), and plus
depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), as adjusted for (i) royalty
payments incurred pursuant to an agreement with our former owner that
was terminated as of April 15, 2008, as discussed in Item 7,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations Factors affecting comparability Settlement
with former owner, and Note 2 to our financial statements that are
included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data; (ii)
management fees and expenses that are no longer paid; (iii)
contributions made to Arizona school tuition organizations in lieu of
payments of state income taxes; (iv) estimated litigation loss; (v)
exit costs; and (vi) share-based compensation. |
We present Adjusted EBITDA because we consider it to be an important supplemental measure of
our operating performance. We also make certain compensation decisions based, in part, on our
operating performance, as measured by Adjusted EBITDA, and our loan agreement requires us to comply
with covenants that include performance metrics substantially similar to Adjusted EBITDA. All of
the adjustments made in our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA are adjustments to items that management
does not consider to be reflective of our core operating performance. Management considers our core
operating performance to be that which can be affected by our managers in any particular period
through their management of the resources that affect our underlying revenue and profit generating
operations during that period.
67
Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA:
|
|
|
in developing our internal budgets and strategic plan; |
|
|
|
|
as a measurement of operating performance; |
|
|
|
|
as a factor in evaluating the performance of our management for compensation
purposes; |
|
|
|
|
to, in part, assess compliance with our loan agreement; and |
|
|
|
|
in presentations to the members of our board of directors to enable our board to
have the same measurement basis of operating performance as are used by management to
compare our current operating results with corresponding prior periods and with the
results of other companies in our industry. |
However, Adjusted EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under GAAP, and when analyzing our
operating performance, investors should use Adjusted EBITDA in addition to, and not as an
alternative for, net income, operating income, or any other performance measure presented in
accordance with GAAP, or as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities or as a measure
of our liquidity. Because not all companies use identical calculations, our presentation of
Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. Adjusted
EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, as discussed under Item 7, Managements Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Non-GAAP Discussion.
The following table presents data relating to Adjusted EBITDA, for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
(In thousands) |
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Net income |
|
$ |
27,304 |
|
|
$ |
6,685 |
|
|
$ |
1,526 |
|
Plus: interest expense net of interest income |
|
|
1,289 |
|
|
|
2,257 |
|
|
|
1,803 |
|
Plus: income tax expense |
|
|
17,979 |
|
|
|
3,855 |
|
|
|
1,016 |
|
Plus: depreciation and amortization |
|
|
7,664 |
|
|
|
5,095 |
|
|
|
3,300 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA |
|
|
54,236 |
|
|
|
17,892 |
|
|
|
7,645 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plus: royalty to former owner(a) |
|
|
296 |
|
|
|
1,686 |
|
|
|
3,782 |
|
Plus: management fees and expenses(b) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
356 |
|
|
|
296 |
|
Plus: contributions made in lieu of state income taxes(c) |
|
|
750 |
|
|
|
750 |
|
|
|
|
|
Plus: estimated litigation loss(d) |
|
|
5,200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plus: exit costs(e) |
|
|
1,218 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plus: share-based compensation(f) |
|
|
3,419 |
|
|
|
4,991 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA |
|
$ |
65,119 |
|
|
$ |
25,675 |
|
|
$ |
11,723 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Reflects the royalty fee arrangement with the former owner of Grand
Canyon University in which we agreed to pay a stated percentage of
cash revenue generated by our online programs. As a result of a 2008
settlement of a dispute with the former owner, we are no longer
obligated to pay this royalty, although the settlement included a
prepayment of future royalties that we amortize over time. See Item 7,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations Factors affecting comparability Settlement
with former owner, and Note 2 to our financial statements that are
included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. |
|
(b) |
|
Reflects management fees and expenses to the general partner of
Endeavour Capital Fund IV, L.P., one of our significant stockholders.
Concurrent with the completion of the initial public offering in
November 2008, the professional services agreement pursuant to which
these fees and expenses were paid terminated by its terms. |
|
(c) |
|
Reflects contributions made to various Arizona school tuition
organizations to assist with funding for education. In connection with
such contributions made we received a dollar-for-dollar state income
tax credit, which resulted in a reduction in our effective income tax
rate to 39.7% and 36.6% for the years ended December 31, 2009 and
2008, respectively. Had these contributions not been made, our
effective tax rate would have been 40.7% and 40.8%, for 2009 and 2008,
respectively. Such contributions are viewed by our management to be
made in lieu of payments of state income taxes and are therefore
excluded from evaluation of our core operating performance. |
|
(d) |
|
Reflects an accrual of $5.2 million for an estimated litigation
settlement that has been reached in principle but is conditioned upon
obtaining governmental approval and finalizing settlement terms. See
Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, and Part I, Item
3, Legal Proceedings. |
|
(e) |
|
Represents exit costs related to the closure of a student services
facility in Utah, including termination benefits, relocation expenses
and the future lease payments, net of estimated sublease rentals, plus
the write off of leasehold improvements associated with the leased
space. |
|
(f) |
|
Reflects share-based compensation expense relating to stock and option
grants made to employees and directors in connection with our initial
public offering and thereafter. |
68
Item 7. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations
should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes that appear in Item
8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. In addition to historical financial information,
the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and
beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking
statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed
below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, particularly in Item 1A, Risk Factors and
Forward-Looking Statements.
Executive Overview
We are a regionally accredited provider of online postsecondary education services focused on
offering graduate and undergraduate degree programs in our core disciplines of education, business,
and healthcare. In addition to our online programs, we offer ground programs at our traditional
campus in Phoenix, Arizona and onsite at the facilities of employers. At December 31, 2009, we had
approximately 37,700 students, an increase of 53.1% over 24,600 students at December 31, 2008. At
December 31, 2009, 91.7% of students were enrolled in our online programs, with 42.7% pursuing
masters or doctoral degrees.
During fiscal year 2009, we experienced the following significant events:
|
|
|
Enrollment, Net Revenue, and Operating Income Growth We achieved 53.1%
growth in enrollment for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to fiscal
year ended December 31, 2008, which was the primary factor contributing to a 62.4%
increase in net revenue over the same period. In addition, we increased tuition for
students in our online and professional studies programs from 2.3% to 15.5%, depending
on the program, with an estimated blended rate increase of 5.0% for our 2009-10 academic
year as compared to 5.0% to 5.3% for our 2008-09 academic year. Tuition for our
traditional ground programs increased 6.6% for our 2009-10 academic year, as compared to
11.2% for the prior academic year. The enrollment and tuition price increases were
partially offset by the continuing mix shift towards online programs, which have a lower
tuition price per credit hour and with respect to which our online students take fewer
credit hours per semester than our traditional ground students. Operating income was
$46.6 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of 264% over the
$12.8 million in operating income for 2008. |
|
|
|
Spirit transaction and related borrowings On April 28, 2009, we acquired the
land and buildings that comprise our ground campus and 909,348 shares of our common stock
from Spirit for an aggregate purchase price of $50 million. Prior to the acquisition, we
had leased the land and buildings from Spirit. To finance a portion of the purchase, we
entered into a note agreement with a financial institution pursuant to which we borrowed
$25.7 million. Under the terms of the loan agreement, we make principal payments in equal
monthly installments of approximately $143,000 plus accrued interest at 30 day LIBOR plus
3.5% (approximately 3.7% at December 31, 2009). All remaining unpaid principal is due on
April 30, 2014. We allocated $14.5 million to the repurchase of our common stock and the
remaining $35.5 million to the land and buildings. Additionally, we removed the building
and improvement assets and related capital lease obligations of $30.0 million and applied
the deferred gain of $1.4 million as a reduction to the new building value. Accordingly,
beginning in May 2009, our interest expense became lower as the effective interest rate for
the capital lease obligations was approximately 8.7% as compared to the 3.8% variable rate
on our note payable. |
69
|
|
|
Change in Online Faculty Effective July 1, 2009, all faculty were
converted from independent contractors to part-time employees. Previously, we
classified our pool of online faculty as independent contractors. As a result, our
employer taxes included in faculty compensation within instructional costs and services
increased in the third and fourth quarter of 2009 as compared to 2008 by approximately
$0.8 million. |
|
|
|
Secondary Offering In September 2009, we sold 6,900,000 shares of
common stock, consisting of 1,000,000 shares sold by us and 5,900,000 shares sold by
certain selling stockholders. Total net proceeds to us were $14.9 million, net of
underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses. We did not receive any of
the proceeds from the sale of common stock sold by the selling shareholders. We expect
to use the net proceeds from the offering for general corporate purposes. |
|
|
|
Exit Costs On November 5, 2009, we finalized a plan to centralize our
student services operations in Arizona and, as a result, decided to close our student
services facility in Utah. This decision resulted in a reduction in force of
approximately 50 employees. The exit costs, which related to the closure of our student
services facility in Utah, include termination benefits, relocation of employees, and
future lease payments, net of estimated sublease rentals, plus the write off of
leasehold improvements associated with the leased space. Exit costs of approximately
$1.2 million were recorded in the fourth quarter of 2009. |
|
|
|
Appointment of Director On October 8, 2009 and November 6, 2009, the
Board of Directors appointed Jerry Colangelo to our Board of Directors and Audit
Committee, respectively, for a term expiring at the 2010 annual meeting of stockholders,
or until his respective successor is elected or qualified or his earlier resignation or
removal. With the addition of Mr. Colangelo to our Audit Committee, we have a total of
three independent directors on this committee. |
|
|
|
Estimated litigation loss OIG Investigation and Qui Tam Law Suit In
recent years, several for-profit education companies have been faced with whistleblower
lawsuits, known as qui tam cases, brought by current or former employees alleging that
their institution had made impermissible incentive payments to admissions employees. In
this regard, on September 11, 2008, we were served with a qui tam lawsuit that had been
filed against us in August 2007 in the United States District Court for the District of
Arizona by a then-current employee on behalf of the federal government. During the third
quarter of fiscal year 2009, we recorded an accrual of $5.2 million for a litigation
settlement that has been reached in principle but is conditioned upon obtaining
governmental approval and finalizing settlement terms. See Item 8, Financial Statements
and Supplementary Data, and Part I, Item 3, Legal Proceedings. |
|
|
|
Strategic decision to implement new back office systems During 2009, we
decided to transition our online programs from a term-based financial aid system
(where all students including online students, begin programs and are eligible to
receive financial aid at periodic start dates pursuant to a calendar-based term system)
to a borrower-based financial aid system (where each student may begin a program and
be eligible to receive financial aid at any time throughout the year). As part of this
transition, we are converting our back office system from Datatel, Inc. to a series of
programs developed by Campus Management Corp., including CampusVue and CampusPortal, and
also implementing Microsofts Great Plains accounting system. These new systems are
intended to allow us to manage our non-traditional online students with greater ease and
flexibility by providing for rolling and flexible start dates. We incurred
approximately $3.6 million of capital expenditures during 2009 in connection with these
implementations which are expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2010. |
70
Key financial metrics
Net revenue
Net revenue consists principally of tuition, room and board charges attributable to students
residing on our ground campus, application and graduation fees, and fees from educational resources
such as access to online materials or commissions we earn from bookstore and publication sales,
less scholarships. Factors affecting our net revenue include: (i) the number of students who are
enrolled and who remain enrolled in our courses; (ii) the number of credit hours per student; (iii)
our degree and program mix; (iv) changes in our tuition rates; (v) the amount of the scholarships
that we offer; and (vi) the number of students housed in, and the rent charged for, our on-campus
student apartments and dormitories.
We define enrollments for a particular time period as the number of students registered in a
course for each program within that financial reporting period. We offer three 16-week semesters in
a calendar year, with up to four starts available per semester for our online students, two starts
available per semester for students who typically take evening courses on-campus or onsite at the
facilities of their employer, whom we refer to as professional studies ground students, and one
start available per semester for our traditional ground students. Enrollments are a function of the
number of continuing students at the beginning of each period and new enrollments during the
period, which are offset by graduations, withdrawals, and inactive students during the period.
Inactive students for a particular period include students who are not registered in a class and,
therefore, are not generating net revenue for that period, but who have not withdrawn from Grand
Canyon University.
We believe that the principal factors that affect our enrollments and net revenue are the
number and breadth of the programs we offer; the attractiveness of our program offerings and
learning experience, particularly for career-oriented adults who are seeking pay increases or job
opportunities that are directly tied to higher educational attainment; the effectiveness of our
marketing, recruiting and retention efforts, which is affected by the number and seniority of our
enrollment counselors and other recruiting personnel; the quality of our academic programs and
student services; the convenience and flexibility of our online delivery platform; the availability
and cost of federal and other funding for student financial aid; the seasonality of our net
revenue, which is enrollment driven and is typically lowest in our second fiscal quarter and
highest in our fourth fiscal quarter; and general economic conditions, particularly as they might
affect job prospects in our core disciplines.
The following is a summary of our student enrollment at December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007
(which included less than 200 students pursuing non-degree certificates in each period) by degree
type and by instructional delivery method:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
# of Students |
|
|
% of Total |
|
|
# of Students |
|
|
% of Total |
|
|
# of Students |
|
|
% of Total |
|
Graduate degree(1) |
|
|
16,097 |
|
|
|
42.7 |
% |
|
|
13,031 |
|
|
|
52.9 |
% |
|
|
9,156 |
|
|
|
62.1 |
% |
Undergraduate degree |
|
|
21,612 |
|
|
|
57.3 |
% |
|
|
11,605 |
|
|
|
47.1 |
% |
|
|
5,598 |
|
|
|
37.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
37,709 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
24,636 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
14,754 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
# of Students |
|
|
% of Total |
|
|
# of Students |
|
|
% of Total |
|
|
# of Students |
|
|
% of Total |
|
Online(2) |
|
|
34,596 |
|
|
|
91.7 |
% |
|
|
21,955 |
|
|
|
89.1 |
% |
|
|
12,497 |
|
|
|
84.7 |
% |
Ground(3) |
|
|
3,113 |
|
|
|
8.3 |
% |
|
|
2,681 |
|
|
|
10.9 |
% |
|
|
2,257 |
|
|
|
15.3 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
37,709 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
24,636 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
14,754 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes 315 and 56 students pursuing doctoral degrees at December 31, 2009 and 2008,
respectively. |
|
(2) |
|
As of December 31, 2009, 44.5% of our online students are pursuing graduate or doctoral degrees. |
|
(3) |
|
Includes our traditional on-campus students, as well as our professional studies students. |
71
For the 2009-10 academic year (the academic year that began in May 2009), our prices per
credit hour are $415 for undergraduate online and professional studies courses, $440 for graduate
online courses (other than graduate business and graduate nursing), $485 for graduate business
courses, $535 for graduate online nursing courses, and $688 for undergraduate courses for ground
students. For our active duty and active reserve online and professional studies students, our
prices per credit hour are $250 for undergraduate and $350 for graduate. The overall price of each
course varies based upon the number of credit hours per course (with most courses representing
three credit hours), the degree level of the program, and the discipline. In addition, we charge a
fixed $8,250 block tuition for undergraduate ground students taking between 12 and 18 credit
hours per semester, with an additional $688 per credit hour for credits in excess of 18. A
traditional undergraduate degree typically requires a minimum of 120 credit hours. The minimum
number of credit hours required for a masters degree and overall cost for such a degree varies by
program, although such programs typically require approximately 36 credit hours. Our doctoral
program in education was $770 per credit hour during 2009 but was reduced to $550 per credit hour
beginning January 1, 2010. The doctoral program requires approximately 60 credit hours.
Based on current tuition rates, tuition for a full program would equate to approximately
$16,000 for an online masters program, approximately $50,000 for a full four-year online
bachelors program, and approximately $55,000 for a full four-year bachelors program taken on our
ground campus. The tuition amounts referred to above assume no reductions for transfer credits or
scholarships, which many of our students utilize to reduce their total program costs. The amount of
tuition received from a student for a full program is reduced to the extent the student is able to
transfer credits from another institution, which many students are able to do. Additionally,
tuition is reduced for some of our students by scholarships. For the years ended December 31, 2009,
2008 and 2007, revenue was reduced by approximately $34.2 million, $18.4 million and $10.3 million,
respectively, as a result of scholarships that we offered to our students. The increase in
scholarships is due to increased revenues and a significant increase in the use of academic
scholarships to attract high performing students.
Tuition increased for students in our online and professional studies ground programs from
2.3% to 15.5%, depending on the program, which resulted in an estimated blended rate increase of
5.0% for our 2009-10 academic year as compared to 5.0% to 5.3% in the prior academic year. Tuition
increases have not historically been, and may not in the future be, consistent across our programs
due to market conditions and differences in operating costs of individual programs. Tuition for our
traditional ground programs increased 6.6% for our 2009-10 academic year, as compared to 11.2% for
the prior academic year. The lower increases for our programs for the current academic year
generally reflect the ongoing leverage caused by increased online enrollment and a concerted effort
to control costs so that debt levels of students are reasonable.
We derive a majority of our net revenue from tuition financed by the Title IV programs. For
the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we derived cash receipts equal to approximately
79.9%, 74.4% and 70.2%, respectively, of our net revenue from Title IV programs. Our students also
rely on scholarships, personal savings, private loans, and employer tuition reimbursements to pay a
portion of their tuition and related expenses. During fiscal 2009, payments derived from private
loans constituted approximately 0.9% of our net revenue. Third party lenders independently
determine whether a loan to a student is classified as subprime, and, based on these
determinations, we derived no payments from subprime loans during the year ended December 31, 2009.
Our future revenues could be affected if and to the extent the Department of Education restricts
our participation in the Title IV programs, as it did during the period between 2005 and 2007.
Current conditions in the credit markets have adversely affected the environment surrounding access
to and cost of student loans. The legislative and regulatory environment is also changing, and new
federal legislation was recently enacted or has been proposed that could have an impact on us. See
Risk Factors and Regulation Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs. We do not
believe these market and regulatory conditions have adversely affected us to date, but we cannot
predict whether the new legislation will improve access to Title IV funding or the impact of any of
these developments on future performance.
Costs and expenses
Instructional cost and services. Instructional cost and services consist primarily of costs
related to the administration and delivery of our educational programs, including electronic media.
This expense category includes salaries and benefits for full-time and adjunct faculty and
administrative personnel, costs associated with online faculty, information technology costs,
curriculum and new program development costs, and costs associated with other support groups that
provide service directly to the students. This category also includes an allocation of
depreciation, amortization, rent, and occupancy costs attributable to the provision of
educational services. Classroom facilities are leased or, in some cases, are provided by the
students employers at no charge to us. We continue to increase our spending on student and
academic services, and we expect instructional costs and services as a percentage of tuition and
other net revenue to remain flat as these additional costs are offset by leverage of our support
services that are in place over a larger tuition and enrollment base.
72
Selling and promotional. Selling and promotional expenses include salaries and benefits of
personnel engaged in the marketing, recruitment, and retention of students, as well as advertising
costs associated with purchasing leads, hosting events and seminars, producing marketing materials,
and our ad campaigns in Arizona. Our selling and promotional expenses are generally affected by the
cost of advertising media and leads, the efficiency of our marketing and recruiting efforts,
salaries, and benefits for our enrollment personnel, and expenditures on advertising initiatives
for new and existing academic programs. This category also includes an allocation of depreciation,
amortization, rent, and occupancy costs attributable to selling and promotional activities. Selling
and promotional costs are expensed as incurred.
We have more than quadrupled the number of our enrollment counselors over the past four years
in an effort to increase our recruiting activities and enroll prospective students. During the year
ended December 31, 2009, we added between 10 and 15 enrollment counselors per month. We intend to
continue to increase the number of our enrollment counselors at a rate similar to 2009 to increase
enrollment and enhance student retention, and to lease additional space to accommodate this
increase in personnel in the future. We incur immediate expenses in connection with hiring new
enrollment counselors while these individuals undergo training, and typically do not achieve full
productivity or generate enrollments from these enrollment counselors until four to six months
after their dates of hire.
Selling and promotional costs also include revenue share arrangements with related parties
pursuant to which we pay a percentage of the net revenue that we actually receive from applicants
recruited by those entities that matriculate at Grand Canyon University. The related party bears
all costs associated with the recruitment of these applicants. For the years ended December 31,
2009, 2008, and 2007, we expensed approximately $6.7 million, $5.9 million, and $4.3 million,
respectively, pursuant to these arrangements. As we increase our internal recruiting, marketing,
and enrollment staff, we expect this revenue share as a proportion of total revenue to continue to
decline.
General and administrative. General and administrative expenses include salaries, benefits,
and share-based compensation of employees engaged in corporate management, finance, human
resources, facilities, compliance, insurance, audit fees and other corporate functions. General and
administrative expenses also include bad debt expense and an allocation of depreciation,
amortization, rent and occupancy costs attributable to general and administrative functions.
Interest expense. Interest expense consists primarily of interest charges on our notes
payable, capital lease obligations and on the outstanding balances of our line of credit.
73
Factors affecting comparability
We have set forth below selected factors that we believe have had, or can be expected to have,
a significant effect on the comparability of recent or future results of operations:
Spirit transaction and related borrowings. In April 2009, we acquired the land and buildings
that comprise our ground campus and 909,348 shares of our common stock from Spirit for an aggregate
purchase price of $50 million. To finance a portion of the purchase, we entered into a note
agreement with a financial institution pursuant to which we borrowed $25.7 million. We removed the
building and improvement assets and related capital lease obligations of $30.0 million.
Accordingly, beginning in May 2009, our interest expense became lower as the effective interest
rate for the capital lease obligations was approximately 8.7% as compared to the 3.8% variable rate
on our note payable.
Public company expenses. In November 2008, we completed an initial public offering of shares
of our common stock and our shares are listed for trading on the Nasdaq Global Market. As a result,
we now need to comply with laws, regulations, and requirements that we did not need to comply with
as a private company, including certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, related SEC
regulations, and the requirements of Nasdaq. Compliance with the requirements of being a public
company required us to increase our general and administrative expenses in order to pay our
employees, legal counsel, and accountants to assist us in, among other things, external reporting,
instituting and monitoring a more comprehensive compliance and board governance function,
establishing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section
404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and preparing and distributing periodic public reports in
compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws. In addition, being a public
company has made it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance. We
estimate that incremental annual public company costs were between $3.0 million and $4.0 million in
fiscal 2009.
Share-based compensation. Prior to becoming a public company, we had not granted or issued any
share-based compensation. Accordingly, we had not recognized any share-based compensation expense
in prior periods. On November 19, 2008, in connection with our initial public offering, we made
substantial awards to our directors, officers, and employees and have continue to make awards since
that time, principally in connection with new management hires. As a result, we incurred
share-based compensation expenses in the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 totaling $3.4
million and $5.0 million, respectively, and will continue to incur expense in future periods as
compared to no share-based compensation in the periods prior to September 30, 2008.
General and administrative expenses and tax expense. In July 2008, we hired a new Chief
Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Executive Vice President, and have since hired
other financial, accounting, and administrative personnel including a Chief Information Officer in
September 2009. Accordingly, compensation expenses are higher beginning in the third quarter of
2008.
In addition, we contributed $0.8 million to Arizona school tuition organizations in lieu of
state income taxes during the fourth quarter of 2009 and 2008, for which we received a
dollar-for-dollar tax credit. These contributions were classified as a general and administrative
expense and resulted in higher operating expenses and a lower effective tax rate. Had these
payments not been made our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 would
have been 40.7% and 40.8% rather than 39.7% and 36.6%, respectively.
Estimated litigation loss. During the third quarter of 2009, we recorded an accrual of $5.2
million for a litigation settlement that has been reached in principle but is conditioned upon
obtaining governmental approval and finalizing settlement terms. See Item 8, Financial Statements
and Supplementary Data, and Part I, Item 3, Legal Proceedings.
Exit costs. During the fourth quarter of 2009, we recorded $1.2 million for the exit costs
related to the closure of the student services facility in Utah, including termination benefits,
relocation expenses and the future lease payments, net of estimated sublease rentals, plus the
write off of leasehold improvements associated with the leased space.
Management fees and expenses. In connection with an August 2005 investment in us led by the
Endeavour Entities, we entered into a professional services agreement with the Endeavour Entities
general partner. Concurrent
with the completion of the public offering, the professional services agreement terminated by
its terms. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, we incurred $0.0 million, $0.4
million, and $0.3 million, respectively, in fees and expenses under this agreement.
74
Settlement with former owner. To resolve a dispute with our former owner arising from our
acquisition of Grand Canyon University and subsequent lease of our campus, we entered into a
standstill agreement in September 2007 pursuant to which we agreed with the former owner to stay
all pending legal proceedings through April 15, 2008. In accordance with the terms of the
standstill agreement, we made an initial non-refundable $3.0 million payment to the former owner in
October 2007 and made an additional $19.5 million payment to the former owner in April 2008, with
these amounts serving as consideration for: (i) the satisfaction in full of all past and future
royalties due to the former owner under a royalty agreement; (ii) the acquisition by us of a parcel
of real estate owned by the former owner on our campus; (iii) the termination of a sublease
agreement pursuant to which the former owner leased office space on our campus; (iv) the assumption
by us of all future payment obligations in respect of certain gift annuities made to the school by
donors prior to the acquisition; (v) the cancellation of a warrant we issued to the former owner in
the lease transaction; and (vi) the satisfaction in full of a $1.25 million loan made by the former
owner to us in the lease transaction (including all accrued and unpaid interest thereon). Most of
the amounts payable to the former owner under the royalty arrangement in 2005, and all of the
amounts payable in 2006 and 2007, were accrued and not paid due to the dispute. A portion of the
settlement payments has been treated as a prepaid royalty asset that will be amortized over 20
years at approximately $0.3 million per year, which differs from the historical royalty expense.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The discussion of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our
financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles, or GAAP. During the preparation of these financial statements, we are
required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities,
revenues, costs and expenses, and related disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our
estimates and assumptions, including those discussed below. We base our estimates on historical
experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances.
The results of our analysis form the basis for making assumptions about the carrying values of
assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ
from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, and the impact of such differences
may be material to our financial statements.
We believe that the following critical accounting policies involve our more significant
judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements:
Revenue recognition. Net revenues consist primarily of tuition and fees derived from courses
taught by us online, at its traditional campus in Phoenix, Arizona, and onsite at facilities of
employers, as well as from related educational resources such as access to online materials.
Tuition revenue and most fees and related educational resources are recognized over the applicable
period of instruction, net of scholarships provided by us. Generally, we will refund all or a
portion of tuition already paid pursuant to our refund policy, dependent upon length of course and
modality and subject to certain state specific refund requirements. Deferred revenue and student
deposits in any period represent the excess of tuition, fees and other student payments received as
compared to amounts recognized as revenue on the statement of operations and are reflected as
current liabilities in the accompanying balance sheet. Our educational programs have starting and
ending dates that differ from our quarters. Therefore, at the end of each fiscal quarter, a
portion of revenue from these programs is not yet earned. Other revenues may be recognized as
sales occur or services are performed.
75
Allowance for doubtful accounts. Bad debt expense is recorded as a general and administrative
expense. We record an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the
inability, failure, or refusal of our students to make required payments. We determine the adequacy
of our allowance for doubtful accounts based on an analysis of our aging of our accounts receivable
and historical bad debt experience. Our actual experience and the qualitative factors that we use
to determine the allowance for doubtful accounts are susceptible to change based on unforeseen
events and uncertainties. We assess the trends that could affect our estimates and make changes to
the allowance quarterly when it appears our actual bad debt experience may differ from our original
estimates. We apply reserves to each aging category based upon an estimate of the risk presented
by the age of the receivables. We
assess the reasonableness of our estimation process by comparing actual and project write-offs
as a percentage of revenue on a course-by-course basis to the bad debt expense recorded in the
general ledger to determine if the composition of our accounts receivable has materially changed,
which could indicate that modifications to the allowance may be required. We generally write off
accounts receivable balances deemed uncollectible at the time the account is returned by an outside
collection agency. However, we continue to reflect accounts receivable with offsetting allowances
as long as management believes there is a reasonable possibility of collection. As a result, our
allowance for doubtful accounts has increased on an annual basis as bad debt expense has exceeded
amounts written off. Commencing in the second half of 2008, we began writing off existing and new
doubtful accounts no later than one year after the revenue is generated, which will likely result
in a significant reduction in our gross accounts receivable and related allowances. We believe our
reserves are adequate to cover any write offs we may make. We have noticed that as a result of the
current economic conditions, a higher percentage of aged receivables are not being paid. However,
this deterioration in collections of aged receivables has recently been more than offset by changes
that we have implemented with respect to our student accounts receivable collection process, which
has resulted in fewer accounts reaching aged status. Thus, the amount of aged receivables as a
percentage of revenue has remained consistent on a year over year basis.
Long-Lived Assets. We evaluate the recoverability of our long-lived assets for impairment
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not
be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the
carrying amount of an asset to undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the
assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured
by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.
Loss Contingencies. We are subject to various claims and contingencies in the ordinary course
of business and incidental to our industry, including those related to regulation, litigation,
business transactions and taxes, among others. We accrue for contingent obligations when it is
probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount is reasonably estimable. When we become
aware of a claim or potential claim, the likelihood of any loss exposure is assessed. If it is
probable that a loss will result and the amount of the loss is estimable, we accrue for the
estimated amount of the loss. If the loss is not probable or the amount of the potential loss is
not estimable, we disclose the claim if the likelihood of a potential loss is reasonably possible
and that the amount of the potential loss could be material. Estimates that are particularly
sensitive to future changes include tax, legal, and other regulatory matters, which are subject to
change as events evolve, and as additional information becomes available during the administrative
and litigation process.
Income taxes. We recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and
deferred tax assets and liabilities for future tax consequences of events that have been recognized
in our financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using
enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the temporary differences are expect to be
realized. Our deferred tax assets are subject to periodic recoverability assessments. Valuation
allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that more
likely than not will be realized. Realization of the deferred tax assets is principally dependent
upon achievement of projected future taxable income offset by deferred tax liabilities. We evaluate
the realizability of the deferred tax assets annually. Since becoming a taxable corporation in
August 2005, we have not recorded any valuation allowances to date on our deferred income tax
assets. Commencing in January 2008, we evaluate and account for uncertain tax positions using a
two step approach. Recognition occurs when we conclude that a tax position based solely on its
technical merits, is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination. Measurement determines
the amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely to be realized upon the ultimate settlement
with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of the facts. Derecognition of a tax position that
was previously recognized occurs when we determine that a tax position no longer meets the
more-likely-than-not threshold of being sustained upon examination.
76
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth statements of operations data as a percentage of net revenue
for each of the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Net revenue |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Operating expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional cost and services |
|
|
33.4 |
|
|
|
33.8 |
|
|
|
39.3 |
|
Selling and promotional |
|
|
32.6 |
|
|
|
40.6 |
|
|
|
35.4 |
|
General and administrative |
|
|
13.6 |
|
|
|
16.6 |
|
|
|
17.1 |
|
Estimated litigation loss |
|
|
2.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
Exit costs |
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
Royalty to former owner |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
3.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
82.2 |
|
|
|
92.1 |
|
|
|
95.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
17.8 |
|
|
|
7.9 |
|
|
|
4.4 |
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(0.6 |
) |
|
|
(1.8 |
) |
|
|
(3.0 |
) |
Interest income |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
1.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes |
|
|
17.3 |
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
Income tax expense |
|
|
6.9 |
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
10.4 |
|
|
|
4.1 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008
Net revenue. Our net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $261.9 million, an
increase of $100.6 million, or 62.4%, as compared to net revenue of $161.3 million for the year
ended December 31, 2008. This increase was primarily due to increased enrollment and, to a lesser
extent, increases in the average tuition per student caused primarily by tuition price increases,
partially offset by an increase in institutional scholarships. End-of-period enrollment increased
53.1% between December 31, 2009 and 2008, as we continued our growth and increased our recruitment,
marketing, and enrollment operations.
Instructional cost and services expenses. Our instructional cost and services expenses for the
year ended December 31, 2009 were $87.6 million, an increase of $33.1 million, or 60.9%, as
compared to instructional cost and services expenses of $54.5 million for the year ended December
31, 2008. This increase was primarily due to increases in instructional compensation and related
expenses, faculty compensation, instructional supplies, depreciation and amortization, occupancy
and other miscellaneous instructional costs and services of $16.3 million, $7.6 million, $2.6
million, $2.2 million, $2.2 million, and $2.2 million, respectively. These increases are primarily
attributable to the increased headcount (both staff and faculty) needed to provide student
instruction and support services, including increased occupancy and equipment costs for the
increased headcount, as a result of the increase in enrollments. Our instructional cost and
services expenses as a percentage of net revenue decreased by 0.4% to 33.4% for the year ended
December 31, 2009, as compared to 33.8% for the year ended December 31, 2008. This decrease was a
result of the continued shift of our student population to online programs and our ability to
leverage the relatively fixed cost structure of our campus-based facilities and ground faculty
across an increasing revenue base, as well as increased class size, partially offset by an increase
in employee compensation and related expenses as a percentage of revenue as we have increased the
support personnel to student ratios to further improve the customer service to our students.
Selling and promotional expenses. Our selling and promotional expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2009 were $85.4 million, an increase of $19.9 million, or 30.3%, as compared to
selling and promotional expenses of $65.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. This
increase was primarily due to increases in selling and promotional employee compensation and
related expenses, advertising and revenue sharing expense, occupancy, and other selling and
promotional related costs of $11.0 million, $7.1 million, $1.5 million, and $0.3 million,
respectively. These increases were driven by the continued expansion in our marketing efforts,
which resulted in an increase in recruitment, marketing, and enrollment staffing, and expenses
related to our revenue sharing arrangement. Our selling and promotional expenses as a percentage of
net revenue decreased by 8.0% to 32.6% for
the year ended December 31, 2009, from 40.6% for the year ended December 31, 2008. This
decrease occurred as a result of an increase in the productivity of our enrollment counselors that
were hired during 2008 and early 2009, coupled with a focus on higher quality leads. In this
regard, we incur immediate expenses in connection with hiring new enrollment counselors while these
individuals undergo training, and typically do not achieve full productivity or generate
enrollments from these enrollment counselors until four to six months after their dates of hire. We
plan to continue to add additional enrollment counselors in the future, although the number of
additional hires as a percentage of the total headcount is expected to decrease, and we therefore
expect selling and promotional expenses as a percentage of net revenue to continue to decrease in
the future.
77
General and administrative expenses. Our general and administrative expenses for the year
ended December 31, 2009 were $35.6 million, an increase of $8.8 million, or 32.8%, as compared to
general and administrative expenses of $26.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. This
increase was primarily due to increases in bad debt expense, employee compensation, and share-based
compensation, which were partially offset by decreases in legal, audit and corporate insurance of
$5.5 million, $3.5 million, $0.6 million, and $0.8 million, respectively. Bad debt expense
increased to $14.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $8.5 million for the year
ended December 31, 2008 as a result of an increase in net revenues and the increase in aged
receivables between periods. Employee compensation increased primarily as a result of the full year
impact of the additions made in July 2008 to our executive management team and the subsequent
hiring of other personnel needed to operate as a public company. The decrease in legal, audit, and
corporate insurance is primarily related to legal costs associated with the Sungard matter incurred
in 2008 and subsequently settled in 2009. Our general and administrative expenses as a percentage
of net revenue decreased by 3.0% to 13.6% for the year ended December 31, 2009, from 16.6% for the
year ended December 31, 2008, primarily due to a decrease in our legal costs as a percentage of net
revenue between periods during 2008 to 1.5% of net revenue during 2009 from 2.9% in 2008 and our
ability to leverage our fixed infrastructure over higher net revenue. As a result of current
economic conditions, a higher percentage of aged receivables are not being paid. However, this
deterioration in collections of aged receivables has recently been more than offset by changes that
have been implemented with respected to our student accounts receivable collection process, which
has resulted in fewer accounts reaching aged status. Thus the amount of aged receivables and bad
debt expense as a percentage of revenue has remained comparable between years.
Estimated litigation loss. During the third quarter of 2009, we recorded an accrual of $5.2
million for the estimated settlement of the qui tam lawsuit that has been reached in principle but
is conditioned upon obtaining governmental approval and finalizing settlement terms. See Item 8,
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, and Part I, Item 3, Legal Proceedings.
Exit costs. During the fourth quarter of 2009, we recorded $1.2 million for exit costs
related to the closure of the student services facility in Utah, including termination benefits,
relocation expenses and the future lease payments, net of estimated sublease rentals, plus the
write off of leasehold improvements associated with the leased space.
Royalty to former owner. In connection with our royalty fee arrangement with the former owner
related to online revenue, we incurred royalty expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 of
$0.3 million, a decrease of $1.4 million, or 82.4%, as compared to royalty expenses incurred of
$1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 as a result of the elimination of the obligation
to pay royalties to the former owner effective April 15, 2008.
Interest expense. Our interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $1.6 million,
a decrease of $1.3 million, or 44.3%, from $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, as
the average level of borrowings and related interest rates changed as a result of the purchase of
the campus land and buildings in late April 2009 from an effective borrowing rate of approximately
8.7% to the 3.8% variable rate note payable as of December 31, 2009.
Interest income. Our interest income for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $0.3 million, a
decrease of $0.3 million from $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, as a result of
decreased short-term interest rates in 2009 partially offset by higher cash balance in 2009.
Income tax expense. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $18.0 million,
an increase of $14.2 million from $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. This increase
was primarily attributable to increased income before income taxes. Our effective tax rate
increase from 36.6% in 2008 to 39.7% in 2009 as
the $0.8 million in contributions made to various Arizona school tuition organization in lieu
of the payment of state income taxes had a greater impact on the 2008 effective tax rate than the
2009 effective tax rate due to higher income before taxes in 2009. Excluding the contributions
made in lieu of state income taxes the effective tax rate would have been 40.7% and 40.8% in 2009
and 2008.
Net income. Our net income for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $27.3 million, an increase
of $20.6 million, or 308%, as compared to net income of $6.7 million for the year ended December
31, 2008, due to the factors discussed above.
78
Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007
Net revenue. Our net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $161.3 million, an
increase of $62.0 million, or 62.4%, as compared to net revenue of $99.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2007. This increase was primarily due to increased enrollment and, to a lesser extent,
increases in the average tuition per student caused by tuition price increases and an increase in
the average credits per student, partially offset by an increase in institutional scholarships.
End-of-period enrollment increased 67.0% between December 31, 2007 and 2008, as we were able to
continue our growth and increase our recruitment, marketing, and enrollment operations following
the elimination of the Department of Educations growth restrictions in October 2006. The year over
year increase in enrollment exceeded the year over year increase in revenue due to the continuing
mix shift towards online programs, which have a lower tuition price per credit hour and with
respect to which our online students take fewer credit hours per semester than our traditional
ground students.
Instructional cost and services expenses. Our instructional cost and services expenses for the
year ended December 31, 2008 were $54.5 million, an increase of $15.4 million, or 39.4%, as
compared to instructional cost and services expenses of $39.1 million for the year ended December
31, 2007. This increase was primarily due to increases in instructional compensation and related
expenses, faculty compensation, share-based compensation, depreciation and amortization, occupancy
and other miscellaneous instructional costs and services of $4.9 million, $4.2 million, $1.7
million, $1.3 million, $0.8 million, and $2.5 million, respectively. These increases are primarily
attributable to the increased headcount (both staff and faculty) needed to provide student
instruction and support services as a result of the increase in enrollments. Our instructional cost
and services expenses as a percentage of net revenue decreased by 5.5% to 33.8% for the year ended
December 31, 2008, as compared to 39.3% for the year ended December 31, 2007. This decrease was a
result of the continued shift of our student population to online programs and our ability to
leverage the relatively fixed cost structure of our campus-based facilities and ground faculty
across an increasing revenue base, as well as increased class size, partially offset by share-based
compensation, which represented 1.1% of net revenue in 2008.
Selling and promotional expenses. Our selling and promotional expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2008 were $65.5 million, an increase of $30.4 million, or 86.5%, as compared to
selling and promotional expenses of $35.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This
increase was primarily due to increases in selling and promotional employee compensation and
related expenses, advertising, revenue sharing expense, share-based compensation, and other selling
and promotional related costs of $17.5 million, $8.3 million, $1.6 million, $1.3 million and $1.7
million, respectively. These increases were driven by a substantial expansion in our marketing
efforts following the removal of our growth restrictions by the Department of Education, which
resulted in an increase in recruitment, marketing, and enrollment staffing, and expenses related to
our revenue sharing arrangement. Our selling and promotional expenses as a percentage of net
revenue increased by 5.2% to 40.6% for the year ended December 31, 2008, from 35.4% for the year
ended December 31, 2007. This increase occurred as a result of a significant increase in the number
of our enrollment counselors to increase our efforts to enroll prospective students and also
increased lead purchases to support the additional enrollment counselors. In this regard, we incur
immediate expenses in connection with hiring new enrollment counselors while these individuals
undergo training, and typically do not achieve full productivity or generate enrollments from these
enrollment counselors until four to six months after their dates of hire. We plan to continue to
add additional enrollment counselors in the future, although the number of additional hires as a
percentage of the total headcount is expected to decrease, and we therefore plan to reduce selling
and promotional expenses as a percentage of net revenue in the future. In addition share-based
compensation represented 0.8% of net revenue in 2008.
79
General and administrative expenses. Our general and administrative expenses for the year
ended December 31, 2008 were $26.8 million, an increase of $9.8 million, or 57.8%, as compared to
general and administrative expenses of $17.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This
increase was primarily due to increases in bad debt expense; employee compensation; share-based
compensation; legal, audit and corporate insurance; contributions to Arizona school tuition
organization in lieu of state income taxes; and other general and administrative expenses of $2.2
million, $2.0 million, $1.9 million, $1.7 million, $0.8 million and $1.2 million, respectively. Bad
debt expense increased to $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $6.3 million for
the year ended December 31, 2007 as a result of an increase in net revenue. Employee compensation
increased primarily as a result of the additions in July 2008 to our executive management team and
the hiring of other personnel needed to operate as a public company. The increase in legal, audit,
and corporate insurance is primarily related to legal costs associated with the Sungard matter, as
well as costs incurred related to the OIG investigation and the qui tam lawsuit. See Item 3, Legal
Proceedings. The other general and administrative expense increase was attributable to expenditures
made to continue to support the growth of our business. Our general and administrative expenses as
a percentage of net revenue decreased by 0.5% to 16.6% for the year ended December 31, 2008, from
17.1% for the year ended December 31, 2007, primarily due to a decrease in our bad debt expense as
a percentage of net revenue between periods from 6.3% of net revenue during 2007 to 5.3% of net
revenue during 2008 and our ability to leverage our fixed infrastructure over higher net revenue,
partially offset by share-based compensation, which represented 1.2% of net revenue in 2008. The
improvement in bad debt expense as a percentage of net revenue is primarily due to an improvement
in our aging between periods and an increased revenue base.
Royalty to former owner. In connection with our royalty fee arrangement with the former owner
related to online revenue, we incurred royalty expenses for the year ended December 31, 2008 of
$1.7 million, a decrease of $2.1 million, or 55.4%, as compared to royalty expenses incurred of
$3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 as a result of the elimination of the obligation
to pay royalties to the former owner effective April 15, 2008. As discussed above, the only related
expense in future periods will be the approximately $0.3 million in annual amortization of the
prepaid royalty asset that was established as a result of payments made to eliminate this future
obligation. Our royalty expense as a percentage of net revenue decreased to 1.0% for the year ended
December 31, 2008 from 3.8% for the year ended December 31, 2007.
Interest expense. Our interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $2.9 million,
a decrease of $0.1 million from $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, as the average
level of borrowings remained fairly consistent between periods.
Interest income. Our interest income for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $0.6 million, a
decrease of $0.6 million from $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, as a result of
decreased interest rates and lower levels of cash and cash equivalents in most of 2008.
Income tax expense. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $3.8 million,
an increase of $2.8 million from $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase
was primarily attributable to increased income before income taxes, partially offset by a reduction
in our effective tax rate as a result of our $0.8 million in contributions made to various Arizona
school tuition organizations in lieu of the payment of state income taxes. These contributions
resulted in a state income tax credit, which reduced our effective income tax rate in 2008 to 36.6%
compared to 40.0% in 2007.
Net income. Our net income for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $6.7 million, an increase
of $5.2 million, or 338.2%, as compared to net income of $1.5 million for the year ended December
31, 2007, due to the factors discussed above.
80
Seasonality
Our net revenue and operating results normally fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in
our business, principally due to changes in enrollment. Student population varies as a result of
new enrollments, graduations, and student attrition. A portion of our ground students do not attend
courses during the summer months (June through August), which affects our results for our second
and third fiscal quarters. Because a significant amount of our campus costs are fixed, the lower
revenue resulting from the decreased enrollment has historically contributed to operating losses
during those period. As we increase the relative proportion of our online students and move to the
borrower-based system that allows rolling enrollments, we expect this summer effect to
lessen. Partially offsetting this summer effect in the third quarter has been the sequential
quarterly increase in enrollments that has occurred as a result of the traditional fall school
start. This increase in enrollments also has occurred in the first quarter, corresponding to
calendar year matriculation. In addition, we typically experience higher net revenue in the fourth
quarter due to its overlap with the semester encompassing the traditional fall school start and in
the first quarter due to its overlap with the first semester of the calendar year. A portion of our
expenses do not vary proportionately with fluctuation in net revenue, resulting in higher operating
income in the first and fourth quarters relative to other quarters. We expect quarterly fluctuation
in operating results to continue as a result of these seasonal patterns.
Liquidity, Capital Resources, and Financial Position
Liquidity. We financed our operating activities and capital expenditures primarily through
cash provided by operating activities and several private placements of securities. Our
unrestricted cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities were $63.1 million at December 31,
2009 and our restricted cash, cash equivalents and investments were $3.2 million.
During 2009, we acquired our campus land and buildings and repurchased 909,348 shares of our
common stock from Spirit. We financed a portion of the purchase price through a loan agreement
with a financial institution for an initial amount of $25.7 million.
A significant portion of our net revenue is derived from tuition financed by the Title IV
programs. Federal regulations dictate the timing of disbursements under the Title IV programs.
Students must apply for new loans and grants each academic year, which starts July 1 for Title IV
purposes. Loan funds are generally provided by lenders in multiple disbursements for each academic
year. The disbursements are usually received by the start of the second week of the semester. These
factors, together with the timing of our students beginning their programs, affect our operating
cash flow. We believe we have a favorable working capital profile as these Title IV funds and a
significant portion of other tuition and fees are typically received by the start of the second
week of a semester and the revenue is recognized and the related expenses are incurred over the
duration of the semester, which reduces the impact of the growth in our accounts receivables
associated with our enrollment growth.
Based on our current level of operations and anticipated growth, we believe that our cash flow
from operations and other sources of liquidity, including cash, and cash equivalents, will provide
adequate funds for ongoing operations, planned capital expenditures, and working capital
requirements for at least the next 24 months.
81
Cash Flows
Operating Activities. Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December
31, 2009 was $61.2 million. Cash provided by operations in 2009 resulted from our net income plus
non cash charges for provision for bad debts, depreciation and amortization, estimated settlement
loss, exit costs, share-based compensation and improvement in our working capital management. Net
cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $10.2 million.
Excluding the payment of $19.5 million that was made to our former owner in April 2008 to satisfy
in full all past royalties due under the royalty agreement and the elimination of the existing
obligation to pay royalties for online student revenues in perpetuity, net cash provided by
operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2008 would have been $22.5 million. Net cash
provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $7.1 million. Our
operating cash flows were affected by our dispute with our former owner; as previously discussed,
during 2007 we accrued $3.8 million of royalties payable to our former owner and funded a $3.0
million deposit in connection with a preliminary settlement of that dispute with our former owner.
Excluding the accrual and payment to our former owner, net cash provided by operating activities
for the year ended December 31, 2007 would have been $6.3 million.
Investing Activities. Net cash used in investing activities was $58.4 million, $6.3 million,
and $9.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. Our cash used
in investing activities is primarily related to the purchase of property and equipment, leasehold
improvements, and changes in restricted cash and cash equivalents. In 2009, cash used in investing
activities was primarily related to the acquisition of our campus land and buildings from Spirit,
for $35.5 million. Other capital expenditures were $24.8 million, $8.4 million and $7.4 million
for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. Capital expenditures primarily
consisted of purchases of computer equipment, leasehold improvements, infrastructure licenses to
facilitate our transition from Datatel to CampusVue and Great Plains, and office furniture and
fixtures to support our increasing employee headcounts, and a significant increase in internal use
software development. We anticipate capital expenditures as a percentage of revenue to remain at
levels comparable to 2009 in 2010 and 2011 as a result of continued internal use software
development and ground campus building projects.
Financing Activities. Net cash provided by financing activities was $24.7 million, $12.3
million, and $9.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.
During 2009, the proceeds from the note payable associated with the acquisition of our ground
campus and buildings and proceeds from our September 2009 offering of stock were partially offset
by the repurchase of our shares from Spirit. During 2008 and 2007, principal payments on notes
payable, capital lease obligations and our line of credit were offset by private placements of
securities to our stockholders, amounts drawn on our line of credit and the net proceeds from our
initial public offering of common stock.
82
Contractual Obligations
The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2009, the aggregate amounts of our
significant contractual obligations and commitments with definitive payment terms due in each of
the periods presented (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
More than |
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
1 Year |
|
|
2-3 Years |
|
|
4-5 Years |
|
|
5 Years |
|
Long term notes payable(1) |
|
$ |
26.1 |
|
|
$ |
2.1 |
|
|
$ |
3.9 |
|
|
$ |
19.7 |
|
|
$ |
0.4 |
|
Capital lease obligations(2) |
|
|
1.6 |
|
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
Purchase obligations |
|
|
28.4 |
|
|
|
26.4 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
Operating lease obligations(3) |
|
|
30.3 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
|
7.1 |
|
|
|
6.9 |
|
|
|
12.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual obligations |
|
$ |
86.4 |
|
|
$ |
32.9 |
|
|
$ |
13.5 |
|
|
$ |
27.0 |
|
|
$ |
13.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
See Note 7, Notes Payable and Other, to our financial statements,
included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, for a
discussion of our long term notes payable and other obligations. |
|
(2) |
|
See Note 8, Capital Lease Obligations, to our financial statements,
included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, for a
discussion of our capital lease obligations. |
|
(3) |
|
See Note 9, Commitments and Contingencies, to our financial
statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary
Data, for a discussion of our operating lease obligations. |
The foregoing obligations exclude potential royalty payments to Blanchard Education, LLC under
our license agreement, the amounts of which are contingent on tuition revenue from certain of our
business programs.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have had or are reasonably likely to
have a material current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial
condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital
resources.
Non-GAAP Discussion
In addition to our GAAP results, we use Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure of our
operating performance and as part of our compensation determinations. Adjusted EBITDA is not
required by or presented in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to
net income, operating income, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP, or
as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities or as a measure of our liquidity.
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income plus interest expense net of interest income, plus
income tax expense, and plus depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), as adjusted for (i) royalty
payments incurred pursuant to an agreement with our former owner that has been terminated as of
April 15, 2008, as discussed above and in Note 2 to our financial statements, included in Item 8,
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , (ii) management fees and expenses that are no longer
paid, (iii) contributions made to Arizona school tuition organizations in lieu of the payment of
state income taxes, (iv) estimated litigation loss; (v) exit costs; and (vi) share-based
compensation.
We present Adjusted EBITDA because we consider it to be an important supplemental measure of
our operating performance. We also make certain compensation decisions based, in part, on our
operating performance, as measured by Adjusted EBITDA, and our loan agreement requires us to comply
with covenants that include performance metrics substantially similar to Adjusted EBITDA. All of
the adjustments made in our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA are adjustments to items that management
does not consider to be reflective of our core operating performance. Management considers our core
operating performance to be that which can be affected by our managers in any particular period
through their management of the resources that affect our underlying revenue and profit generating
operations during that period. We believe Adjusted EBITDA allows us to compare our current
operating results with corresponding historical periods and with the operational performance of
other companies in our industry because it does not give effect to potential differences caused by
variations in capital structures (affecting relative interest expense, including the impact of
write-offs of deferred financing costs when companies refinance their indebtedness), tax positions
(such as the impact on periods or companies of changes in effective tax rates or net operating
losses), the book amortization of intangibles (affecting relative amortization expense), and other
items that we do not consider reflective of underlying operating performance. We also present
Adjusted
EBITDA because we believe it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors, and other
interested parties as a measure of performance.
83
In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses
similar to the adjustments described above. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be
construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by expenses that are unusual,
non-routine, or non-recurring. Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you
should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported
under GAAP. Some of these limitations are that it does not reflect:
|
|
|
cash expenditures for capital expenditures or contractual commitments; |
|
|
|
|
changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital requirements; |
|
|
|
|
interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or
principal payments on our indebtedness; |
|
|
|
|
the cost or cash required to replace assets that are being depreciated or
amortized; and |
|
|
|
|
the impact on our reported results of earnings or charges resulting from (i)
royalties to our prior owner, including amortization of royalties prepaid in connection
with our settlement, (ii) management fees and expenses that were payable until
completion of our public offering, (iii) contributions to Arizona school tuition
organizations in lieu of the payment of state income taxes; (iv) estimated litigation
loss; (v) exit costs; and (vi) share-based compensation. |
In addition, other companies, including other companies in our industry, may calculate these
measures differently than we do, limiting the usefulness of Adjusted EBITDA as a comparative
measure. Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as a substitute for
net income, operating income, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP, or
as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities or as a measure of our liquidity. We
compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using Adjusted EBITDA
only supplementally. For more information, see our financial statements and the notes to those
statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
The following table presents data relating to Adjusted EBITDA, for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
(In thousands) |
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Net income |
|
$ |
27,304 |
|
|
$ |
6,685 |
|
|
$ |
1,526 |
|
Plus: interest expense net of interest income |
|
|
1,289 |
|
|
|
2,257 |
|
|
|
1,803 |
|
Plus: income tax expense |
|
|
17,979 |
|
|
|
3,855 |
|
|
|
1,016 |
|
Plus: depreciation and amortization |
|
|
7,664 |
|
|
|
5,095 |
|
|
|
3,300 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA |
|
|
54,236 |
|
|
|
17,892 |
|
|
|
7,645 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plus: royalty to former owner(a) |
|
|
296 |
|
|
|
1,686 |
|
|
|
3,782 |
|
Plus: management fees and expenses(b) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
356 |
|
|
|
296 |
|
Plus: contributions made in lieu of state income taxes(c) |
|
|
750 |
|
|
|
750 |
|
|
|
|
|
Plus: estimated litigation loss(d) |
|
|
5,200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plus: exit costs(e) |
|
|
1,218 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plus: share-based compensation(f) |
|
|
3,419 |
|
|
|
4,991 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA |
|
$ |
65,119 |
|
|
$ |
25,675 |
|
|
$ |
11,723 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Reflects the royalty fee arrangement with the former owner of Grand
Canyon University in which we agreed to pay a stated percentage of
cash revenue generated by our online programs. As a result of the
settlement of a dispute with the former owner, we are no longer
obligated to pay this royalty, although the settlement includes a
prepayment of future royalties that we amortize over time. See Note 2
to our financial statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements
and Supplementary Data. |
|
(b) |
|
Reflects management fees and expenses to the general partner of
Endeavour Capital Fund IV, L.P., one of our significant stockholders.
Concurrent with the completion of the initial public offering in
November 2008, the professional services agreement pursuant to which
we paid such fees and expenses was terminated by its terms. |
|
(c) |
|
Reflects contributions made to various Arizona school tuition
organizations to assist with funding for education. In connection with
such contributions made we received a dollar-for-dollar state income
tax credit, which resulted in a reduction in our effective income tax
rate to 39.7% and 36.6% for the years ended December 31, 2009 and
2008, respectively. Had this payment not been made our effective tax
rate would have been 40.7% and 40.8%, for 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Such contributions are viewed by our management to be made in lieu of
payments of state income taxes and are therefore excluded from
evaluation of our core operating performance. |
|
(d) |
|
Reflects an accrual of $5.2 million for an estimated litigation
settlement that has been reached in principle but is conditioned upon
obtaining governmental approval and finalizing settlement terms. See
Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, and Part I, Item
3, Legal Proceedings. |
|
(e) |
|
Represents exit costs as a result of the closure of the student
services facility in Utah, including termination benefits, relocation
expenses and the future lease payments, net of estimated sublease
rentals, plus the write off of leasehold improvements associated with
the leased space. |
|
(f) |
|
Reflects share-based compensation expense relating to stock and option
grants made to employees and directors in connection with our initial
public offering and thereafter. |
84
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2, Significant Accounting Policies, in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary
Data
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Impact of inflation. We believe that inflation has not had a material impact on our results of
operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, or 2007. There can be no assurance that
future inflation will not have an adverse impact on our operating results and financial condition.
Market risk. On June 30, 2009, we entered into two derivative agreements to manage our 30-day
LIBOR interest exposure from the variable rate note payable. The corridor instrument hedges our
variable interest rate risk from July 1, 2009 through April 30, 2014 with a notional amount of
$12.3 million as of December 31, 2009 and permits us to hedge our interest rate risk at several
thresholds. Under this arrangement, in addition to the credit spread we will pay variable interest
rates based on the 30 Day LIBOR rates monthly until that index reaches 4%. If 30-day LIBOR is
equal to 4% through 6%, we will continue to pay 4%. If 30 day LIBOR exceeds 6%, we will pay actual
30day LIBOR less 2%. The forward interest rate swap risk starts on May 1, 2010, continues each
month thereafter until April 30, 2014, and has a notional amount of $12.0 million. Under this
arrangement, we will receive 30-day LIBOR and pay 3.245% fixed rate on the amortizing notional
amount plus the credit spread.
Except with respect to the foregoing, we have no derivative financial instruments or
derivative commodity instruments. We invest cash in excess of current operating requirements in
short term certificates of deposit and money market instruments in multiple financial institutions.
Interest rate risk. We manage interest rate risk through the instruments noted above and by
investing excess funds in cash equivalents and AAA rated marketable securities bearing variable
interest rates, which are tied to various market indices. Our future investment income may fall
short of expectations due to changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal if we
are forced to sell securities that have declined in market value due to changes in interest rates.
At December 31, 2009 a 10% increase or decrease in interest rates would not have a material impact
on our future earnings, fair values, or cash flows. For information regarding our variable rate
notes payable, see Market risk above.
85
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
|
87 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
88 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
89 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
92 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
94 |
|
86
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Grand Canyon Education, Inc. (the
Company) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related statements of operations, preferred
stock and stockholders equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our
audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of Grand Canyon Education, Inc. at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and
the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States), Grand Canyon Education, Inc.s internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our
report dated February 18, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Phoenix, Arizona
February 18, 2010
87
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Grand Canyon Education, Inc.:
We have audited Grand Canyon Education, Inc.s internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over
financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting included in the accompanying Report of Management on Grand Canyon Education, Inc.s
Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the
companys internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was
maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk,
and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe
that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. A companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and
procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately
and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and
directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets that could have
a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent
or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods
are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or
that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Grand Canyon Education, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States), the accompanying balance sheets of Grand Canyon Education, Inc. as
of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related statements of operations, preferred stock and
stockholders equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2009 and our report dated February 18, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Phoenix, Arizona
February 18, 2010
88
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Balance Sheets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, |
|
($ in thousands, except share data) |
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
ASSETS:
|
Current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
62,571 |
|
|
$ |
35,152 |
|
Restricted cash, cash equivalents and
investments (of which $170 is unrestricted
at December 31, 2009) |
|
|
3,403 |
|
|
|
2,197 |
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for
doubtful accounts of $7,553 and $6,356 at
December 31, 2009 and 2008 |
|
|
13,802 |
|
|
|
9,442 |
|
Income taxes receivable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,576 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
6,685 |
|
|
|
2,603 |
|
Other current assets |
|
|
3,785 |
|
|
|
2,629 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
90,246 |
|
|
|
53,599 |
|
Property and equipment, net |
|
|
67,370 |
|
|
|
41,399 |
|
Restricted cash and investments (of which
$2,928 is restricted at December 31, 2008) |
|
|
360 |
|
|
|
3,403 |
|
Prepaid royalties |
|
|
7,311 |
|
|
|
8,043 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
2,941 |
|
|
|
2,941 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
5,956 |
|
|
|
7,404 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
554 |
|
|
|
201 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
174,738 |
|
|
$ |
116,990 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY:
|
Current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable |
|
$ |
8,762 |
|
|
$ |
5,770 |
|
Accrued liabilities |
|
|
18,103 |
|
|
|
9,674 |
|
Accrued estimated litigation loss |
|
|
5,200 |
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued exit costs |
|
|
832 |
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes payable |
|
|
2,261 |
|
|
|
172 |
|
Deferred revenue and student deposits |
|
|
23,204 |
|
|
|
14,262 |
|
Due to related parties |
|
|
1,174 |
|
|
|
1,197 |
|
Current portion of capital lease obligations |
|
|
751 |
|
|
|
1,125 |
|
Current portion of notes payable |
|
|
2,105 |
|
|
|
357 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
62,392 |
|
|
|
32,557 |
|
Capital lease obligations, less current portion |
|
|
868 |
|
|
|
29,384 |
|
Notes payable, less current portion and other |
|
|
25,450 |
|
|
|
1,459 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities |
|
|
88,710 |
|
|
|
63,400 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 10,000,000
shares authorized; 0 shares issued and
outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 100,000,000
shares authorized; 45,657,946 and 45,465,160
shares issued and outstanding at December 31,
2009 and 2008, respectively |
|
|
457 |
|
|
|
455 |
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
|
70,100 |
|
|
|
64,808 |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income |
|
|
(144 |
) |
|
|
16 |
|
Accumulated earnings (deficit) |
|
|
15,615 |
|
|
|
(11,689 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity |
|
|
86,028 |
|
|
|
53,590 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity |
|
$ |
174,738 |
|
|
$ |
116,990 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
89
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Statements of Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
($ in thousands, except per share data) |
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Net revenue |
|
$ |
261,902 |
|
|
$ |
161,309 |
|
|
$ |
99,326 |
|
Costs and expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services |
|
|
87,592 |
|
|
|
54,450 |
|
|
|
39,050 |
|
Selling and promotional, including
$6,736 in 2009; $5,895 in 2008; and
$4,293 in 2007, to related parties |
|
|
85,405 |
|
|
|
65,551 |
|
|
|
35,148 |
|
General and administrative |
|
|
35,619 |
|
|
|
26,825 |
|
|
|
17,001 |
|
Estimated litigation loss |
|
|
5,200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exit costs |
|
|
1,218 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Royalty to former owner |
|
|
296 |
|
|
|
1,686 |
|
|
|
3,782 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses |
|
|
215,330 |
|
|
|
148,512 |
|
|
|
94,981 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
46,572 |
|
|
|
12,797 |
|
|
|
4,345 |
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(1,613 |
) |
|
|
(2,897 |
) |
|
|
(2,975 |
) |
Interest income |
|
|
324 |
|
|
|
640 |
|
|
|
1,172 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes |
|
|
45,283 |
|
|
|
10,540 |
|
|
|
2,542 |
|
Income tax expense |
|
|
17,979 |
|
|
|
3,855 |
|
|
|
1,016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
27,304 |
|
|
|
6,685 |
|
|
|
1,526 |
|
Preferred dividends |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(938 |
) |
|
|
(349 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available to common stockholders |
|
$ |
27,304 |
|
|
$ |
5,747 |
|
|
$ |
1,177 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic income per share |
|
$ |
0.60 |
|
|
$ |
0.26 |
|
|
$ |
0.06 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted income per share |
|
$ |
0.60 |
|
|
$ |
0.17 |
|
|
$ |
0.03 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic weighted average shares outstanding |
|
|
45,184 |
|
|
|
22,185 |
|
|
|
18,923 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding |
|
|
45,503 |
|
|
|
33,430 |
|
|
|
35,143 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
90
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Statements of Preferred Stock and Stockholders Equity (Deficit)
($ in thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock |
|
|
Stockholders (Deficit) Equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A Convertible |
|
|
Series B Convertible |
|
|
Series C |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional |
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock |
|
|
Preferred Stock |
|
|
Preferred Stock |
|
|
Common Stock |
|
|
Paid-in |
|
|
Comprehensive |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Par Value |
|
|
Capital |
|
|
Income (Loss) |
|
|
Earnings (Deficit) |
|
|
Total |
|
Balance at December 31, 2006 |
|
|
5,953 |
|
|
|
18,610 |
|
|
|
865 |
|
|
|
2,780 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,853,450 |
|
|
|
189 |
|
|
|
7,953 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
(19,900 |
) |
|
|
(11,723 |
) |
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,526 |
|
|
|
1,526 |
|
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities, net of taxes
of $30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,570 |
|
Conversion of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock to Series C Preferred Stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(865 |
) |
|
|
(2,780 |
) |
|
|
800 |
|
|
|
2,780 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment of amounts due to related party with Series C Preferred Stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
120 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Series C Preferred Stock for cash, net of issuance costs of $36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,995 |
|
|
|
10,409 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Blanchard shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
182,600 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
115 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
116 |
|
Dividend on Series B Convertible Preferred Stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(320 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(320 |
) |
Accretion of Series C Preferred Stock Dividend |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(29 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(29 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007 |
|
|
5,953 |
|
|
|
18,610 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,829 |
|
|
|
13,338 |
|
|
|
19,036,050 |
|
|
|
190 |
|
|
|
7,719 |
|
|
|
79 |
|
|
|
(18,374 |
) |
|
|
(10,386 |
) |
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,685 |
|
|
|
6,685 |
|
Unrealized losses on available for-sale securities, net of taxes
of $42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(63 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(63 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,622 |
|
Undeclared dividends on Series C Preferred Stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
938 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(938 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(938 |
) |
Issuance of Blanchard shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
182,600 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
2,994 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,996 |
|
Cancellation of IAS warrant, net of $2,316 deferred taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,684 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,684 |
) |
Exercise of warrant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
909,348 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
517 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
526 |
|
Conversion of Series A and Series C Convertible Preferred Stock to Common Stock |
|
|
(5,953 |
) |
|
|
(18,610 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,829 |
) |
|
|
(14,276 |
) |
|
|
13,103,511 |
|
|
|
131 |
|
|
|
32,755 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,886 |
|
Stock issued in initial public offering, net of issuance costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,075,000 |
|
|
|
121 |
|
|
|
128,635 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
128,756 |
|
Special distribution to stockholders from initial public offering proceeds |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(108,675 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(108,675 |
) |
Restricted stock granted to Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
109,329 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1,310 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,311 |
|
Share-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,563 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,563 |
|
Exercise of stock options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49,322 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
591 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
592 |
|
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
45,465,160 |
|
|
$ |
455 |
|
|
$ |
64,808 |
|
|
$ |
16 |
|
|
$ |
(11,689 |
) |
|
$ |
53,590 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27,304 |
|
|
|
27,304 |
|
Unrealized losses on hedging derivatives, net of taxes
of $111 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(167 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(167 |
) |
Unrealized gains on available for-sale securities, net of taxes
of $5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27,144 |
|
Repurchase and retirement of the Companys common stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(909,348 |
) |
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
(14,486 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14,495 |
) |
Stock issued in offering, net of issuance costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,000,000 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
14,870 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,880 |
|
Share-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,419 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,419 |
|
Exercise of stock options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
102,134 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1,225 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,226 |
|
Excess tax benefit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
264 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
264 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
45,657,946 |
|
|
$ |
457 |
|
|
$ |
70,100 |
|
|
$ |
(144 |
) |
|
$ |
15,615 |
|
|
$ |
86,028 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Statements of Cash Flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
($ in thousands) |
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Cash flows provided by operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
27,304 |
|
|
$ |
6,685 |
|
|
$ |
1,526 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation |
|
|
3,419 |
|
|
|
4,991 |
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation |
|
|
(247 |
) |
|
|
(21 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Amortization of notes payable issuance costs |
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for bad debts |
|
|
14,016 |
|
|
|
8,465 |
|
|
|
6,257 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
7,960 |
|
|
|
5,095 |
|
|
|
3,300 |
|
Estimated litigation loss |
|
|
5,200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exit costs |
|
|
832 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
(2,523 |
) |
|
|
(245 |
) |
|
|
(1,656 |
) |
Other |
|
|
(14 |
) |
|
|
(106 |
) |
|
|
19 |
|
Changes in assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable |
|
|
(18,376 |
) |
|
|
(10,793 |
) |
|
|
(8,573 |
) |
Prepaid expenses and other |
|
|
(377 |
) |
|
|
(751 |
) |
|
|
(442 |
) |
Due to/from related parties |
|
|
(23 |
) |
|
|
468 |
|
|
|
(107 |
) |
Accounts payable |
|
|
2,155 |
|
|
|
927 |
|
|
|
253 |
|
Accrued liabilities |
|
|
8,928 |
|
|
|
3,596 |
|
|
|
3,802 |
|
Income taxes receivable/payable |
|
|
3,929 |
|
|
|
(1,624 |
) |
|
|
(2,294 |
) |
Deferred revenue and student deposits |
|
|
8,942 |
|
|
|
3,893 |
|
|
|
4,236 |
|
Prepaid royalties to former owner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,920 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Royalty payable to former owner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,428 |
) |
|
|
3,782 |
|
Deposit with former owner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,000 |
|
|
|
(3,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
|
61,167 |
|
|
|
10,232 |
|
|
|
7,103 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows used in investing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures |
|
|
(24,760 |
) |
|
|
(8,374 |
) |
|
|
(7,406 |
) |
Purchase of campus land and buildings |
|
|
(35,505 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in restricted cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
1,844 |
|
|
|
2,083 |
|
|
|
(1,454 |
) |
Purchases of investments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,627 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sale or maturity of investments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,570 |
|
|
|
(149 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
|
(58,421 |
) |
|
|
(6,348 |
) |
|
|
(9,009 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows provided by financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal payments on notes payable and capital lease obligations |
|
|
(2,415 |
) |
|
|
(1,357 |
) |
|
|
(1,230 |
) |
Repayment on line of credit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from notes payable and line of credit |
|
|
25,547 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,000 |
|
Notes payable issuance costs |
|
|
(317 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of outstanding shares |
|
|
(14,495 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of Institute Warrant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Repayment of Institute Note Payable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,250 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,684 |
|
Proceeds from related party payable on preferred stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,725 |
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends on preferred stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(153 |
) |
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock |
|
|
14,880 |
|
|
|
128,756 |
|
|
|
|
|
Payment of special distribution |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(108,675 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from exercise of warrant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
526 |
|
|
|
|
|
Net proceeds from exercise of stock options |
|
|
1,226 |
|
|
|
592 |
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation |
|
|
247 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities |
|
|
24,673 |
|
|
|
12,338 |
|
|
|
9,301 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
27,419 |
|
|
|
16,222 |
|
|
|
7,395 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year |
|
|
35,152 |
|
|
|
18,930 |
|
|
|
11,535 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year |
|
$ |
62,571 |
|
|
$ |
35,152 |
|
|
$ |
18,930 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
92
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Statement of Cash Flows (continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
($ in thousands) |
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the year for interest |
|
$ |
1,802 |
|
|
$ |
3,709 |
|
|
$ |
2,645 |
|
Cash paid during the year for income taxes |
|
$ |
16,307 |
|
|
$ |
5,274 |
|
|
$ |
4,964 |
|
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing
activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of equipment through notes payable and capital lease
obligations |
|
$ |
2,116 |
|
|
$ |
2,481 |
|
|
$ |
676 |
|
Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts
payable and deferred rent |
|
$ |
1,098 |
|
|
$ |
1,292 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Settlement of capital lease obligation |
|
$ |
30,020 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Removal of Utah leasehold improvements |
|
$ |
274 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Issuance of Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock
for notes receivable |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
5,725 |
|
Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock for
settlement of balances owed |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
120 |
|
Accretion of dividends on Series C convertible preferred stock |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
938 |
|
|
$ |
29 |
|
Value assigned to Blanchard shares |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
2,996 |
|
|
$ |
116 |
|
Assumption of future obligations under gift annuities |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
887 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Deferred tax on repurchase of Institute Warrant |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
2,316 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Conversion of Series A and Series C convertible preferred stock |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
32,886 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
93
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
1. Nature of Business
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. (the Company) was formed in Delaware in November 2003 as a
limited liability company, under the name Significant Education, LLC, for the purpose of acquiring
the assets of Grand Canyon University from a non-profit foundation on February 2, 2004. On August
24, 2005, the Company converted from a limited liability company to a corporation and changed its
name to Significant Education, Inc. On May 9, 2008, the Company changed its name to Grand Canyon
Education, Inc.
The Company is a regionally accredited provider of online postsecondary education services
focused on offering graduate and undergraduate degree programs in its core disciplines of
education, business, and healthcare. In addition to online programs, the Company offers courses at
its campus in Phoenix, Arizona and onsite at the facilities of employers. The Company is accredited
by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.
Except as otherwise indicated, all information presented in the accompanying financial
statements has been adjusted to reflect the 1,826 for one split of common stock and conversion of
formerly outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock, both of which occurred in
connection with the Companys November 18, 2008 initial public offering of common stock.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Formation and Transactions with Former Owner
On January 29, 2004, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement (the Purchase
Agreement) with the Grand Canyon University Institute for Advanced Studies (the Institute or
former owner), an Arizona nonprofit corporation, pursuant to which the Company acquired
substantially all of the operating assets (excluding the ground campus and related buildings) of
Grand Canyon University (the University), including all accreditations, licensures, and approvals
necessary to offer its ground and online education programs. In consideration for the purchase of
such assets, the Company paid the Institute $500 in cash, assumed certain liabilities, and agreed
to pay the Institute a royalty equal to 5% of the revenue generated by the Company through its
online education program for each year in the period 2004 through 2008 and 4% for each year
thereafter, in perpetuity (the Royalty Agreement). The consideration paid and liabilities assumed
exceeded the fair value of the assets acquired by $2,941 which was recorded as goodwill. The
transaction closed on February 2, 2004 at which time the Company commenced its operations.
On June 25, 2004, the Company entered into an ancillary agreement (the Ancillary Agreement)
with the Institute, pursuant to which the Company agreed to purchase the ground campus and related
buildings (the Campus) excluding one building and the underlying real estate, from the Institute
for the following consideration:
|
|
|
the assumption of a $1,500 note payable to a third party (the Kirksville Note); |
|
|
|
the issuance by the Company to the Institute of a warrant (the Institute
Warrant) to purchase a 10.0% non-dilutable equity interest in the Company for an
exercise price of $1 during a one month period beginning in July 1, 2011 subject to a
right for the Company to repurchase the warrant at any time prior to its exercise for
$6,000. |
The value of the warrant was estimated at $420 which approximates 10% of the estimated fair
value of the
Company at the date of grant and was included as a component of the cost of the campus and
related buildings.
94
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
In connection with the Ancillary Agreement, (i) the Company assigned its right to purchase the
Campus to Spirit Finance Acquisitions, LLC (Spirit), (ii) following such assignment, Spirit
acquired the Campus from the Institute for cash, (iii) Spirit leased the Campus to the Company
under a long-term lease (the Spirit Lease) in connection with which the Company issued to Spirit
a warrant, and (iv) the Institute loaned the Company $1,250 payable over seven years (the
Institute Loan).
Shortly after the completion of the acquisition, the Company and the Institute became involved
in certain disputes, with the Company alleging breaches of representations and warranties
concerning the Universitys operations, its compliance with Department of Education regulations,
and the Institutes failure to adequately disclose liabilities in the Purchase Agreement and the
Ancillary Agreement. In addition, the Company withheld payment of amounts due under the Royalty
Agreement and the Institute Loan. At December 31, 2007, the Company had withheld payment of
approximately $7,428 in payments due under the Royalty Agreement and approximately $840 of
principal and interest payments under the Institute Loan. As a result of these disputes, the
Company commenced legal proceedings in March 2006 and the Institute brought counterclaims.
In September 2007, the Company and the Institute entered into a standstill agreement pursuant
to which they agreed to stay all legal proceedings through April 15, 2008. In accordance with the
terms of the standstill agreement, the Company made an initial non-refundable, non-creditable
$3,000 payment to the Institute and received an option to pay an additional $19,500 to the
Institute by April 15, 2008, which would serve, in its entirety, as consideration for:
|
|
|
the satisfaction in full of all past royalties due to the Institute under the
Royalty Agreement and the elimination of the existing obligation to pay royalties for
online student revenues in perpetuity; |
|
|
|
the repurchase of the Institute Warrant; |
|
|
|
the acquisition by the Company of the real property and related building located
on the Campus that was owned by the Institute and not transferred in connection with the
Ancillary Agreement; |
|
|
|
the termination of a sublease agreement pursuant to which the Institute leased
office space on the Campus; |
|
|
|
the assumption by the Company of all future payment obligations in respect to
certain gift annuities made to the school by donors prior to the acquisition; and |
|
|
|
the satisfaction in full of the $1,250 Institute Loan (including all accrued and
unpaid interest thereon). |
On April 15, 2008, the Company exercised its option and paid the additional $19,500 to the
Institute and the Institute relinquished any and all rights it had to be involved in Grand Canyon
University, and all parties released any and all claims they may have had against the other
parties.
95
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
Accounting for the April 15, 2008 Settlement of the Standstill Agreement
The following table provides a tabular depiction of the Companys allocation of the $22,500
total payment to the Institute to each of the assets acquired, obligations settled, and liabilities
assumed, based on the Companys fair value estimates.
|
|
|
|
|
Initial Payment |
|
$ |
3,000 |
|
Optional Payment |
|
|
19,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total Payment to be allocated |
|
$ |
22,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
1) Obligations settled |
|
|
|
|
Accrued royalties due under Royalty Agreement (as of April 15, 2008) |
|
$ |
8,730 |
|
Repurchase of Institute Warrant |
|
|
6,000 |
|
Repayment of Institute Loan, including accrued interest |
|
|
2,257 |
|
Other amounts due to the Institute |
|
|
327 |
|
2) Liabilities assumed |
|
|
|
|
Assumption of gift annuities obligation, at fair value |
|
|
(887 |
) |
3) Cost to be allocated to assets acquired |
|
|
|
|
Real property and prepaid royalty asset |
|
|
6,073 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total fair value estimates |
|
$ |
22,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, the total payment was applied to the following items, in the
order indicated: (1) to satisfy all past royalties due to the Institute; (2) to redeem the
Institute Warrant, based on the original terms of such warrant; (3) to satisfy a loan provided by
the Institute, including all accrued and unpaid interest thereon; and (4) to satisfy other amounts
due to the Institute.
The standstill agreement also required the Company to assume future payment obligations in
respect of certain gift annuities made to the school by donors prior to the acquisition, which
represents a liability assumed under the standstill agreement and was recognized based on the fair
value of such annuities at the option exercise date.
The remaining $6,073 of the total payment was allocated to the remaining acquired assets based
on their individual fair value relative to the total fair value of those assets. The Company
recognized the real property (i.e., land) and related building acquired from the Institute in the
transaction as an asset at the option exercise date and these assets totaling $129 and $24,
respectively, have been classified within Property and Equipment in the Companys balance sheets.
The $5,920 value of the settlement of future royalty payment obligations to the Institute was
determined based on its relative fair value at the option exercise date and is included in the
accompanying balance sheet at December 31, 2008 as a Prepaid Royalty, and is being amortized on a
straight line basis over a period of 20 years.
Spirit Transaction
On April 28, 2009, the Company acquired the land and buildings that comprise its ground campus
and 909,348 shares of its common stock from Spirit Master Funding, LLC and Spirit Management
Company, respectively (collectively, Spirit) for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000. Prior
to the acquisition, the Company had leased the land and buildings from Spirit, accounting for the
land as an operating lease and the buildings and improvements as capital lease obligations. To
finance a portion of the purchase, the Company entered into a loan agreement with a financial
institution pursuant which it borrowed $25,675. See Note 7, Notes Payable and Other and Note 12,
Warrants to Purchase Common Stock.
The Company allocated $14,495 of the purchase price to the repurchase of its common stock and
the remaining $35,505 to the land and buildings. Additionally, the Company removed the building
and improvement assets and related capital lease obligations of $30,020 and applied the deferred
gain of $1,429 as a reduction to the new building value. See Note 5, Property and Equipment.
96
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ
from those estimates.
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year balances to conform to the current
period.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company invests cash in excess of current operating requirements in short term
certificates of deposit and money market instruments. The Company considers all highly liquid
investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.
Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents
A significant portion of our revenue is received from students who participate in government
financial aid and assistance programs. Restricted cash and cash equivalents primarily represents
amounts received from the federal and state governments under various student aid grant and loan
programs, such as Title IV. These funds are received subsequent to the completion of the
authorization and disbursement process for the benefit of the student. The U.S. Department of
Education requires Title IV funds collected in advance of student billings to be segregated in a
separate cash or cash equivalent account until the students are billed for their portion. We record
these amounts as a current asset in restricted cash and cash equivalents. Restricted cash and cash
equivalents is excluded from cash and cash equivalents until the cash is no longer restricted. The
majority of these funds remain as restricted cash and cash equivalents for an average of 60 to 90
days from the date of receipt.
Restricted Cash and Investments
The Company owns certain marketable securities that were pledged as collateral through
December 31, 2008 for a Standby Letter of Credit as further described in Note 7, Notes Payable and
Other. The Company considers its investments in such marketable securities as available-for-sale
securities. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value as determined by quoted market
prices, with unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, reported as a separate component of
stockholders equity. Unrealized losses considered to be other-than-temporary are recognized
currently in earnings. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method.
Amortization of premiums, accretion of discounts, interest and dividend income and realized gains
and losses are included in investment income. Because these securities were pledged as collateral,
the Company classified all such amounts as long term assets through December 31, 2008. On January
1, 2009, the pledge was removed.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and
accrued expenses approximate their fair value based on the liquidity or the short-term maturities
of these instruments. The carrying value of notes payable approximate fair value based on its
variable rate index. The carrying value of other notes payable and capital lease obligations
approximate fair value based upon market interest rates available to the Company for debt of
similar risk and maturities. Derivative financial instruments are carried at fair value,
determined using Level 2 of the hierarchy of valuation inputs as defined in the Financial
Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (Codification), with the
use of inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability.
See Note 10, Derivative Instruments.
The fair value of investments, primarily municipal securities, were determined using Level 1
of the hierarchy of valuation inputs, with the use of observable market prices in the active
market. The unit of account used for valuation is the individual underlying security. The municipal
securities are comprised of city and county bonds related to schools, water and sewer, and housing
bonds. Because these securities held by the Company are
investments, assessment of non-performance risk is not applicable as such considerations are
only applicable in evaluating the fair value measurements for liabilities.
97
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
The fair value of the prepaid royalty asset relating to the settlement of future royalty
payment obligations to the Institute was determined using an income approach, based on managements
forecasts of revenue to be generated through its online education program using Level 3 of the
hierarchy of valuation inputs. The rate utilized to discount net cash flows to their present values
is 35%. This discount rate was determined after consideration of the Companys weighted average
cost of capital giving effect to estimates of the Companys risk-free rate, beta coefficient,
equity risk premium, small size risk premium, and company-specific risk premium.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the
inability, failure or refusal of its students to make required payments. The Company determines the
adequacy of its allowance for doubtful accounts based on an analysis of its historical bad debt
experience and the aging of the accounts receivable. The Company applies reserves to each aging
category based upon an estimate of the risk presented by the age of the receivables. The Company
writes off account receivable balances deemed uncollectible on a regular basis and in 2008
implemented a policy of writing off account receivable balances one year after the revenue is
generated. However, the Company continues to reflect accounts receivable with an offsetting
allowance as long as management believes there is a reasonable possibility of collection. Bad debt
expense is recorded as a general and administrative expense in the statements of operations.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is
computed using the straight-line method. Normal repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.
Expenditures that materially extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized. Construction in
progress represents items not yet placed in service and are not depreciated. Internally developed
software represents qualifying salary and consulting costs for time spent on developing internal
use software and is included in construction in progress until its completion. The Company
capitalizes interest using its interest rates on the specific borrowings used to finance the
improvements, which approximated 5.4% in 2009 and 8.7% in 2008 and 2007 given the amount of the
specific debt exceeded the in process value of the project at all times. Interest cost capitalized
and incurred in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Interest incurred |
|
$ |
1,808 |
|
|
$ |
3,022 |
|
|
$ |
3,102 |
|
Interest capitalized |
|
|
195 |
|
|
|
125 |
|
|
|
127 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
$ |
1,613 |
|
|
$ |
2,897 |
|
|
$ |
2,975 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
assets. Furniture and fixtures, computer equipment, and vehicles generally have estimated useful
lives of 10, four, and five years, respectively. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the
shorter of their lease term or their useful life. Land improvements and buildings are depreciated
over lives ranging from 10 to 30 years.
Leases
The Company enters into various lease agreements in conducting its business. At the inception
of each lease, we evaluate the lease agreement to determine whether the lease is an operating or
capital lease. In addition, many of the lease agreements contain renewal options and tenant
improvement allowances. When such items are included in a lease agreement, the Company records a
deferred liability on the balance sheet and records the rent expense evenly over the term of the
lease. Leasehold improvements are included as investing activities and are included as additions
to property, plant and equipment. For leases with renewal options, the Company records rent
expense and amortizes the leasehold improvement on a straight-line basis over the initial
non-cancelable lease term unless it intends to exercise the renewal option. Once it extends the
renewal option, the Company amortizes any tenant improvement allowances over the extended lease
period as well as the leasehold improvement asset (unless the
extended lease term is longer than the economic life of the asset). The Company expenses any
additional payments under its operating leases for taxes, insurance or other operating expenses as
incurred.
98
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
Deferred Loan Costs
In April 2009, the Company capitalized expenses paid to third parties from a note agreement
with a financial institution and these costs, which totaled $317 are amortized over the five year
life of the note using the straight-line method, which approximates the effective interest rate.
Accumulated amortization was $42 as of December 31, 2009.
Long-Lived Assets
The Company evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be
recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the
carrying amount of an asset to undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the
assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured
by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost over the fair market value of net assets acquired,
including identified intangible assets. Goodwill is tested annually or more frequently if
circumstances indicate potential impairment, by comparing its fair value to its carrying amount.
Share-Based Compensation
The Company measures and recognizes compensation expense for share-based payment awards made
to employees, consultants and directors, including employee stock options. Prior to the Companys
initial public offering in November 2008, the Company had no share-based awards.
The Company calculates the fair value of share-based awards on the date of grant. The Company
uses the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model to estimate fair value. The option pricing model
requires the Company to estimate certain key assumptions such as expected life, volatility, risk
free interest rates, and dividend yield to determine the fair value of share-based awards, based on
historical information and management judgment. The Company amortizes the share-based compensation
expense over the period that the awards are expected to vest, net of estimated forfeiture rates. If
the actual forfeitures differ from management estimates, adjustments to compensation expense are
recorded. The Company reports cash flows resulting from tax deductions in excess of the
compensation cost recognized for those options (excess tax benefits) as financing cash flows.
The Company has analyzed the circumstances in which the simplified method is allowed and is
utilizing the simplified method for all stock options granted since November 2008. The simplified
method for estimating the expected life uses the mid-point between the vesting term and the
contractual term of the stock option.
Derivatives and Hedging
Derivative financial instruments are recorded on the balance sheet as assets or liabilities
and re-measured at fair value at each reporting date. For derivatives designated as cash flow
hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of
other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or period during which
the hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses on the derivative representing either
hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are
recognized in current earnings.
Derivative financial instruments enable the Company to manage its exposure to interest rate
risk. The Company does not engage in any derivative instrument trading activity. Credit risk
associated with the Companys derivatives is limited to the risk that a derivative counterparty
will not perform in accordance with the terms of the
contract. Exposure to counterparty credit risk is considered low because these agreements
have been entered into with institutions with strong credit ratings, and they are expected to
perform fully under the terms of the agreements.
99
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
As of December 31, 2009 no derivative ineffectiveness was identified. Any ineffectiveness in
the Companys derivative instruments designated as hedges would be reported in interest expense in
the statement of operations. As of December 31, 2009 credit default risk interest income of $2
was identified and recognized and is reported in interest expense in the statement of operations.
At December 31, 2009, the Company does not expect to reclassify any gains or losses on derivative
instruments from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings during the next 12
months.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred
tax assets and liabilities for future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our
financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using
enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the temporary differences are expect to be
realized.
In January 2008, the Company adopted a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement
recognition and measurement of an uncertain tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax
return. We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax
expense. The Company has reserved approximately $568 and $299 for uncertain tax positions including
interest and penalties, which is classified within accrued liabilities on the accompanying balance
sheet as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
The Company has deferred tax assets, which are subject to periodic recoverability assessments.
Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount
that more likely than not will be realized. Realization of the deferred tax assets is principally
dependent upon achievement of projected future taxable income offset by deferred tax liabilities.
Loss Contingencies
The Company accrues for contingent obligation when it is probable that a liability has been
incurred and the amount is reasonably estimable. When the Company becomes aware of a claim or
potential claim, the likelihood of any loss exposure is assessed. If it is probable that a loss
will result and the amount of the loss is estimable, the Company records a liability for the
estimated loss. If the loss is not probable or the amount of the potential loss is not estimable,
the Company will disclose the claim if the likelihood of a potential loss is reasonably possible
and that the amount of the potential loss could be material. Estimates that are particularly
sensitive to future changes include tax, legal, and other regulatory matters, which are subject to
change as events evolve, and as additional information becomes available during the administrative
and litigation process. In the third quarter of 2009, the Company recorded an accrual of $5,200
for a litigation settlement that has been reached in principle but is conditioned upon obtaining
governmental approval and finalizing settlement terms. See Note 9 Commitments and Contingencies.
The Companys policy is to expense legal fees as incurred.
Revenue Recognition
Net revenues consist primarily of tuition and fees derived from courses taught by the Company
online, at its traditional campus in Phoenix, Arizona, and onsite at facilities of employers, as
well as from related educational resources such as access to online materials. Tuition revenue and
most fees and related educational resources are recognized ratably over the applicable period of
instruction, net of scholarships provided by the Company. For the years ended December 31, 2009,
2008 and 2007, the Companys revenue was reduced by approximately $34,155, $18,381 and $10,269,
respectively, as a result of scholarships that the Company offered to students. The Company will
refund all or a portion of tuition already paid pursuant to its refund policy, dependent upon
length of course and modality. Deferred revenue and student deposits in any period represent the
excess of tuition, fees, and other student payments received as compared to amounts recognized as
revenue on the statement of operations and are
reflected as current liabilities in the accompanying balance sheet. The Companys educational
programs have starting and ending dates that differ from its fiscal quarters. Therefore, at the end
of each fiscal quarter, a portion of revenue from these programs is not yet earned. Other revenues
may be recognized as sales occur or services are performed.
100
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
Instructional Costs and Services
Instructional cost and services consist primarily of costs related to the administration and
delivery of the Companys educational programs. This expense category includes salaries, benefits
and share-based compensation for full-time and adjunct faculty and administrative personnel, costs
associated with online faculty, information technology costs, curriculum and new program
development costs (which are expensed as incurred) and costs associated with other support groups
that provide services directly to the students. This category also includes an allocation of
depreciation, amortization, rent, and occupancy costs attributable to the provision of educational
services, primarily at the Companys Phoenix, Arizona campus.
Selling and Promotional
Selling and promotional expenses include salaries, benefits and share-based compensation of
personnel engaged in the marketing, recruitment, and retention of students, as well as advertising
costs associated with purchasing leads, hosting events and seminars, and producing marketing
materials. This category also includes an allocation of depreciation, amortization, rent, and
occupancy costs attributable to selling and promotional activities at the Companys facilities in
Arizona. Selling and promotional costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs, which include
marketing leads, events, and promotional materials for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and
2007 were $24,820, $18,541, and $10,213, respectively.
The Company is a party to revenue sharing arrangements with related parties pursuant to which
it pays a percentage of the net revenue that it actually receives from applicants recruited by
those entities that matriculate at Grand Canyon University. The related party bears all costs
associated with the recruitment of these applicants. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008,
and 2007, the Company expensed approximately $6,736, $5,895, and $4,293, respectively, pursuant to
these arrangements. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, $359, and $679, respectively, were due to
these related parties.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses include salaries, benefits and share-based compensation of
employees engaged in corporate management, finance, human resources, compliance, and other
corporate functions. General and administrative expenses also include bad debt expense, as well as
an allocation of depreciation, amortization, rent, and occupancy costs attributable to the
departments providing general and administrative functions.
Exit Costs
On November 5, 2009, management finalized a plan to centralize its student services operations
in Arizona and, as a result, closed its student services facility in Utah. The employees
impacted by the closure of the student services facility in Utah, who are primarily enrollment
counselors, were offered similar positions in Arizona. Employees who chose not to relocate were
terminated immediately and were eligible to receive transition benefits. The employees were
notified of the transition plan on November 5, 2009. The Company physically ceased using the
leased space in Utah by December 31, 2009. The exit costs expected to be incurred in connection
with this decision have been expensed and are presented separately on the income statement. The
costs incurred include severance payments; relocation expense; future lease payments, net of
estimated sublease rentals; and the write off of leasehold improvements associated with this leased
space.
101
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
The following is a summary of our exit expense by category and amounts paid to date:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
Estimated |
|
|
Payments to |
|
|
Remaining |
|
|
|
Expense |
|
|
Date |
|
|
Expense |
|
Severance payments |
|
$ |
615 |
|
|
$ |
112 |
|
|
$ |
503 |
|
Future lease payments, net of estimated sublease rentals |
|
|
288 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
288 |
|
Leasehold improvements and other |
|
|
315 |
|
|
|
274 |
|
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exit costs as of December 31, 2009 |
|
$ |
1,218 |
|
|
$ |
386 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrual for exit costs as of December 31, 2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
832 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Insurance/Self-Insurance
The Company uses a combination of insurance and self-insurance for a number of risks,
including claims related to employee health care, workers compensation, general liability, and
business interruption. Liabilities associated with these risks are estimated based on, among other
things, historical claims experience, severity factors, and other actuarial assumptions. The
Companys loss exposure related to self-insurance is limited by stop loss coverage on a per
occurrence and aggregate basis. Expected loss accruals are based on estimates, and while the
Company believes the amounts accrued are adequate, the ultimate loss may differ from the amounts
provided.
Concentration of Credit Risk
The Company may extend credit for tuition to some students. A substantial portion is repaid
through the students participation in federally funded financial aid programs. Transfers of funds
from the financial aid programs to the Company are made in accordance with the U.S. Department of
Education (Department of Education) requirements. A majority of the Companys revenues are
derived from tuition financed under the Title IV programs of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as
amended (the Higher Education Act). The financial aid and assistance programs are subject to
political and budgetary considerations and are subject to extensive and complex regulations. The
Companys administration of these programs is periodically reviewed by various regulatory agencies.
Any regulatory violation could be the basis for the initiation of potentially adverse actions
including a suspension, limitation, or termination proceeding, which could have a material adverse
effect on the Company.
Students obtain access to federal student financial aid through a Department of Education
prescribed application and eligibility certification process. Student financial aid funds are
generally made available to students at prescribed intervals throughout their predetermined
expected length of study. Students typically apply the funds received from the federal financial
aid programs first to pay their tuition and fees. Any remaining funds are distributed directly to
the student.
Segment Information
The Company operates as a single educational delivery operation using a core infrastructure
that serves the curriculum and educational delivery needs of both its ground and online students
regardless of geography. The Companys chief operating decision maker manages the Companys
operations as a whole and no expense or operating income information is generated or evaluated on
any component level.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In April 2009, the FASB issued guidance that expands the fair value disclosures required for
all financial instruments to be included in interim financial statements. In addition, the
guidance requires public companies to disclose the method and significant assumptions used to
estimate the fair value of those financial instruments and to discuss any changes of method or
assumptions, if any, during the reporting period. This guidance was effective for
the Companys quarter ended June 30, 2009. As this guidance relates specifically to
disclosures, the adoption had no impact on the Companys financial position or results of
operations.
102
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
In May 2009, the FASB issued guidance to establish general standards of accounting for and
disclosures of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are
issued or are available to be issued. Among other things, this new guidance requires the
disclosure of the date through which an entity has evaluated subsequent events and the basis for
that date that is, whether that date represents the date the financial statements were issued or
were available to be issued. This disclosure should alert all users of financial statements that
an entity has not evaluated subsequent events after that date in the set of financial statements
being presented. The Company has evaluated subsequent events for this reporting period through
February 18, 2010, the date the Companys audited financial statements were issued. The adoption
had no impact on the Companys financial position or results of operations.
In June 2009, the FASB issued the FASB Codification. The Codification is the source of
authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied by non-governmental
entities in the preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles. The Codification is effective for interim and annual periods ending after
September 15, 2009. The Codification does not change U. S. generally accepted accounting
principles and did not have a material impact on the Companys financial statements.
In June 2009, the FASB issued guidance that modifies how a company determines when an entity
that is insufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting (or similar rights) should
be consolidated. This guidance clarifies that the determination of whether a company is required
to consolidate an entity is based on, among other things, an entitys purpose and design and a
companys ability to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the
entitys economic performance. This guidance requires an ongoing reassessment of whether a company
is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity and additional disclosures about a
companys involvement in variable interest entities and any significant changes in risk exposure
due to that involvement. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15,
2009. The Company is evaluating the impact that the adoption will have on our financial condition,
results of operations, and disclosures.
The Company has determined that all other recently issued accounting standards will not have a
material impact on its financial statements, or do not apply to its operations.
103
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
3. Initial Public Offering, Special Distribution and Secondary Offering
In November 2008, the Company completed an initial public offering of common stock. In the
initial public offering, the Company sold 11,575,000 shares of common stock at a price to the
public of $12.00 per share, before underwriting discounts and commissions. Net proceeds to the
Company were approximately $128,756, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and
offering expenses. Upon the closing of the offering, all of the Companys then outstanding Series A
Preferred Stock converted into 10,870,178 shares of common stock and all of the Companys then
outstanding Series C Preferred Stock converted into 2,233,333 shares of common stock.
On September 26, 2008 the Companys Board of Directors approved the payment of a special
distribution to its stockholders of record as of September 26, 2008 to be paid from the proceeds of
the initial public offering (including any proceeds resulting from sales of shares pursuant to the
underwriters exercise of their over-allotment option) in the amount of 75% of the gross offering
proceeds. On November 3, 2008, the Companys Board of Directors approved the revision of the record
date for determining those stockholders entitled to receive the possible special distribution
described above to November 18, 2008. The Companys registration statement for the initial public
offering became effective on November 19, 2008. In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company
distributed $108,675, which is equal to 75% of the total gross proceeds from the sale of common
stock, including the underwriters exercise of the over-allotment option. The special distribution
was paid on an as if converted basis to all common and preferred shareholders of record as of
November 18, 2008.
In September 2009, the Company completed a public offering of shares of its common stock. In
the offering 6,900,000 shares were sold, consisting of 1,000,000 shares sold by the Company and
5,900,000 shares sold by certain stockholders of the Company. Total net proceeds to the Company
were $14,880, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses. The Company did
not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of common stock sold by the selling stockholders.
4. Restricted Cash and Investments
The following is a summary of amounts included in restricted cash and investments. The Company
considers all investments as available for sale.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross |
|
|
Gross |
|
|
Estimated |
|
|
|
Adjusted |
|
|
Unrealized |
|
|
Unrealized |
|
|
Fair |
|
|
|
Cost |
|
|
Gains |
|
|
(Losses) |
|
|
Value |
|
Money Market Funds |
|
$ |
43 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
43 |
|
Municipal Securities |
|
|
448 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
487 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
491 |
|
|
$ |
38 |
|
|
$ |
(1 |
) |
|
$ |
530 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross |
|
|
Gross |
|
|
Estimated |
|
|
|
Adjusted |
|
|
Unrealized |
|
|
Unrealized |
|
|
Fair |
|
|
|
Cost |
|
|
Gains |
|
|
(Losses) |
|
|
Value |
|
Money Market Funds |
|
$ |
2,928 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
2,928 |
|
Municipal Securities |
|
|
448 |
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
475 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
3,376 |
|
|
$ |
28 |
|
|
$ |
(1 |
) |
|
$ |
3,403 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
104
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
The cash flows of Municipal Securities are backed by the issuing municipalitys credit
worthiness. Contractual maturities of the marketable securities at December 31, 2009 are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Due in one year or less |
|
$ |
170 |
|
Due in one to five years |
|
|
320 |
|
Due in five to ten years |
|
|
40 |
|
Due after ten years |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
530 |
|
|
|
|
|
Gross realized gains and losses resulting from the sale of available-for-sale securities were
$0, $110, and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. For the years
ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, the net unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale
securities were $7, $(63), and $44, net of tax effect, respectively.
5. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, |
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Land |
|
$ |
7,230 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Land improvements |
|
|
1,597 |
|
|
|
|
|
Buildings |
|
|
25,176 |
|
|
|
|
|
Buildings under capital leases |
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,283 |
|
Equipment under capital leases |
|
|
3,545 |
|
|
|
1,571 |
|
Leasehold improvements |
|
|
3,692 |
|
|
|
12,773 |
|
Furniture, fixtures and equipment |
|
|
30,077 |
|
|
|
14,439 |
|
Other |
|
|
1,431 |
|
|
|
1,222 |
|
Construction in progress |
|
|
7,712 |
|
|
|
2,049 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80,460 |
|
|
|
54,337 |
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization |
|
|
(13,090 |
) |
|
|
(12,938 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net |
|
$ |
67,370 |
|
|
$ |
41,399 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In 2009, the Company acquired the land and buildings from Spirit. Prior to the acquisition,
the Company had leased the land and buildings from Spirit, accounting for the land as an operating
lease and the buildings and improvements as capital lease obligations. See Note 2 Spirit
Transaction.
Depreciation and amortization expense associated with property and equipment, including assets
under capital lease, totaled $7,228, $4,592, and $3,270 for the years ended December 31, 2009,
2008, and 2007, respectively.
6. Accrued Liabilities
Accrued liabilities consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, |
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Accrued compensation and benefits |
|
$ |
11,898 |
|
|
$ |
5,340 |
|
Accrued interest |
|
|
94 |
|
|
|
284 |
|
Deferred rent |
|
|
244 |
|
|
|
34 |
|
Tax reserves, non-income tax related |
|
|
229 |
|
|
|
710 |
|
Uncertain tax positions accrual |
|
|
568 |
|
|
|
299 |
|
Other accrued expenses |
|
|
5,070 |
|
|
|
3,007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
18,103 |
|
|
$ |
9,674 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
105
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
7. Notes Payable and Other
To finance a portion of the campus land and building purchase from Spirit, the Company entered
into a loan agreement in April 2009 with a financial institution pursuant to which it borrowed
$25,675. The note agreement contains standard covenants, including covenants that, among other
things, restrict the Companys ability to incur additional debt or make certain investments,
require the Company to maintain compliance with certain applicable regulatory standards, and
require the Company to maintain a certain financial condition. Indebtedness under the note
agreement is collateralized by the land and buildings that comprise the Companys ground campus.
As of December 31, 2009, the Company is in compliance with its debt covenants.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, |
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Notes Payable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note payable, monthly payment of $143; interest at 30 day LIBOR plus 3.5%
(3.755% at December 31, 2009) through April 30, 2014 |
|
$ |
24,565 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Note payable; monthly payments of $20; interest at 3.9% through September 2011 |
|
|
407 |
|
|
|
628 |
|
Various Gift Annuities; quarterly payments of $34 extending through 2019;
interest at 10% |
|
|
802 |
|
|
|
875 |
|
Equipment note; monthly payments of $6 extending through December 2011;
interest at 6.6% |
|
|
136 |
|
|
|
|
|
Notes payable for vehicles requiring monthly payments with interest rates
ranging from 8.8% to 11.0% extending into March 2013 |
|
|
178 |
|
|
|
241 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,088 |
|
|
|
1,744 |
|
Less: Current portion |
|
|
2,105 |
|
|
|
357 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
23,983 |
|
|
$ |
1,387 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term deferred rent included in notes payable and other as of December 31, 2009 and 2008
was $1,239 and $72, respectively. The derivative liability for the forward interest rate swap
included in notes payable and other as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $228 and $0, respectively.
Payments due under the notes payable obligations are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
Notes Payable |
|
2010 |
|
$ |
2,105 |
|
2011 |
|
|
2,056 |
|
2012 |
|
|
1,808 |
|
2013 |
|
|
1,767 |
|
2014 |
|
|
17,908 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
444 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
26,088 |
|
|
|
|
|
106
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
8. Capital Lease Obligations
Capital lease obligations consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, |
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Capital Lease Obligations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease for buildings (monthly payments of
$301 at an implicit interest rate of 8.7% through
April 2009) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
30,098 |
|
Capital leases for equipment (various leases
extending into 2012, with implicit interest rates
ranging from 4.0% to 9.3%, monthly payments
totaling $74) |
|
|
1,619 |
|
|
|
411 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,619 |
|
|
|
30,509 |
|
Less: Current portion of capital lease obligations |
|
|
751 |
|
|
|
1,125 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
868 |
|
|
$ |
29,384 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments due under future minimum lease payments under the capital lease obligations are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009 |
|
|
|
Capital Lease |
|
|
|
Obligations |
|
2010 |
|
$ |
820 |
|
2011 |
|
|
746 |
|
2012 and thereafter |
|
|
152 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,718 |
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Portion representing interest |
|
|
99 |
|
|
|
|
|
Present value of minimum lease payments |
|
$ |
1,619 |
|
|
|
|
|
9. Commitments and Contingencies
Leases
The Company leases certain land, buildings and equipment under non-cancelable operating leases
expiring at various dates through 2023. Future minimum lease payments under operating leases due
each year are as follows at December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2009 |
|
2010 |
|
$ |
3,699 |
|
2011 |
|
|
3,770 |
|
2012 |
|
|
3,340 |
|
2013 |
|
|
3,582 |
|
2014 |
|
|
3,333 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
12,544 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum payments |
|
$ |
30,268 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total rent expense and related taxes and operating expenses under operating leases for the
years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $4,541, $2,375, and $2,260, respectively.
107
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
Legal Matters
From time to time, the Company is a party to various lawsuits, claims, and other legal
proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business, some of which are covered by insurance.
When the Company is aware of a claim or
potential claim, it assesses the likelihood of any loss or exposure. If it is probable that a
loss will result and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated, the Company records a
liability for the loss. If the loss is not probable or the amount of the loss cannot be reasonably
estimated, the Company discloses the nature of the specific claim if the likelihood of a potential
loss is reasonably possible and the amount involved is material. With respect to the majority of
pending litigation matters, the Companys ultimate legal and financial responsibility, if any,
cannot be estimated with certainty and, in most cases, any potential losses related to those
matters are not considered probable.
On August 14, 2008, the Office of Inspector General (OIG) served an administrative subpoena
on the Company requiring it to provide certain records and information related to performance
reviews and salary adjustments for all of its enrollment counselors and managers from January 1,
2004 to August 2008. The Company is cooperating with the Office of Inspector General to facilitate
its investigation and is nearing completion of the Companys rolling responsive document
production, which commenced in September 2008. The Company cannot presently predict the ultimate
outcome of the investigation or any liability or other sanctions that may result.
On September 11, 2008, the Company was served with a qui tam lawsuit that had been filed
against the Company in August 2007 in the United States District Court for the District of Arizona
by a then-current employee on behalf of the federal government. All proceedings in the lawsuit had
been under seal until September 5, 2008, when the court unsealed the first amended complaint, which
was filed on August 11, 2008. A qui tam case is a civil lawsuit brought under the federal False
Claims Act by one or more individual (a relator) on behalf of the federal government for an
alleged submission to the government of a false claim for payment. The qui tam lawsuit alleges,
among other things, that the Company violated the False Claims Act by knowingly making false
statements, and submitting false records or statements, from at least 2001 to the present, to get
false or fraudulent claims paid or approved, and asserts that the Company improperly compensated
certain of its enrollment counselors in violation of the Title IV law governing compensation of
such employees, and as a result, improperly received Title IV program funds. The complaint
specifically alleges that some of the Companys compensation practices with respect to its
enrollment personnel, including providing non-cash awards, have violated the Title IV law governing
compensation. While the Company believes that the compensation policies and practices at issue in
the complaint have not been based on success in enrolling students in violation of applicable law,
the Department of Educations regulations and interpretations of the incentive compensation law do
not establish clear criteria for compliance in all circumstances, and some of these practices,
including the provision of non-cash awards, are not within the scope of any explicit safe harbor
provided in the compensation regulations. The complaint seeks treble the amount of unspecified
damages sustained by the federal government in connection with the Companys receipt of Title IV
funding, a civil penalty for each violation of the False Claims Act, attorneys fees, costs, and
interest. The Company filed a motion to dismiss this case in November 2008, which was denied by the
court in February 2009. The Company cannot presently predict the ultimate outcome of this qui tam
case or any liability or other sanctions that may result.
Pursuant to the courts mandatory scheduling order, the Company has entered into settlement
discussions with respect to the qui tam matter with the relator. In connection with such
discussions, in October 2009 the Company reached a settlement in principle with the relator
pursuant to which the Company has agreed to pay $5,200 to finally resolve the qui tam case and
thereby avoid the cost and distraction of a potentially protracted trial. The Company has accrued
$5,200 for estimated litigation loss in the accompanying financial statements. This settlement is
conditioned upon obtaining the approval of the U.S. Department of Justice (which has authority to
approve settlements of False Claims Act matters) and the Department of Education with respect to
the resolution of the OIG investigation, and finalizing settlement terms that would release the
Company from other False Claims Act cases based upon the conduct covered by the settlement. The
parties and the United States government continue to negotiate towards a final settlement. The
ultimate dismissal of the action, should a final settlement be reached, is subject to the courts
approval. Should the parties fail to conclude the settlement on the proposed or other terms, the
Company intends to vigorously defend this lawsuit.
If it were determined that any of our compensation practices violated the incentive
compensation law, the Company could experience an adverse outcome in the qui tam litigation and be
subject to substantial monetary liabilities, fines, and other sanctions, any of which could have a
material adverse effect on the Companys business, prospects, financial condition and results of
operations.
108
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
On February 28, 2007, the Company filed a complaint against SunGard Higher Education Managed
Services Inc. (SunGard) in the Maricopa County Superior Court, Case No. CV2007-003492, for breach
of contract, breach of implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, breach of warranty, breach
of fiduciary duty, tortious interference with business expectancy, unjust enrichment, and consumer
fraud related to a technology services agreement between the parties. In response, SunGard moved to
stay the litigation and compel arbitration. The court granted the motion to stay, and compelled the
parties to arbitrate. SunGard then filed its own claims in the arbitration alleging breach of the
parties technology services agreement. Following discovery, the arbitration hearing occurred in
late May 2008 and final arguments were heard in July 2008. The Company sought approximately $1,400
from SunGard, and SunGard counterclaimed for approximately $2,500. On October 22, 2008, the
arbitration panel issued a Final Award finding for SunGard on its breach of contract claim and also
finding for the Company on its breach of contract, breach of the duty of good faith and fair
dealing, and conversion counterclaims. Both parties were awarded damages with a net award to
SunGard in the amount of approximately $255 plus interest. The arbitration panel also held that
each party would be responsible for its own attorneys fees and that the parties would equally
share the arbitration costs. On January 14, 2009, the Company entered into a settlement agreement
with SunGard regarding payment of the arbitration award and effecting a mutual release between the
parties regarding all claims that were brought, or could have been brought, in the litigation and
related arbitration.
At December 31, 2007 the Company had reserved approximately $750 for estimated losses related
to the SunGard matter. As a result of the SunGard arbitration decision, the Company reduced its
reserve for litigation by $400 in the year ended December 31, 2008, given that there was no further
legal recourse for either party and the remaining actions necessary to settle the matters were
administrative in nature.
Upon resolution of any pending legal matters, the Company may incur charges in excess of
presently established reserves. Management does not believe that any such charges would,
individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Companys financial
condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Tax Reserves, Non-Income Tax Related
From time to time the Company has exposure to various non-income tax related matters that
arise in the ordinary course of business. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company has reserved
approximately $229 and $710 for tax matters where its ultimate exposure is considered probable and
the potential loss can be reasonably estimated. During 2009, a non-income tax related matter
related to the Companys classification of its online faculty as independent contractors was
resolved with the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and, effective July 1, 2009, all faculty for the
Company will be treated as employees. The Company had reserved $235 in 2008 related to this
matter, which approximated the amount paid in 2009.
10. Derivative Instruments
On June 30, 2009, the Company entered into two derivative agreements to manage its 30-day
LIBOR interest exposure related to its variable rate note payable. Neither of these instruments
contained financing elements. The contractual terms of the Companys derivative instruments have
not been structured to ensure that net payments will be made by one party in the earlier periods
and subsequently returned by the counterparty in later periods of the derivatives term. Neither
of the Companys derivative instruments have been amended or modified since their inception. The
interest rate corridor required an upfront payment of $164 by the Company to the counterparty
solely for the time value of an out-of-the-money option contract based on the forward LIBOR rate
curve at the instruments inception. Accordingly, the fair value of the corridor derivative asset
at inception was $164. The fair value for the interest rate corridor was determined using a
hypothetical derivative transaction and Level 2 of the hierarchy of valuation inputs. The fair
value as of December 31, 2009 with adjustment for credit risk was $113 and this derivative asset is
included in Other assets in the accompanying balance sheet. The interest rate swap instrument was
an out-of-the-money option contract based on the forward LIBOR rate curve at the instruments
inception. The fair value of the forward starting interest rate swap, with adjustment for credit
risk, is a liability of $228 as of December 31, 2009 and is included in long term notes payable and
other in the accompanying balance sheet. These derivative instruments were designated as cash flow
hedges of variable rate note payable obligations.
Accordingly, the adjustment of $278 for the effective portion of the loss on the derivatives
is included as a component of other comprehensive income, net of taxes.
109
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
The interest rate corridor instrument hedges variable interest rate risk starting July 1, 2009
through April 30, 2014 with a notional amount of $12,300 as of December 31, 2009. The corridor
instrument permits the Company to hedge its interest rate risk at several thresholds; the Company
will pay variable interest rates based on the 30-day LIBOR rates monthly until that index reaches
4%. If 30-day LIBOR is equal to 4% through 6%, the Company will pay 4%. If 30-day LIBOR exceeds
6%, the Company will pay actual 30-day LIBOR less 2%. This reduces the Companys exposure to
potential increases in interest rates.
The forward starting interest rate swap commences on May 1, 2010 and continues each month
thereafter until April 30, 2014 and has an initial notional amount of $12,000. The Company will
receive 30-day LIBOR and pay 3.245% fixed interest on the amortizing notional amount. Therefore,
the Company has hedged its exposure to future variable rate cash flows through April 30, 2014. The
forward interest rate swap in not subject to a master netting arrangement and no collateral has
been called or posted by the counterparty. Such collateral, if called by the counterparty, would
be included in the restricted cash and cash equivalent balances.
11. Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income available to common
stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted
earnings per common share reflects the assumed conversion of all potentially dilutive securities,
consisting of stock options, preferred stock and common stock warrants for which the estimated fair
value exceeds the exercise price, less shares which could have been purchased with the related
proceeds, unless anti-dilutive. Contingently issuable stock, such as issuances to Blanchard
Education, LLC (as discussed in Note 12), is also included in the diluted shares computation if
enrollment levels have been attained, unless anti-dilutive.
The table below reflects the calculation of the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding, on an as if converted basis, used in computing basic and diluted earnings per common
share.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Denominator: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic common shares outstanding |
|
|
45,184,186 |
|
|
|
22,184,766 |
|
|
|
18,922,838 |
|
Effect of dilutive preferred stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,559,801 |
|
|
|
12,393,062 |
|
Effect of dilutive warrants |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,666,312 |
|
|
|
3,805,384 |
|
Effect of contingently issuable common stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,010 |
|
|
|
21,912 |
|
Effect of dilutive stock options and restricted stock |
|
|
318,639 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted common shares outstanding |
|
|
45,502,825 |
|
|
|
33,429,889 |
|
|
|
35,143,196 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding exclude the incremental effect of shares that would be
issued upon the assumed exercise of stock options. For the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008,
approximately 196,804 and 3,247,380, respectively, of our stock options outstanding were excluded
from the calculation of diluted earnings per share as their inclusion would have been
anti-dilutive. These options could be dilutive in the future.
110
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
12. Preferred Stock and Equity Transactions
Preferred Stock
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had 10,000,000 shares of authorized but unissued
and undesignated preferred stock. As of December 31, 2007, the following series of preferred stock
had been authorized, all of which were previously repurchased or converted into shares of our
common stock in connection with our initial public offering of common stock in November 2008.
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
The Company entered into a Series A convertible preferred stock (the Series A) purchase
agreement on August 24, 2005. The holders of Series A were entitled to vote and to receive
dividends, when and as declared by the board of directors from time to time, in each case on an
as-converted to common stock basis. The Series A was originally convertible into common stock on a
one for one basis, but, as a result of the stock split that occurred in connection with our initial
public offering of common stock, the Series A ultimately converted at a ratio of 1,826 shares of
common stock for each share of Series A, or a total of 10,870,178 shares of common stock, upon the
completion of the Companys initial public offering of common stock in November 2008.
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
On December 31, 2005, the Company entered into a Series B preferred stock purchase agreement.
The holders of Series B were entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of Series A, when
and as declared by the board of directors, cumulative dividends at a rate of 12.0% per year, less
the amount of any dividends actually paid. Such dividends accrued whether or not declared by the
board of directors, and whether or not there were funds legally available to pay dividends. The
Series B was originally convertible into Series A on a one for one basis and was non-voting.
On December 31, 2005 the Company issued 2,163 shares Series B and received net proceeds of
$6,980 in the form of a stock subscription receivable. The receivable was subsequently paid in
April 2006. On November 6, 2006, the Company redeemed 1,298 shares of the Series B for an aggregate
redemption price of $4,200 plus accrued and unpaid dividends of $286. Dividends of $241 on the
remaining shares of Series B were declared by the board of directors of which $213 were paid as of
December 31, 2006. During 2007, the Company declared $320 of dividends on the Series B of which
$153 was paid with the remaining balance accrued for as dividends payable. The remaining 865 shares
of Series B were exchanged for 800 shares of Series C on December 17, 2007. The fair value of the
shares of Series C issued in exchange for such shares of Series B was equal to the carrying amount
of the shares of Series B at the date of the exchange. As of December 31, 2008 and 2009, no shares
of Series B were outstanding.
Series C Preferred Stock
On December 18, 2007, the Company entered into a Series C preferred stock purchase agreement
and subscription agreement. The holders of Series C were entitled to receive, in preference to the
holders of the all other classes of stock, when and as declared by the board of directors or upon a
liquidation event, cumulative dividends at a rate of 8.0% per year, less the amount of any
dividends actually paid. Such dividends accrued whether or not declared by the board of directors,
whether or not there were funds legally available to pay dividends, and compounded on an annual
basis. In the event of liquidation, or a change in control, as defined, the holders of the Series C
were entitled to receive, in preference to all other shareholders, any distributions of the assets
of the Company equal to two times the original purchase price of the shares, or $7,000 per share,
subject to certain adjustments, plus all accumulated but unpaid dividends. The Series C was
non-voting.
On December 18, 2007 the Company issued 1,359 shares of Series C stock and received net
proceeds of $4,720 in cash and a subscription receivable of $5,725 for the remaining 1,636 shares,
which were paid for and issued in January 2008. Additionally, the Company issued 34 shares of
Series C in consideration for amounts owed to one of the Series B stockholders and converted 865
shares of Series B for 800 shares of Series C as noted above.
Cumulative undeclared dividends on the Series C were $29 at December 31, 2007.
111
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
In May 2008, the board of directors and stockholders of the Company authorized an amendment to
be made to the Companys certificate of incorporation that provided for the Series C preferred
stock to convert automatically into common stock upon the closing of a qualified public offering.
In November 2008, the board of directors and stockholders of the Company revised such amendment to
clarify that, upon conversion to common stock, accrued and unpaid dividends would be disregarded
and not paid. The amendment was filed on November 19, 2008, and became effective prior to the
effectiveness of the registration statement relating to our initial public offering. The number of
shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the Series C in connection with the initial public
offering was equal to the aggregate liquidation preference of the Series C preferred stock divided
by the public offering price of the common stock, which equaled $26,800 divided by $12.00, or
2,233,333 shares of common stock. The accrued but unpaid dividends related to the Series C were
accretive through November 19, 2008 resulting in cumulative undeclared dividends on the Series C of
$938 upon conversion.
Common Stock
On September 26, 2008 the Companys Board of Directors approved an amendment to the Companys
charter to increase the Companys authorized common stock to 100,000,000 common shares. This
charter amendment was approved by the Companys stockholders on September 27, 2008 and became
effective on September 29, 2008. On September 26, 2008, the Companys Board of Directors declared a
1,826 for one stock split of its outstanding common stock, which became effective on September 29,
2008. This stock split resulted in the issuance of approximately 19.2 million additional shares of
common stock and caused the conversion ratio of the Series A to adjust from a one for one ratio to
an 1,826 for one ratio. All information presented in the accompanying financial statements have
been adjusted to reflect the 1,826 for one stock split.
In June 2004, the Company entered into a license agreement with Blanchard relating to the
Companys use of the Ken Blanchard name for its College of Business. Under the terms of that
agreement the Company agreed to pay Blanchard a royalty generated on net tuition from certain
programs in the Universitys College of Business and to issue to Blanchard up to 909,348 shares of
common stock with the actual number issued to be contingent upon the Companys achievement of
stated enrollment levels in its College of Business during the term of the agreement. As of
December 31, 2006, the Company deemed it probable that 182,600 shares would be earned and, as of
August 15, 2007, those 182,600 shares were earned and due to Blanchard under this agreement, On May
9, 2008, the Company and Blanchard amended the terms of the agreement pursuant to which Blanchard
was issued 365,200 shares of the Companys common stock in full settlement of all shares owed and
contingently owed under this agreement. The fair value of the shares issued to Blanchard as part of
the license agreement of $3,394 was determined at the date it became probable that shares would
then be earned and then adjusted until the date the shares were earned. This amount is included in
the balance sheet as a component of Prepaid Royalty and will be amortized through operations as
an expense over the remaining term of the license agreement. Included in due to related parties is
$869 and $484 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, related to the royalty arrangement.
Preferred Stock
The Companys charter, which became effective upon the completion of the Companys initial
public offering, provides that the board of directors has authority to issue preferred stock, with
voting powers, designations, preferences, and special rights, qualifications, limitation, or
restrictions as permitted by law as determined by the board of directors, without stockholder
approval. The board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or
conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of
the common stock.
Warrants to Purchase Common Stock
In 2004, the Company issued the Institute Warrant to purchase a 10.0% non-dilutive membership
interest (later amended to be common stock), at an exercise price of $1. The Institute Warrant was
to have been exercisable for a one month period beginning on July 1, 2011. The Company had the
right to repurchase the Institute Warrant prior to
the exercise period for $6,000. On April 15, 2008 the Institute Warrant was repurchased with
the execution of the settlement discussed in Note 2. The repurchase was accounted for as a
reduction of equity, net of related tax benefit of $2,316.
112
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
In 2004, the Company issued the Spirit Warrant, which was exercisable for 909,348 shares for
an aggregate exercise price of $526. On November 18, 2008, the Spirit Warrant was exercised. The
shares issued upon exercise of the Spirit Warrant were subject to repurchase at a fixed price of
$16,000 at any time prior to three years after the date the Spirit Warrant was exercised, or
November 18, 2011. The Company exercised this right in April 2009 and repurchased the 909,348
shares for an allocated purchase price of $14,495. The shares were retired. See Note 2, Spirit
Transaction.
Investor Rights Agreement
The Company is a party to an investor rights agreement with certain of its investors, pursuant
to which the Company has granted those persons or entities the right to register shares of common
stock held by them under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act). Certain of
the holders of these rights are entitled to demand that the Company register their shares of common
stock under the Securities Act, while others are entitled to piggyback registration rights in
which they may require the Company to include their shares of common stock in future registration
statements that may be filed, either for its own account or for the account of other security
holders exercising registration rights. In addition, after an initial public offering, certain of
these holders have the right to request that their shares of common stock be registered on a Form
S-3 registration statement so long as the anticipated aggregate sales price of such registered
shares as of the date of filing of the Form S-3 registration statement is at least $1,000. The
foregoing registration rights are subject to various conditions and limitations, including the
right of underwriters of an offering to limit the number of registrable securities that may be
included in an offering. The registration rights terminate as to any particular shares on the date
on which the holder sells such shares to the public in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule
144 under the Securities Act. The Company is generally required to bear all of the expenses of
these registrations, except underwriting commissions, selling discounts, and transfer taxes.
13. Income Taxes
The Company has deferred tax assets and liabilities that reflect the net tax effects of
temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial
reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets are subject to
periodic recoverability assessments. Realization of the deferred tax assets, net of deferred tax
liabilities is principally dependent upon achievement of projected future taxable income. The
Company has no valuation allowance at December 31, 2009 and 2008.
The components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Current: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
|
$ |
16,587 |
|
|
$ |
3,564 |
|
|
$ |
2,194 |
|
State |
|
|
3,515 |
|
|
|
432 |
|
|
|
478 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,102 |
|
|
|
3,996 |
|
|
|
2,672 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
|
|
(1,498 |
) |
|
|
190 |
|
|
|
(1,358 |
) |
State |
|
|
(625 |
) |
|
|
(331 |
) |
|
|
(298 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,123 |
) |
|
|
(141 |
) |
|
|
(1,656 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
17,979 |
|
|
$ |
3,855 |
|
|
$ |
1,016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
113
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
A reconciliation of income tax computed at the U.S. statutory rate to the effective income tax
rate is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Statutory U.S. federal income tax rate (benefit) |
|
|
35.0 |
% |
|
|
35.0 |
% |
|
|
34.0 |
% |
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit |
|
|
5.2 |
|
|
|
5.8 |
|
|
|
4.7 |
|
State tax credits, net of federal effect |
|
|
(1.5 |
) |
|
|
(5.2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Non deductible expenses |
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
Other |
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
0.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective income tax rate (benefit) |
|
|
39.7 |
% |
|
|
36.6 |
% |
|
|
40.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Significant components of the Companys deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of
December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, |
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Current deferred tax asset (liability): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
$ |
3,315 |
|
|
$ |
2,668 |
|
Tax credits |
|
|
|
|
|
|
183 |
|
State taxes |
|
|
(135 |
) |
|
|
(664 |
) |
Estimated litigation loss |
|
|
2,247 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
1,258 |
|
|
|
416 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current deferred tax asset |
|
|
6,685 |
|
|
|
2,603 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax asset (liability): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and leases |
|
|
(605 |
) |
|
|
1,750 |
|
Share-based compensation |
|
|
2,749 |
|
|
|
1,403 |
|
Unrealized gains on available for sale securities |
|
|
(16 |
) |
|
|
(10 |
) |
Deferred rent |
|
|
376 |
|
|
|
45 |
|
Intangibles |
|
|
3,812 |
|
|
|
4,216 |
|
Other |
|
|
(360 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax asset |
|
|
5,956 |
|
|
|
7,404 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax asset |
|
$ |
12,641 |
|
|
$ |
10,007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company has Arizona state income tax credit carryforwards of $364 primarily attributable
to school tuition credits which expire in 2013.
In January 2008, the Company began its accounting for uncertainty in tax positions. The
Company will recognize the impact of a tax position in its financial statements if that position is
more-likely-than-not of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position.
The Company discloses all unrecognized tax benefits, which includes the reserves recorded for
uncertain tax positions on filed tax returns and the unrecognized portion of affirmative claims. No
adjustment was made to opening retained earnings. The Company recognizes interest and penalties
related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.
The reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance of unrecognized tax benefits at
December 31 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of year |
|
$ |
748 |
|
|
$ |
404 |
|
Tax positions taken during the current year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increases |
|
|
390 |
|
|
|
117 |
|
Decreases |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax positions taken during a prior year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increases |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
227 |
|
Decreases |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Decreases for settlements during the period |
|
|
(75 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Reductions for lapses of applicable statute of limitations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits, end of year |
|
$ |
1,066 |
|
|
$ |
748 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
114
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the unrecognized tax benefit recorded of $619 and $235,
respectively, if reversed, would impact the effective tax rate. During the years ended December 31,
2009, 2008, and 2007, the Company recognized approximately $52, $116 and $21, respectively, in
interest and penalties. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had accrued $148 and $136,
respectively, in interest and $30 and $36, respectively, in penalties. It is reasonably possible
that the amount of the unrecognized tax benefit will change during the next 12 months, however
management does not expect the potential change to have a material effect on the results of
operations or financial position.
The Companys uncertain tax positions are related to tax years that remain subject to
examination by tax authorities. As of December 31, 2009, the earliest tax year still subject to
examination for federal and state purposes is 2005. During the second quarter ended June 30, 2008,
the IRS commenced an examination of the Companys 2005 income tax return and subsequently opened
2006 for examination.
14. Regulatory
The Company is subject to extensive regulation by federal and state governmental agencies and
accrediting bodies. In particular, the Higher Education Act and the regulations promulgated
thereunder by the Department of Education subject the Company to significant regulatory scrutiny on
the basis of numerous standards that schools must satisfy in order to participate in the various
federal student financial assistance programs under Title IV of the Higher Education Act.
To participate in the Title IV programs, an institution must be authorized to offer its
programs of instruction by the relevant agency of the state in which it is located, accredited by
an accrediting agency recognized by the Department of Education and certified as eligible by the
Department of Education. The Department of Education will certify an institution to participate in
the Title IV programs only after the institution has demonstrated compliance with the Higher
Education Act and the Department of Educations extensive regulations regarding institutional
eligibility. An institution must also demonstrate its compliance to the Department of Education on
an ongoing basis. The Company submitted its application for recertification in March 2008 in
anticipation of the expiration of its provisional certification on June 30, 2008. The Department of
Education did not make a decision on the Companys recertification application by June 30, 2008,
and therefore the Companys participation in the Title IV programs has been automatically extended
on a month-to-month basis until the Department of Education makes its decision. As of December 31,
2009 and 2008, management believes the Company is in compliance with the applicable regulations in
all material respects.
The Higher Education Act requires accrediting agencies to review many aspects of an
institutions operations in order to ensure that the training offered is of sufficiently high
quality to achieve satisfactory outcomes, and that the institution is complying with accrediting
standards. Failure to demonstrate compliance with accrediting standards may result in the
imposition of probation or Show Cause orders, or the requirements of periodic reports, and
ultimately the loss of accreditation if deficiencies are not remediated.
Political and budgetary concerns significantly affect the Title IV programs. Congress must
reauthorize the student financial assistance programs of the Higher Education Act on a periodic
basis. On July 31, 2008, Congress passed the Higher Education Opportunity Act (the 2008 Act),
which reauthorized and made numerous changes to the Higher Education Act and its programs.
President Bush signed the 2008 Act on August 14, 2008. The Higher Education Act, as reauthorized
and amended by the 2008 Act, continues the access of the Company and its students to Title IV
program funds. In addition, changes made by the 2008 Act will affect how the Company complies with
the requirement that it receive a certain proportion of its revenue from other than the Title IV
programs. Prior to the enactment of the 2008 Act, other recent changes made by Congress expanded
the access of the Company and its students to Title IV program funds by increasing loan limits for
first and second year students and lifting restrictions on on-line education programs and students.
115
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
A significant component of Congress initiative to reduce abuse in the Title IV programs has
been the imposition of limitations on institutions whose former students default on the repayment
of their federally guaranteed or funded
student loans above specific rates (cohort default rate). Although the Company is not
obligated to repay any of its students or former students defaults on payments of their federally
guaranteed student loans, if such default rates equal or exceed 25% for three consecutive years,
the institution may lose its eligibility to participate in, and its students will be denied access
to, the federally guaranteed and funded student loan programs and the Federal Pell Grant Program.
An institution whose cohort default rate for any federal fiscal year exceeds 40% will not be
eligible to participate in the Title IV loan programs. The 2008 Act included significant revisions
to the requirements concerning institutions cohort default rates, including revisions to the
formula for calculating an institutions annual cohort default rate which are expected to increase
the likelihood of default, and increases to the threshold for ending an institutions participation
in the relevant Title IV programs from 25% to 30%.
All institutions participating in the Title IV programs must satisfy specific standards of
financial responsibility. The Department of Education evaluates institutions for compliance with
these standards each year, based on the institutions annual audited financial statements, and also
following a change in ownership, as defined by the Department of Education.
The Department of Education calculates the institutions composite score for financial
responsibility based on its (i) equity ratio, which measures the institutions capital resources,
ability to borrow and financial viability; (ii) primary reserve ratio, which measures the
institutions ability to support current operations from expendable resources; and (iii) net income
ratio, which measures the institutions ability to operate at a profit. An institution that does
not meet the Department of Educations minimum composite score may demonstrate its financial
responsibility by posting a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education and possibly
accepting other conditions on its participation in the Title IV programs. As of December 31, 2009,
the Company satisfied each of the Department of Educations standards of financial responsibility.
Because the Company operates in a highly regulated industry, it, like other industry participants,
may be subject from time to time to investigations, claims of non-compliance, or lawsuits by
governmental agencies or third parties, which allege statutory violations, regulatory infractions,
or common law causes of action. While there can be no assurance that regulatory agencies or third
parties will not undertake investigations or make claims against the Company, or that such claims,
if made, will not have a material adverse effect on the Companys business, results of operations
or financial condition, management believes it has materially complied with all regulatory
requirements.
15. Share-Based Compensation Plans
Adoption of Equity Plans
On September 27, 2008 the Companys stockholders approved the adoption of the 2008 Equity
Incentive Plan (Incentive Plan) and the 2008 Employee Stock Purchase (ESPP). A total of
4,199,937 shares of the Companys common stock were originally authorized for issuance under the
Incentive Plan. On January 1, 2009 and in accordance with the terms of the Incentive Plan, the
number of shares authorized for issuance under the Incentive Plan automatically increased by 2.5%
of the number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding on December 31, 2008, or 1,136,629
shares, raising the total number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the
Incentive Plan to 5,336,566 shares. Although the ESPP has not yet been implemented, a total of
1,049,984 shares of the Companys common stock have been authorized for sale under the ESPP.
Incentive Plan
In connection with the initial public offering, on November 19, 2008, the Company granted
710,494 fully vested options and 2,594,583 time vested options to purchase shares of common stock
with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price of $12.00 per share. The time
vested options will vest ratably over a period of five years for employees and three years for the
director grant. Both the fully vested and time vested options will expire ten years from the date
of grant.
116
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
A summary of the activity related to stock options granted under the Companys Incentive Plan
is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Summary of Stock Options Outstanding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise |
|
|
Remaining |
|
|
Aggregate |
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
Price per |
|
|
Contractual |
|
|
Intrinsic |
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Share |
|
|
Term (Years) |
|
|
Value ($)(1) |
|
Outstanding as of December 31, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted |
|
|
3,305,108 |
|
|
|
12.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised |
|
|
(49,322 |
) |
|
|
12.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited, canceled or expired |
|
|
(8,375 |
) |
|
|
12.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding as of December 31, 2008 |
|
|
3,247,411 |
|
|
|
12.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted |
|
|
217,526 |
|
|
|
16.65 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised |
|
|
(12,807 |
) |
|
|
12.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited, canceled or expired |
|
|
(102,134 |
) |
|
|
12.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding as of December 31, 2009 |
|
|
3,349,996 |
|
|
$ |
12.30 |
|
|
|
8.93 |
|
|
$ |
23,014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable as of December 31, 2009 |
|
|
1,093,356 |
|
|
$ |
12.00 |
|
|
|
8.88 |
|
|
$ |
7,839 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available for issuance as of December 31,
2009 |
|
|
1,717,049 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Aggregate intrinsic value represents the value of our closing stock
price on December 31, 2009 ($19.17) in excess of the exercise price
multiplied by the number of options outstanding or exercisable. |
As of December 31, 2009, there was approximately $13,100 of total unrecognized share-based
compensation cost, net of forfeitures, related to unvested stock options. These costs are expected
to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.4 years.
The following table summarizes information related to stock options exercised for year ended
December 31, 2009 and 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Amounts related to options exercised: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intrinsic value realized by optionee |
|
$ |
656 |
|
|
$ |
249 |
|
Actual tax benefit realized by Company for tax deductions |
|
$ |
262 |
|
|
$ |
98 |
|
Cash received from stock option exercises during fiscal year 2009 and 2008 totaled
approximately $1,200 and $600, respectively.
Share-based Compensation Expense
The table below outlines share-based compensation expense for the fiscal year ended December
31, 2009 and 2008 related to stock options granted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Instructional costs and services |
|
$ |
771 |
|
|
$ |
1,737 |
|
Selling and promotional |
|
|
116 |
|
|
|
1,322 |
|
General and administrative |
|
|
2,453 |
|
|
|
619 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation expense included in operating expenses |
|
|
3,340 |
|
|
|
3,678 |
|
Tax effect of share-based compensation |
|
|
(1,336 |
) |
|
|
(1,454 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation expense, net of tax |
|
$ |
2,004 |
|
|
$ |
2,224 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
117
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
Share-based Compensation Expense Assumptions
Fair Value. The Company uses the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model to estimate the
fair value of our options as of the grant dates using the following weighted average assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Weighted average fair value |
|
$ |
7.99 |
|
|
$ |
5.68 |
|
Expected volatility |
|
|
47.46 |
% |
|
|
46.13 |
% |
Expected life (years) |
|
|
6.47 |
|
|
|
6.14 |
|
Risk-free interest rate |
|
|
2.81 |
% |
|
|
2.44 |
% |
Dividend yield |
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
0 |
% |
Expected Volatility. As the Companys stock had not been publicly traded prior to November
2008, the expected volatility assumption for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 reflects an
average of volatilities of the Companys peer group of public education companies with a period
equal to the expected life of the options.
Expected Life (years). The Company continues to use the simplified method to estimate the
expected term of stock options under certain circumstances. The simplified method for estimating
expected term is to use the mid-point between the vesting term and the contractual term of the
share option. The Company has analyzed the circumstances in which the use of the simplified method
is allowed. The Company has elected to use the simplified method for options granted in fiscal year
2008 and 2009 because the Company does not have historical exercise data to estimate expected term
due to the limited time period its shares have been publicly traded.
Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon the U.S.
constant maturity treasury rates as the risk-free rate interpolated between the years commensurate
with the expected life of the options.
Dividend Yield. The dividend yield assumption is zero since the Company does not expect to
declare or pay dividends in the foreseeable future.
Forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant based on historical retention of
employees. If necessary, management estimates are adjusted at the end of each vesting period if
actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.
Expected Vesting Period. The Company amortizes the share-based compensation expense, net of
forfeitures, over the expected vesting period using the straight-line method.
Stock Grant
On November 19, 2008, the Company granted 109,329 shares of common stock with a fair value of
$12.00 per share, to its Chief Executive Officer, which is reflected as share-based compensation
expense in 2008 in the amount of $1,300 in general and administrative expense.
Restricted Stock Grants
On March 3, 2009, the Company granted 1,307 shares of common stock with a fair value of $15.30
per share, to certain members of the Companys board of directors. The restricted shares have
voting rights and vest on March 3, 2010. On May 19, 2009, the Company granted 2,491 shares of
common stock with a fair value of $14.05 per share, to certain members of the Companys board of
directors. The restricted shares have voting rights and vest on the earlier of May 19, 2010 or
immediately prior to the 2010 annual stockholders meeting. On November 10, 2009, the Company
granted 1,141 shares of common stock with a fair value of $17.54 per share, to a member of the
Companys board of directors. The restricted shares have voting rights and vest on November 10,
2010.
118
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
A summary of the activity related to restricted and unrestricted stock granted under the
Companys Incentive Plan is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date |
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
per Share |
|
Outstanding as of December 31, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Granted |
|
|
109,328 |
|
|
|
12.00 |
|
Vested |
|
|
109,328 |
|
|
|
12.00 |
|
Forfeited, canceled or expired |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding as of December 31, 2008 |
|
|
109,328 |
|
|
|
12.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted |
|
|
8,737 |
|
|
|
14.88 |
|
Vested |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited, canceled or expired |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding as of December 31, 2009 |
|
|
118,065 |
|
|
$ |
12.21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable as of December 31, 2009 |
|
|
109,328 |
|
|
$ |
12.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
401(k) Plan
The Company has established a 401(k) Defined Contribution Benefit Plan (the Plan). The Plan
provides eligible employees, upon date of hire, with an opportunity to make tax-deferred
contributions into a long-term investment and savings program. All employees over the age of 21 are
eligible to participate in the plan. The Plan allows eligible employees to contribute to the Plan
subject to Internal Revenue Code restrictions and the Plan allows the Company to make discretionary
matching contributions. The Company made discretionary matching contributions to the plan of $400,
$388 and $250 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
16. Related Party Transactions
Related party transactions include transactions between the Company and certain of its
shareholders and affiliates. The following transactions were in the normal course of operations and
were measured at the exchange amount, which is the amount of consideration established and agreed
to by the parties.
As of and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, related party transactions
consisted of the following:
Shareholders
Significant Education Holding, LLC (Sig Ed) Prior to completion of the Companys initial
public offering of common stock, Sig Ed was a stockholder of the Company. In connection with the
initial public offering, Sig Ed was dissolved and shares of the Companys common stock that were
held by Sig Ed were distributed to its members. At December 31, 2007 until the distribution of such
shares in connection with the initial public offering, Sig Ed held 18,260,000 shares of the
Companys common stock. The Company has not engaged in any transactions with Sig Ed, but has
engaged in certain transactions with former members of Sig Ed, as discussed below.
119
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
Affiliates of 220 Partners purchased 632 shares of Series C for $2,212 in 2007, of which
$1,409 was due as of December 31, 2007. This amount was paid January 6, 2008. There were no other
amounts due from or payable to an affiliate of 220 Partners at December 31, 2009 and 2008.
Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC (Rich Crow) Members of Rich Crow include the Executive Chairman
and General Counsel of the Company, who are also both members of the Companys Board of Directors.
Rich Crow was also a member of Sig Ed. A member of Rich Crow is also related to the owner of a
company that provided marketing services totaling $257 and $401 in the years ended December 31,
2009, and 2008, respectively, of which no amounts were owed at December 31, 2009, and 2008.
Endeavour Capital Fund IV, LP, Endeavour Associated Fund IV, LP, and Endeavour Capital
Parallel Fund IV, LP (Endeavour) Two members of the Companys Board of Directors are also
employees of Endeavour. The Company paid Endeavour management and reimbursed fees of $0, $356, and
$296 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. As of December 31, 2009
and 2008, $0 and $34 were payable to Endeavour.
Affiliates
Mind Streams, LLC (Mind Streams) and 21st Century, LLC (21st Century) Mind Streams and
21st Century are owned and operated, in part, by the father of the Companys Executive Chairman and
General Counsel. See further discussion in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Selling and Promotional.
17. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
|
|
Beginning of |
|
|
Charged to |
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of |
|
|
|
Year |
|
|
Expense |
|
|
Deductions(1) |
|
|
Year |
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2009 |
|
$ |
6,356 |
|
|
|
14,016 |
|
|
|
(12,819 |
) |
|
$ |
7,553 |
|
Year ended December 31, 2008 |
|
$ |
12,158 |
|
|
|
8,465 |
|
|
|
(14,267 |
) |
|
$ |
6,356 |
|
Year ended December 31, 2007 |
|
$ |
7,380 |
|
|
|
6,257 |
|
|
|
(1,479 |
) |
|
$ |
12,158 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Deductions represent accounts written off, net of recoveries. |
120
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
18. Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)
As a result of an increase in the number of start dates for courses offered to its students
for the 2009-2010 academic year and in preparation for its conversion from a term-based to a
non-term, borrower-based financial aid system, on July 1, 2009 the Company refined its revenue
recognition methodology to recognize tuition revenue and most fees on a daily basis over the
applicable period of instruction (the days approach). Previously, the Company recognized tuition
revenue and most fees monthly over the applicable period of instruction (the monthly approach),
which management believed resulted in revenue being recognized on a basis materially consistent
with the days approach. However, upon adoption of the days approach, management noted that while
the monthly approach recognized revenue on a basis that materially approximated the annual revenue
recognized under the days approach, it created materially different results in certain interim
periods. Those differences were primarily the result of the timing of the start of the terms and
scheduled breaks. As a result, management has restated its quarterly financial information for all
periods prior to July 1, 2009 as a correction of an error in accordance with ASC 250 to reflect
revenue as if it had been recorded under the days approach for all prior interim periods. The
restatement also reflects adjustments to the timing of recording of certain expenses, including
salaries and benefits for faculty, revenue share and royalty arrangements and prior to its
termination, the royalty payment to the former owner, to recognize
those expenses as incurred on a basis commensurate with the term of
the related course.
The following table summarizes the unaudited quarterly results of operations as originally
reported and as restated for each of the four quarters of 2008 and the first two quarters of 2009
with the restated amounts reflecting amounts that would have been recorded had the days approach
been used to recognize revenue and related expenses for all periods presented, and should be read
in conjunction with other information included in the accompanying financial statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
First Quarter |
|
|
First Quarter |
|
|
Second Quarter |
|
|
Second Quarter |
|
|
|
As Reported |
|
|
As Restated |
|
|
As Reported |
|
|
As Restated |
|
Net revenue |
|
$ |
58,964 |
|
|
$ |
55,459 |
|
|
$ |
59,400 |
|
|
$ |
62,905 |
|
Costs and expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services |
|
|
18,332 |
|
|
|
17,968 |
|
|
|
20,047 |
|
|
|
20,411 |
|
Selling and promotional |
|
|
19,670 |
|
|
|
19,575 |
|
|
|
20,631 |
|
|
|
20,726 |
|
General and administrative |
|
|
8,833 |
|
|
|
8,833 |
|
|
|
8,688 |
|
|
|
8,688 |
|
Estimated litigation loss |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated exit costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Royalty to former owner |
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses |
|
|
46,909 |
|
|
|
46,450 |
|
|
|
49,440 |
|
|
|
49,899 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
12,055 |
|
|
|
9,009 |
|
|
|
9,960 |
|
|
|
13,006 |
|
Net interest expense |
|
|
(559 |
) |
|
|
(558 |
) |
|
|
(299 |
) |
|
|
(300 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes |
|
|
11,496 |
|
|
|
8,451 |
|
|
|
9,661 |
|
|
|
12,706 |
|
Income tax expense |
|
|
4,593 |
|
|
|
3,376 |
|
|
|
3,846 |
|
|
|
5,063 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available to common
stockholders |
|
$ |
6,903 |
|
|
$ |
5,075 |
|
|
$ |
5,815 |
|
|
$ |
7,643 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic income per share(1) |
|
$ |
0.15 |
|
|
$ |
0.11 |
|
|
$ |
0.13 |
|
|
$ |
0.17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted income per share(1) |
|
$ |
0.15 |
|
|
$ |
0.11 |
|
|
$ |
0.13 |
|
|
$ |
0.17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic weighted average shares
outstanding |
|
|
45,474 |
|
|
|
45,474 |
|
|
|
44,846 |
|
|
|
44,846 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted weighted average shares
outstanding |
|
|
45,821 |
|
|
|
45,821 |
|
|
|
45,051 |
|
|
|
45,051 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The sum of quarterly income per share may not equal annual income per
share due to rounding and second quarter net loss. |
121
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
Third Quarter |
|
|
Fourth Quarter |
|
Net revenue |
|
$ |
66,084 |
|
|
$ |
77,454 |
|
Costs and expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services |
|
|
23,466 |
|
|
|
25,747 |
|
Selling and promotional |
|
|
22,095 |
|
|
|
23,009 |
|
General and administrative |
|
|
8,556 |
|
|
|
9,542 |
|
Estimated litigation loss |
|
|
5,200 |
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated exit costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,218 |
|
Royalty to former owner |
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses |
|
|
59,391 |
|
|
|
59,590 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
6,693 |
|
|
|
17,864 |
|
Net interest expense |
|
|
(233 |
) |
|
|
(198 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes |
|
|
6,460 |
|
|
|
17,666 |
|
Income tax expense |
|
|
2,969 |
|
|
|
6,571 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available to common
stockholders |
|
$ |
3,491 |
|
|
$ |
11,095 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic income per share(1) |
|
$ |
0.08 |
|
|
$ |
0.24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted income per share(1) |
|
$ |
0.08 |
|
|
$ |
0.24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic weighted average shares
outstanding |
|
|
44,783 |
|
|
|
45,636 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted weighted average shares
outstanding |
|
|
45,099 |
|
|
|
46,041 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The sum of quarterly income per share may not equal annual income per
share due to rounding and second quarter net loss. |
122
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
First Quarter |
|
|
First Quarter |
|
|
Second Quarter |
|
|
Second Quarter |
|
|
|
As Reported |
|
|
As Restated |
|
|
As Reported |
|
|
As Restated |
|
Net revenue |
|
$ |
35,709 |
|
|
$ |
33,389 |
|
|
$ |
34,566 |
|
|
$ |
36,945 |
|
Costs and expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and
services |
|
|
11,620 |
|
|
|
11,334 |
|
|
|
12,408 |
|
|
|
12,730 |
|
Selling and promotional |
|
|
12,586 |
|
|
|
12,487 |
|
|
|
14,887 |
|
|
|
14,984 |
|
General and administrative |
|
|
4,541 |
|
|
|
4,541 |
|
|
|
6,419 |
|
|
|
6,419 |
|
Royalty to former owner |
|
|
1,022 |
|
|
|
956 |
|
|
|
466 |
|
|
|
533 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses |
|
|
29,769 |
|
|
|
29,318 |
|
|
|
34,180 |
|
|
|
34,666 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) |
|
|
5,940 |
|
|
|
4,071 |
|
|
|
386 |
|
|
|
2,279 |
|
Net interest expense |
|
|
(560 |
) |
|
|
(561 |
) |
|
|
(515 |
) |
|
|
(515 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income
taxes |
|
|
5,380 |
|
|
|
3,510 |
|
|
|
(129 |
) |
|
|
1,764 |
|
Income tax expense (benefit) |
|
|
2,076 |
|
|
|
1,355 |
|
|
|
(49 |
) |
|
|
681 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
|
3,304 |
|
|
|
2,155 |
|
|
|
(80 |
) |
|
|
1,083 |
|
Preferred dividends |
|
|
(253 |
) |
|
|
(253 |
) |
|
|
(268 |
) |
|
|
(268 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) available
to common stockholders |
|
$ |
3,051 |
|
|
$ |
1,902 |
|
|
$ |
(348 |
) |
|
$ |
815 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic income (loss) per
share(1) |
|
$ |
0.16 |
|
|
$ |
0.10 |
|
|
$ |
(0.02 |
) |
|
$ |
0.04 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted income (loss) per
share(1) |
|
$ |
0.09 |
|
|
$ |
0.06 |
|
|
$ |
(0.02 |
) |
|
$ |
0.03 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic weighted average
shares outstanding |
|
|
19,036 |
|
|
|
19,036 |
|
|
|
19,142 |
|
|
|
19,142 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted weighted average
shares outstanding |
|
|
33,849 |
|
|
|
33,849 |
|
|
|
19,142 |
|
|
|
31,395 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The sum of quarterly income per share may not equal annual income per
share due to rounding and second quarter net loss. |
123
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
Third Quarter |
|
|
Third Quarter |
|
|
Fourth Quarter |
|
|
Fourth Quarter |
|
|
|
As Reported |
|
|
As Restated |
|
|
As Reported |
|
|
As Restated |
|
Net revenue |
|
$ |
39,351 |
|
|
$ |
40,420 |
|
|
$ |
51,683 |
|
|
$ |
50,555 |
|
Costs and expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and
services |
|
|
12,967 |
|
|
|
13,097 |
|
|
|
17,455 |
|
|
|
17,289 |
|
Selling and promotional |
|
|
18,562 |
|
|
|
18,600 |
|
|
|
19,516 |
|
|
|
19,480 |
|
General and administrative |
|
|
5,032 |
|
|
|
5,032 |
|
|
|
10,833 |
|
|
|
10,833 |
|
Royalty to former owner |
|
|
124 |
|
|
|
124 |
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
73 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses |
|
|
36,685 |
|
|
|
36,853 |
|
|
|
47,878 |
|
|
|
47,675 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) |
|
|
2,666 |
|
|
|
3,567 |
|
|
|
3,805 |
|
|
|
2,880 |
|
Net interest expense |
|
|
(573 |
) |
|
|
(573 |
) |
|
|
(609 |
) |
|
|
(608 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income
taxes |
|
|
2,093 |
|
|
|
2,994 |
|
|
|
3,196 |
|
|
|
2,272 |
|
Income tax expense (benefit) |
|
|
841 |
|
|
|
1,193 |
|
|
|
987 |
|
|
|
627 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
|
1,252 |
|
|
|
1,801 |
|
|
|
2,209 |
|
|
|
1,645 |
|
Preferred dividends |
|
|
(270 |
) |
|
|
(270 |
) |
|
|
(147 |
) |
|
|
(147 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) available
to common stockholders |
|
$ |
982 |
|
|
$ |
1,531 |
|
|
$ |
2,062 |
|
|
$ |
1,498 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic income (loss) per
share(1) |
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
|
$ |
0.08 |
|
|
$ |
0.07 |
|
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted income (loss) per
share(1) |
|
$ |
0.03 |
|
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
|
$ |
0.06 |
|
|
$ |
0.04 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic weighted average
shares outstanding |
|
|
19,219 |
|
|
|
19,219 |
|
|
|
31,240 |
|
|
|
31,240 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted weighted average
shares outstanding |
|
|
30,970 |
|
|
|
30,970 |
|
|
|
37,488 |
|
|
|
37,488 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The sum of quarterly income per share may not equal annual income per
share due to rounding and second quarter net loss. |
124
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that
information required to be disclosed in reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded,
processed, summarized and reported within the specified time periods and accumulated and
communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive
Officer) and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer), as appropriate, to allow
timely decisions regarding required disclosure. We have established a Disclosure Committee,
consisting of certain member of management, to assist in this evaluation. Our Disclosure Committee
meets on a quarterly basis and more often if necessary.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Principal
Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, an evaluation was performed on the effectiveness
of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules
13a-15(e) or 15d-15(3) promulgated under the Exchange Act), as of the end of the period covered by
this annual report. Based on that evaluation, our management, including the Principal Executive
Officer and Principal Financial Officer, concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were
effective as of December 31, 2009.
Attached as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K are certifications of our Chief
Executive Office and Chief Financial Officer, which are required in accordance with Rule 13a-14 of
the Exchange Act. This Disclosure Controls and Procedures section includes information concerning
managements evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures referred to in those certifications
and, as such, should be read in conjunction with the certifications of our Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer.
Managements Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over
financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Internal control over
financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability
of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).
Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
|
(i) |
|
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; |
|
(ii) |
|
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and
expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and
directors; and |
|
(iii) |
|
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements. |
Because of its inherent limitation, our internal control systems and procedures may not
prevent or detect misstatements. An internal control system, no matter how well conceived and
operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control
system are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of
controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any,
have been detected. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are
subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in condition, or that
the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.
125
Management performed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2009, utilizing the criteria described in the Internal Control-Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The
objective of this assessment was to determine whether our internal control over financial reporting
was effective as of December 31, 2009. Based on our assessment, management believes that, as of
December 31, 2009, the Companys internal control over financial reporting is effective.
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting has been audited by, Ernst
& Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their attestation
report which is included herein.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter
ended December 31, 2009, that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect,
our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B. Other Information
None.
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Information relating to our Board of Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance
required by this item appears in our proxy statement, to be filed within 120 days of our fiscal
year end (December 31, 2009) and such information is incorporated herein by reference.
Our employees must act ethically at all times and in accordance with the policies in our Code
of Business Conduct and Ethics. We require full compliance with this policy from all designated
employees including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Accounting
Officer. We publish the policy, and any amendments or waivers to the policy, in the Corporate
Governance section of our website located at www.gcu.edu/ Investor Relations/Corporate Governance.
The charters of our Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and Nominating and Governance
Committee are also available in the Corporate Governance section our website located at
www.gcu.edu/ Investor Relations/Corporate Governance.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Information relating to this item appears in our proxy statement, to be filed within 120 days
of our fiscal year end (December 31, 2009) and such information is incorporated herein by
reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder
Matters
Information relating to this item appears in our proxy statement , to be filed within 120 days
of our fiscal year end (December 31, 2009) and such information is incorporated herein by
reference.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Information relating to this item appears in our proxy statement , to be filed within 120 days
of our fiscal year end (December 31, 2009) and such information is incorporated herein by
reference.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
Information relating to this item appears in our proxy statement , to be filed within 120 days
of our fiscal year end (December 31, 2009) and such information is incorporated herein by
reference.
126
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
1. Financial Statements filed as part of this report
|
|
|
|
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements |
|
Page |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
88 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
89 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
92 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
94 |
|
2. Financial Statement Schedules
All financial statement schedules have been omitted since the required information is not
applicable or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or
because the information required is included in the Financial Statements and Notes thereto.
3. Exhibits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
Method of Filing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate
of Incorporation
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
3.1 to Amendment No. 6 to the
Companys Registration Statement on
Form S-1 filed with the SEC on
November 12, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
3.2 to Amendment No. 6 to the
Companys Registration Statement on
Form S-1 filed with the SEC on
November 12, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.1 |
|
|
Specimen of Stock Certificate
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
4.1 to Amendment No. 2 to the
Companys Registration Statement on
Form S-1 filed with the SEC on
September 29, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.2 |
|
|
Amended and Restated Investor
Rights Agreement, dated September
17, 2008, by and among Grand
Canyon Education, Inc. and the
other parties named therein
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
4.2 to Amendment No. 2 to the
Companys Registration Statement on
Form S-1 filed with the SEC on
September 29, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.1 |
|
|
Amended and Restated Executive
Employment Agreement, dated
September 10, 2008, by and between
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. and
Brent Richardson
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.1 to Amendment No. 2 to the
Companys Registration Statement on
Form S-1 filed with the SEC on
September 29, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.2 |
|
|
Amended and Restated Executive
Employment Agreement, dated
September 10, 2008, by and between
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. and
Christopher Richardson
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.2 to Amendment No. 2 to the
Companys Registration Statement on
Form S-1 filed with the SEC on
September 29, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.3 |
|
|
Executive Employment Agreement,
dated September 1, 2008, by and
between Grand Canyon Education,
Inc. and Kathy Player
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.1 to the Companys Current Report
on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on
March 25, 2009. |
127
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
Method of Filing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.4 |
|
|
2008 Equity Incentive Plan
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.4 to Amendment No. 2 to the
Companys Registration Statement on
Form S-1 filed with the SEC on
September 29, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.5 |
|
|
2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.5 to Amendment No. 2 to the
Companys Registration Statement on
Form S-1 filed with the SEC on
September 29, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.6 |
|
|
License Agreement, dated June 30,
2004, by and between Blanchard
Education, LLC and Significant
Education, LLC
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.15 to the Companys Registration
Statement on Form S-1 filed with the
SEC on May 13, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.7 |
|
|
Letter Agreement, dated February
6, 2006, by and between The Ken
Blanchard Companies and Grand
Canyon University
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.16 to the Companys Registration
Statement on Form S-1 filed with the
SEC on May 13, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.8 |
|
|
Amendment to License Agreement,
dated May 8, 2008, by and between
Blanchard Education, LLC and Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.17 to the Companys Registration
Statement on Form S-1 filed with the
SEC on May 13, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.9 |
|
|
Collaboration Agreement, dated
July 11, 2005, by and between Mind
Streams, LLC and Significant
Education, LLC (as supplemented by
Project One and Project Two)
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.18 to Amendment No. 1 to the
Companys Registration Statement on
Form S-1 filed with the SEC on August
13, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.10 |
|
|
Executive Employment Agreement,
dated June 25, 2008, by and
between Grand Canyon Education,
Inc. and Daniel E. Bachus
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.19 to Amendment No. 1 to the
Companys Registration Statement on
Form S-1 filed with the SEC on August
13, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.11 |
|
|
Executive Employment Agreement,
dated June 25, 2008, by and
between Grand Canyon Education,
Inc. and Brian E. Mueller
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.20 to Amendment No. 1 to the
Companys Registration Statement on
Form S-1 filed with the SEC on August
13, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.12 |
|
|
Executive Employment Agreement,
dated June 25, 2008, by and
between Grand Canyon Education,
Inc. and W. Stan Meyer
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.21 to Amendment No. 1 to the
Companys Registration Statement on
Form S-1 filed with the SEC on August
13, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.13 |
|
|
Form of Director and Officer
Indemnity Agreement
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.21 to Amendment No. 2 to the
Companys Registration Statement on
Form S-1 filed with the SEC on
September 29, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.14 |
|
|
Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated
April 27, 2009, by and among Grand
Canyon Education, Inc., Spirit
Master Funding, LLC, and Spirit
Management Company
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.1 to the Companys Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on
August 3, 2009. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.15 |
|
|
Loan Agreement, dated April 27,
2009, by and between Grand Canyon
Education, Inc. and Bank of
America, N.A.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.2 to the Companys Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on
August 3, 2009. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.16 |
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated
September 16, 2009, by and between
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. and
Joseph N. Mildenhall
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.1 to the Companys Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on
November 4, 2009. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23.1 |
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm
|
|
Filed herewith. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24.1 |
|
|
Power of Attorney
|
|
See signature page. |
128
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
Method of Filing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.1 |
|
|
Certification of the Chief
Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule
13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) as Adopted
Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
Filed herewith. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.2 |
|
|
Certification of the Chief
Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule
13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) as Adopted
Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
Filed herewith. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32.1 |
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive
Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant
to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
Filed herewith. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32.2 |
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial
Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant
to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
Filed herewith. |
|
|
|
Significant Education, LLC is the predecessor to Significant Education, Inc., which is the former
name of Grand Canyon Education, Inc. |
|
|
|
Indicates a management contract or any compensatory plan, contract or arrangement. |
|
|
|
This certification is being furnished solely to accompany this report pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, and is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, and is
not to be incorporated by reference into any filings of the Company, whether made before or
after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing. |
129
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
GRAND CANYON EDUCATION, INC.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Brian E. Mueller
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Brian E. Mueller |
|
|
|
Title: |
Chief Executive Officer |
|
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and
appoints Brian E. Mueller, Daniel E. Bachus, Brent D. Richardson, and Christopher C. Richardson,
and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution
and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign
any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits
thereto and other documents in connection therewith the Securities and Exchange Commission,
granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do
and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the
premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person hereby
ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his substitute or
substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been
signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the
dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
Title |
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Brian E. Mueller
Brian E. Mueller
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
February 18, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Daniel E. Bachus
Daniel E. Bachus
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
February 18, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Brent D. Richardson
Brent D. Richardson
|
|
Executive Chairman
|
|
February 18, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Christopher C. Richardson
Christopher C. Richardson
|
|
Director
|
|
February 18, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ David J. Johnson
David J. Johnson
|
|
Director
|
|
February 18, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Jack A. Henry
Jack A. Henry
|
|
Director
|
|
February 18, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Jerry Colangelo
Jerry Colangelo
|
|
Director
|
|
February 18, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ D. Mark Dorman
D. Mark Dorman
|
|
Director
|
|
February 18, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Chad N. Heath
Chad N. Heath
|
|
Director
|
|
February 18, 2010 |
130
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
Method of Filing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 6 to
the Companys Registration
Statement on Form S-1 filed with
the SEC on November 12, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.2 to Amendment No. 6 to
the Companys Registration
Statement on Form S-1 filed with
the SEC on November 12, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.1 |
|
|
Specimen of Stock Certificate
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 2 to
the Companys Registration
Statement on Form S-1 filed with
the SEC on September 29, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.2 |
|
|
Amended and Restated Investor Rights
Agreement, dated September 17, 2008, by and
among Grand Canyon Education, Inc. and the
other parties named therein
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.2 to Amendment No. 2 to
the Companys Registration
Statement on Form S-1 filed with
the SEC on September 29, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.1 |
|
|
Amended and Restated Executive Employment
Agreement, dated September 10, 2008, by and
between Grand Canyon Education, Inc. and
Brent Richardson
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to Amendment No. 2 to
the Companys Registration
Statement on Form S-1 filed with
the SEC on September 29, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.2 |
|
|
Amended and Restated Executive Employment
Agreement, dated September 10, 2008, by and
between Grand Canyon Education, Inc. and
Christopher Richardson
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 to Amendment No. 2 to
the Companys Registration
Statement on Form S-1 filed with
the SEC on September 29, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.3 |
|
|
Executive Employment Agreement, dated
September 1, 2008, by and between Grand
Canyon Education, Inc. and Kathy Player
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys
Current Report on Form 8-K filed
with the SEC on March 25, 2009. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.4 |
|
|
2008 Equity Incentive Plan
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.4 to Amendment No. 2 to
the Companys Registration
Statement on Form S-1 filed with
the SEC on September 29, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.5 |
|
|
2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
|
|
Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.5 to Amendment No. 2 to
the Companys Registration
Statement on Form S-1 filed with
the SEC on September 29, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.6 |
|
|
License Agreement,
dated June 30,
2004, by and
between Blanchard
Education, LLC and
Significant
Education, LLC
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Companys
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on
May 13, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.7 |
|
|
Letter Agreement,
dated February 6,
2006, by and
between The Ken
Blanchard Companies
and Grand Canyon
University
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Companys
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on
May 13, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.8 |
|
|
Amendment to
License Agreement,
dated May 8, 2008,
by and between
Blanchard
Education, LLC and
Grand Canyon
Education, Inc.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Companys
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on
May 13, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.9 |
|
|
Collaboration
Agreement, dated
July 11, 2005, by
and between Mind
Streams, LLC and
Significant
Education, LLC (as
supplemented by
Project One and
Project Two)
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to Amendment No.
1 to the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed
with the SEC on August 13, 2008. |
131
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
Method of Filing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.10 |
|
|
Executive
Employment
Agreement, dated
June 25, 2008, by
and between Grand
Canyon Education,
Inc. and Daniel E.
Bachus
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Amendment No.
1 to the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed
with the SEC on August 13, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.11 |
|
|
Executive
Employment
Agreement, dated
June 25, 2008, by
and between Grand
Canyon Education,
Inc. and Brian E.
Mueller
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Amendment No.
1 to the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed
with the SEC on August 13, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.12 |
|
|
Executive
Employment
Agreement, dated
June 25, 2008, by
and between Grand
Canyon Education,
Inc. and W. Stan
Meyer
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Amendment No.
1 to the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed
with the SEC on August 13, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.13 |
|
|
Form of Director
and Officer
Indemnity Agreement
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Amendment No.
2 to the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed
with the SEC on September 29, 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.14 |
|
|
Purchase and Sale
Agreement, dated
April 27, 2009, by
and among Grand
Canyon Education,
Inc., Spirit Master
Funding, LLC, and
Spirit Management
Company
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August
3, 2009. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.15 |
|
|
Loan Agreement,
dated April 27,
2009, by and
between Grand
Canyon Education,
Inc. and Bank of
America, N.A.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August
3, 2009. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.16 |
|
|
Employment
Agreement, dated
September 16, 2009,
by and between
Grand Canyon
Education, Inc. and
Joseph N.
Mildenhall
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on
November 4, 2009. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23.1 |
|
|
Consent of
Independent
Registered Public
Accounting Firm
|
|
Filed herewith. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24.1 |
|
|
Power of Attorney
|
|
See signature page. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.1 |
|
|
Certification of
the Chief Executive
Officer Pursuant to
Rule 13a-14(a) and
15d-14(a) as
Adopted Pursuant to
Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002
|
|
Filed herewith. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.2 |
|
|
Certification of
the Chief Financial
Officer Pursuant to
Rule 13a-14(a) and
15d-14(a) as
Adopted Pursuant to
Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002
|
|
Filed herewith. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32.1 |
|
|
Certification of
Chief Executive
Officer Pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section
1350, as Adopted
Pursuant to Section
906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002
|
|
Filed herewith. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32.2 |
|
|
Certification of
Chief Financial
Officer Pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section
1350, as Adopted
Pursuant to Section
906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002
|
|
Filed herewith. |
|
|
|
Significant Education, LLC is the predecessor to Significant Education, Inc., which is the former
name of Grand Canyon Education, Inc. |
|
|
|
Indicates a management contract or any compensatory plan, contract or arrangement. |
|
|
|
This certification is being furnished solely to accompany this report pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, and is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, and is
not to be incorporated by reference into any filings of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any
general incorporation language in such filing. |
132